Service Manual: AV-36F802 AV-36F702

No.
51907
Oct. 2001
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
COPYRIGHT 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LTD.
AV-36F802 /Y
AV-36F702 /Y
CONTENTS
! SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
! SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
! OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (APPENDED)
! STANDARD CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (APPENDED)
SERVICE MANUAL
COLOUR TELEVISION
RM-C303G
[AV-36F702]
RM-C301G
[AV-36F802]
PRELIMINARY
BASIC CHASSIS
AC
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1. The design of this product contains special hardware, many circuits
and components specially for safety purposes. For continued pro-
tection, no changes should be made to the original design unless
authorized in writing by the manufacturer. Replacement parts must
be identical to those used in the original circuits. Service should be
performed by qualified personnel only.
2. Alterations of the design or circuitry of the products should not be
made. Any design alterations or additions will void the manufactur-
er's warranty and will further relieve the manufacturer of responsi-
bility for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom.
3. Many electrical and mechanical parts in the products have special
safety-related characteristics. These characteristics are often not
evident from visual inspection nor can the protection afforded by
them necessarily be obtained by using replacement components
rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have
these special safety characteristics are identified in the parts list of
Service manual. Electrical components having such features are
identified by shading on the schematics and by ( ) on the
parts list in Service manual. The use of a substitute replacement
which does not have the same safety characteristics as the recom-
mended replacement part shown in the parts list of Service manual
may cause shock, fire, or other hazards.
4. Use isolation transformer when hot chassis.
The chassis and any sub-chassis contained in some products are
connected to one side of the AC power line. An isolation transformer
of adequate capacity should be inserted between the product and
the AC power supply point while performing any service on some
products when the HOT chassis is exposed.
5. Don't short between the LIVE side ground and ISOLATED (NEU-
TRAL) side ground or EARTH side ground when repairing.
Some model's power circuit is partly different in the GND. The dif-
ference of the GND is shown by the LIVE : ( ) side GND, the
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) : ( ) side GND and EARTH : ( ) side
GND. Don' t short between the LIVE si de GND and
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND or EARTH side GND and never
measure with a measuring apparatus (oscilloscope etc.) the LIVE
side GND and ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND or EARTH side
GND at the same time.
If above note will not be kept, a fuse or any parts will be broken.
6. If any repair has been made to the chassis, it is recommended that
the B1 setting should be checked or adjusted (See ADJUSTMENT
OF B1 POWER SUPPLY).
7. The high voltage applied to the picture tube must conform with that
specified in Service manual. Excessive high voltage can cause an
increase in X-Ray emission, arcing and possible component dam-
age, therefore operation under excessive high voltage conditions
should be kept to a minimum, or should be prevented. If severe
arcing occurs, remove the AC power immediately and determine
the cause by visual inspection (incorrect installation, cracked or
melted high voltage harness, poor soldering, etc.). To maintain the
proper minimum level of soft X-Ray emission, components in the
high voltage circuitry including the picture tube must be the exact
replacements or alternatives approved by the manufacturer of the
complete product.
8. Do not check high voltage by drawing an arc. Use a high voltage
meter or a high voltage probe with a VTVM. Discharge the picture
tube before attempting meter connection, by connecting a clip lead
to the ground frame and connecting the other end of the lead through
a 10k 2W resistor to the anode button.
9. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra
precaution should be given to assure correct lead dress in the high
voltage circuit area. Where a short circuit has occurred, those com-
ponents that indicate evidence of overheating should be replaced.
Always use the manufacturer's replacement components.
10. Isolation Check
(Safety for Electrical Shock Hazard)
After re-assembling the product, always perform an isolation check
on the exposed metal parts of the cabinet (antenna terminals, video/
audio input and output terminals, Control knobs, metal cabinet,
screwheads, earphone jack, control shafts, etc.) to be sure the prod-
uct is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock.
(1) Dielectric Strength Test
The isolation between the AC primary circuit and all metal parts
exposed to the user, particularly any exposed metal part having a
return path to the chassis should withstand a voltage of 1100V AC
(r.m.s.) for a period of one second.
(. . . . Withstand a voltage of 1100V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated
up to 120V, and 3000V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated 200V or
more, for a period of one second.)
This method of test requires a test equipment not generally found in
the service trade.
(2) Leakage Current Check
Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet (do not use a line
isolation transformer during this check.). Using a Leakage Current
Tester, measure the leakage current from each exposed metal part
of the cabinet, particularly any exposed metal part having a return
path to the chassis, to a known good earth ground (water pipe, etc.).
Any leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).
However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
Alternate Check Method

isolation transformer during this check.). Use an AC voltmeter hav-
ing 1000 ohms per volt or more sensitivity in the following manner.
Connect a 1500 10W resistor paralleled by a 0.15F AC-type ca-
pacitor between an exposed metal part and a known good earth
ground (water pipe, etc.). Measure the AC voltage across the resis-
tor with the AC voltmeter. Move the resistor connection to each ex-
posed metal part, particularly any exposed metal part having a re-
turn path to the chassis, and measure the AC voltage across the
resistor. Now, reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
measurement. Any voltage measured must not exceed 0.75V AC
(r.m.s.). This corresponds to 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).
However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.3V AC (r.m.s.).
This corresponds to 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
11. High voltage hold down circuit check.
After repair of the high voltage hold down circuit, this circuit shall be
checked to operate correctly.
See item How to check the high voltage hold down circuit.
GOOD
EARTH
GROUND
0.15 F AC-TYPE
AC VOLTMETER
(HAVING 1000/V,
OR MORE SENSITIVITY)
PLACE THIS PROBE
ON EACH EXPOSED
METAL PART
1500 10W
A V
This mark shows a fast POWER CORD
REPLACEMENT WARNING
Connecting thr white line side of
power cord to WHT character side.
operating fuse, the
letters indicated below
show the rating.
PWB
WHT
PW
White line side
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 3
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION
1. You can make the necessary adjustments for this unit with either the remote control unit or with the adjustment equipment and parts
as given below.
2. Adjustment with the remote control unit is made on the basis of the initial setting values, however, the new setting values which set the
screen to its optimum condition may differ from the initial settings.
3. Make sure that AC power is turned on correctly.
4. Turn on the power for the set and test equipment before use, and start the adjustment procedures after waiting at least 30 minutes.
5. Unless otherwise specified, prepare the most suitable reception or input signal for adjustment.
6. Never touch any adjustment parts, which are not specified in the list for this adjustment-variable resistors, transformers, capacitors, etc.
7. Presetting before adjustment.
Unless otherwise specified in the adjustment instructions, preset the following functions with the remote control unit.
VIDEO STATUS STANDARD
HYPER SURROUND OFF
BASS, TREBLE, BALANCE CENTER
TINT, COLOR, PICTURE,
CENTER
BRIGHT, DETAIL
MEASURING INSTRUMENT
1. DC voltmeter(or digital voltmeter)
2. Oscilloscope
3. Signal generator ( Pattern generator ) [NTSC]
4. Remote control unit
5. TV audio multiplex signal generator
6. Frequency counter
7. Resistor (1M)
ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
Check of B1 POWER SUPPLY
RF AGC adjustment
FOCUS adjustment
WHITE BALANCE adjustment

WHITE BALANCE (Low Light) adjustment
WHITE BALANCE (High Light) adjustment
PIP HIGH LIGHT WHITE BALANCE Adjustment [Only for AV-
36F802]
BRIGHT adjustment
SUB BRIGHT adjustment
CONTRAST adjustment
SUB CONTRAST adjustment
DEFLECTION adjustment
V CENTER and TRAPEZIUM adjustment
V SIZE and V LINEARITY adjustment
H SIZE and H POSITION adjustment
SIDE PIN and CORNER PIN adjustment
PIP DISPLAY POSITION adjustment [Only for AV-36F802]
User mode setting position
CHROMA adjustment
SUB COLOR adjustment
SUB TINT adjustment
MTS circuit adjustment

INPUT LEVEL check
STEREO VCO adjustment
SAP VCO adjustment
FILTER check
SEPARATION adjustment
PURITY and CONVERGENCE adjustments

PURITY adjustment
STATIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
DYNAIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
4 No. 51907
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
FRONT
S702 : MENU
S703 : CHANNEL
S704 : CHANNEL+
S705 : VOLUME
S706 : VOLUME+
LINE FILTER
PWB
FRONT
3D Y/C MODULE PWB
FRONT
FRONT
TOP
FRONT
TOP
TOP
DAF PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
(SOLDER SIDE)
PIP PWB
AV SELECTOR PWB
MAIN PWB
POWER SW PWB FRONT CONTROL PWB
CN006 B
P
B CN007
DAF CP
TP-E1
TP-G
S702 S704
S705 S703
S706
IC101
D101
S701
E3
F901
125V 5A
CN005
CN002
CN001
PW
CN005 CN004
CN004
S1 DAF
UPPER : H
MIDDLE : FOCUS
LOWER : SCREEN
MPX
C
Q
E1
HV
CP
E2
E1
K
P
C
N
0
0
3
C
N
0
0
2
C
N
0
0
1
J501
SS
CN006
CN007
IC702
IC701 CPU
DEG
TU001
(Only for AV-36F802)
TU001
J601
R027
J602
K
Q
R507
Q511
Heatsink
J502
J504 J503
CN003
TU001
CN008 CN009
FRONT
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 5
BASIC OPERATION OF SERVICE MENU
1. TOOL OF SERVICE MENU OPERATION
Operate the SERVICE MENU with the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT.
2. SERVICE MENU ITEMS
In general, basic setting (adjustments) items or verifications are performed in the SERVICE MENU.
PICTURE ............................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the VIDEO/CHROMA and DEFLECTION circuits.
SOUND.................................. This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the AUDIO circuit.
THEATER .............................. This is used when the THEATER MODE is adjusted.
OTHERS ................................ This is used when the OTHERS MODE is adjustment.
PIP ......................................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the PIP circuit. [Only for AV-36F802]
LOW LIGHT ........................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the WHITE BALANCE circuit.
HIGH LIGHT .......................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the WHITE BALANCE circuit.
RF AFC .................................. This is used when the RF AFC MODE is verfifed. [Do not adjust/Only for AV-36F702]
RF AFC1 ................................ This is used when the RF AFC1 MODE is verified. [Do not adjust/Only for AV-36F802]
RF AFC2 ................................ This is used when the RF AFC2 MODE is verified. [Do not adjust/Only for AV-36F802]
VCO (CW) .............................. This is not used for service.
I2C BUS CTRL ...................... This is used when ON/OFF of the I2C BUS CTRL is set. [Fixed ON]
3. Basic Operations of the SERVICE MENU
(1) How to enter the SERVICE MENU.
Press SLEEP TIMER key and, while the indication of SLEEP TIMER 0 MIN. is being displayed, press DISPLAY key and VIDEO STATUS
key on the remote control unit simultaneously to enter the SERVICE MENU screen 1 shown in the next figure page.
(2) SERVICE MENU screen selection
Press the UP / DOWN key of the MENU to select any of the following items.
(The letters of the selected items are displayed in yellow.)
[AV-36F702]
PICTURE
SOUND
THEATER
OTHERS
LOW LIGHT
HIGH LIGHT
RF AFC
VCO(CW)
I2C BUS CTRL

(3) Enter the any setting ( adjustment ) mode
[AV-36F702]
PICTURE, SOUND and OTHERS mode

1) If select any of PICTURE, SOUND or OTHERS items, and the LEFT / RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN MENU ), the
screen 2 will be displayed as shown in figure page later.
2) Then the UP / DOWN key is pressed, the PICTURE mode screen 3 or the SOUND mode screen 4 or the OTHER mode screen 5 is
displayed, and the PICTURE, SOUND or OTHERS setting can be performed.
[AV-36F802]
PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS and 3-D Y/C mode

1) If select any of PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS or 3-D Y/C items, and the LEFT / RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN
MENU ), the screen 2 will be displayed as shown in figure page later.
2) Then the UP / DOWN key is pressed, the PICTURE mode screen 3 or the SOUND mode screen 4 or the OTHER mode screen 5 or
the 3-D Y/C mode screen 6 is displayed, and the PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS or 3-D Y/C setting can be performed.

PIP mode [Only for AV-36F802]
1) If select the PIP item, and the LEFT/RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU (MAIN MENU), the screen 6 will be displayed as shown
in figure page later.
2) Then the UP/DOWN key is pressed, the PIP mode screen 7 is displayed, and the PIP setting can be performed.
[AV-36F702]

THEATER, LOW LIGHT, HIGH LIGHT, RF AFC, VCO(CW) and I2C BUS CTRL mode
1) If select any of THEATER / LOW LIGHT / HIGH LIGHT / RF AFC / VCO (CW) / I2C BUS CTRL items, and the LEFT / RIGHT key is pressed
from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN MENU ), the screens 9 10 11 12 15 16 will be displayed as shown in figure page later.
2) Then the settings or verifications can be performed.
[AV-36F802]

THEATER, LOW LIGHT, HIGH LIGHT, RF AFC1, RF AFC2, VCO(CW) and I2C BUS CTRL mode
1) If select any of THEATER / LOW LIGHT / HIGH LIGHT / RF AFC1 / RF AFC2 / VCO (CW) / I2C BUS CTRL items, and the LEFT / RIGHT
key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN MENU ), the screens 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 will be displayed as shown in figure page
later.
[AV-36F802]
PICTURE
SOUND
THEATER
OTHERS
PIP
3-D Y/C
LOW LIGHT
HIGH LIGHT
RF AFC1
RF AFC2

VCO(CW)
I2C BUS CTRL

AV-36F702
AV-36F802
6 No. 51907
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
PIP 3D Y/C
LOW LIGHT HIGH LIGHT
RF AFC1 RF AFC2
VCO(CW) I2C BUS CTRL
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT
SERVICE MENU (MAIN MENU)
SCREEN PICTURE MODE
EXIT BY
SELECT BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
1. BRIGHT
STATUS
999
99999999
1. NOISE DET.
STATUS
999
99999999
1. OSD POS. 999
SOUND MODE OTHERS MODE
1. PIP BR
STATUS
999
99999999
HIGH LIGHT MODE
SCREEN PIP MODE (Only for AV-36F802)
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
TOO HIGH GOOD TOO LOW
RF AFC1 ON
FINE 999
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT
RF AFC1 MODE (Only for AV-36F802)
[DO NOT ADJUST]
RF AFC2 MODE (Only for AV-36F802)
[DO NOT ADJUST]
I2C BUS CTRL MODE
[FIXED ON]
EXIT BY
RF AFC2 ON
FINE 999
HIGH LEVEL
REFERENCE LEVEL
LOW LEVEL
SYNC : YES
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
I2C BUS ON
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
THEATER MODE (1/2) THEATER MODE (2/2)
TINT 999 B CUT. 999
COLOR 999 R DRIVE 999
PICTURE 999 B DRIVE 999
BRIGHT 999 DC REST. 999
DETAIL 999 BLK ST. 999
R CUT. 999 GMM PNT 999
G CUT. 999
PAGE 1/2
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
CD MAT. 99 CMP CD M 99
RY GAIN 99 CMP RY G 99
GY PHASE 99 CMP GY P 99
CORING 99 CMP COR 99
PAGE 2/2
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
BRIGHT
LOW LIGHT MODE
999 999
999
999
HIGH LIGHT
999 999
2 3
1
11
13
4 5
7 8
9
14
VCO (CW) MODE
[DO NOT USE]
15
16
10
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
RF AFC
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
[AV-36F702]
[AV-36F802]
RF AFC ON
FINE 999
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
RF AFC MODE (Only for AV-36F702)
[DO NOT ADJUST]
12
1. YC 001
STATUS
999
99999999
3-D Y/C MODE
6
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 7
(4) Setting method
1) UP / DOWN key of the MENU
Select the SETTING ITEM.
2) LEFT / RIGHT key of the MENU
Setting (adjust) the SETTING VALUE of the SETTING ITEM.
When the key is released the SETTING VALUE will be stored (memorized).
3) EXIT key
Returns to the previous screen.
(5) Releasing SERVICE MENU
1) After returning to the SERVICE MENU upon completion of the setting (ad-
justment) work, press the EXIT key again.
The settings for LOW LIGHT and HIGH LIGHT are described in the WHITE BAL-
ANCE page of ADJUSTMENT.
1. BRIGHT
STATUS
999
99999999
SETTING ITEM
INITIAL
SETTING VALUE
(Adjust)
SETTING VALUE
PICTURE MODE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
8 No. 51907
INITIAL SETTING VALUE OF SERVICE MENU
1. Adjustment of the SERVICE MENU is made on the basis of the initial setting values; however, the new setting values which set the
screen in its optimum condition may differ from the initial setting.
2. Do not change the initial setting values of the setting (Adjustment) items not listed in ADJUSTMENT.
PICTURE MODE
The four setting items in the video mode No.6 EXT BRI., No.7 EXT PIC., No.8 EXT COL. and No.9 EXT TINT are linked to the items in the TV
MODE No.1 BRIGHT, No.2 PICTURE, No.3 COLOR and No.4 TINT, respectively. When the setting items in the TV mode are adjusted, the
values in the setting items in the video mode are revised automatically to the same values in the TV mode.(The initial setting values given in ( )
are off-set values.)
When the four items (No.6, 7, 8 and 9) are adjusted in the video mode, the setting values in each item are revised independently.
No. Setting (Adjustment) item Variable range Initial setting value Remark
1 BRIGHT 000 127 063
2 PICTURE 000 127 070
3 COLOR 000 127 072
4 TINT 000 127 063
5 TV DETAIL 000 063 050 AV-36F702
TV DETAIL 000 063 045 AV-36F802
6 EXT BRIGHT 025 000
7 EXT PICT. 025 +002
8 EXT COLOR 025 000
9 EXT TINT 025 000
10 EXT DETAIL 000 063 050 AV-36F702
EXT DETAIL 000 063 045 AV-36F802
11 CMP BRIGHT 025 000
12 CMP PICT. 025 000
13 CMP COLOR 000 127 068
14 CMP TINT 000 127 068
15 CMP DETAIL 000 063 050
16 CMP R CUT 025 011
17 CMP G CUT 025 000
18 CMP B CUT 025 001
19 CMP R DRV 025 000
20 CMP B DRV 025 000
21 WPL 000 / 001 001
22 B. B. SW 000 / 001 000
23 C TRAP 000 / 001 000
24 CORING 000 / 001 000 AV-36F702
CORING 000 / 001 001 AV-36F802
25 CMP CORING 000 / 001 001
26 TV SHARPF 000 / 001 001
27 EXT SHARPF 000 / 001 001
28 CMP SHARPF 000 / 001 001
29 RGB CONT 000 063 031
30 TV ID SENS 000 / 001 000
31 EXT ID SEN 000 / 001 001
32 F ID 000 / 001 000
33 Y MUTE 000 / 001 000
34 AUDIO ATT 000 127 127
35 SUB CONT 000 015 008
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 9
36 R Y GAIN 000 / 001 001
37 CMP R Y GA 000 / 001 001
38 G Y PHASE 000 / 001 000
39 CMP G Y PH 000 / 001 000
40 CD MATRIX 000 003 003
41 CMP CD MAT 000 003 002
42 BLACK ST 000 003 001
43 DC REST 000 003 001
44 COLOR GMM 000 / 001 000
45 UV/CBCR 000 / 001 001
46 AT FLESH 000 / 001 000
47 ABL GAIN 000 003 000
48 ABL ST PNT 000 003 003
49 RGB ABCL 000 / 001 001
50 TV BPF TOF 000 / 001 000
51 EXT BPF TOF 000 / 001 000
52 GMM PNT 000 003 003
53 SVM GAIN 000 003 002
54 CMP SVM GA 000 003 002
55 SVM PHASE 000 / 001 000
56 AUDIO SW 000 / 001 000
57 BUZZ 000 / 001 000
58 IF FREQ 000 / 001 000
59 RF AGC 000 063 045
60 AFT MUTE 000 / 001 000
61 AFT SENS 000 / 001 001
62 R/G DRV SW 000 / 001 001
63 BLK SW 000 / 001 000
64 V S COR 000 015 010
65 V LIN 000 015 005
66 V SIZE 000 127 063
67 V AGC 000 / 001 000
68 V CENTER 000 063 052
69 TV AFC 000 003 000
70 EXT AFC 000 003 002
71 V POSI 000 007 000
72 H POSI 000 031 020
73 H SIZE 000 063 028
74 TV V FREQ 000 003 000
75 EXT V FREQ 000 003 003
76 SIDE PIN 000 063 025
77 STAND BY 000 / 001 000
78 TRAPEZ 000 063 035
79 V RAMP REF 000 / 001 001
80 V 48HZ 000 / 001 000
81 V EHT 000 007 000
82 TOP PIN 000 031 012
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
10 No. 51907
83 H EHT 000 007 000
84 BTM PIN 000 031 011
85 V BLK LOW 000 003 000
86 V BLK UP 000 003 000
87 CAPTION IN 000 / 001 000
88 H BLK 000 / 001 000
89 SCREEN 000 / 001 000
90 ACB SW 000 / 001 000
91 ACB PULSE 000 015 007
92 OVER MODU 000 / 001 001
93 CB/CR_FIL 000 / 001 001
94 TEST 000 255 128
95 RF S/N TY 000 001 002 (36F702) / 001 (36F802)
96 EXT S/N TY 000 002 002 (36F702) / 001 (36F802)
97 RF SN YC E 000 255 005
98 RF SN YC F 000 255 016
99 RF SN YC G 000 063 032
100 RF SN YC H 000 255 025
101 EX SN YC E 000 255 005
102 EX SN YC F 000 255 016
103 EX SN YC G 000 063 032
104 EX SN YC H 000 255 025
105 RF SN VC 1 000 063 000
106 RF SN VC 2 000 063 007
107 RF SN VC 3 000 063 014
108 RF SN VC 4 000 063 021
109 EX SN VC 1 000 063 000
110 EX SN VC 2 000 063 007
111 EX SN VC 3 000 063 014
112 EX SN VC 4 000 063 021
113 COR LEVEL 000 003 003
114 VNR CHK 000 255 003
115 YC SN TIME 000 255 005
116 VC SN TIME 000 255 005
117 VM DATA A 127 +008
118 VM DATA B 127 004
119 VM DATA C 127 016
120 VM DATA D 000 / 001 001
121 VC SN STOP 000 255 010
122 CH MUTE 000 / 001 000
123 VM OFF TY 000 / 001 000
124 VC VM OFF 000/001 001
125 YC VM OFF 000 255 255
126 F LOCK 000 002 002
127 VF LOCK EX 000/001 000
128 PURI RGB 000 063 031
129 PURI BCK 000/001 000
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 11
1 NOISE DET. 000 / 001 001
2 IN LEVEL 000 063 025
3 FH MONITOR 000 / 001 000
4 STEREO VCO 000 063 030
5 PILOT CAN. 000 / 001 000
6 FILTER 000 063 030
7 LOW SEP. 000 063 028
8 HI SEP. 000 063 025
9 5FH MON. 000 / 001 000
10 SAP VCO 000 063 003
11 IN GAIN 000 / 001 000
12 FIL. OFFSET 000 010 000
13 BBE BASS 015 +001
14 BBE TRE 015 001
SOUND MODE
Setting (Adjustment) item Variable range Initial setting value Remark
TINT 20 06
COLOR 20 03
PICTURE 50 15
BRIGHT 20 00
DETAIL 20 +03
R CUTOFF 20 00
G CUTOFF 20 00
B CUTOFF 20 00
R DRIVE 99 +07
B DRIVE 99 25
DC REST. 00 03 01
BLK ST. 00 03 00
GMM PNT 00 03 01
CD MATRIX 00 03 01
RY GAIN 00 / 01 01
GY PHASE 00 / 01 00
CORING 00 / 01 01
CMP CD M 00 03 01
CMP RY G 00 / 01 01
CMP GY P 00 / 01 00
CMP COR 00 / 01 01
THEATER MODE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
12 No. 51907
1 OSD POS. 000 007 002
2 CCD POS. 000 015 003
3 EOSEL 000 / 001 000
4 MENU COLOR 000 030 010
5 MENU PICT. 000 030 010
6 MENU BRI. 000 030 010
OTHERS MODE
1 PIP BR 000 015 005
2 PIP PICT 000 075 045
3 PIP TINT 000 063 036
4 PIP COL 000 015 010
5 P R CUT 000 015 003
6 P G CUT 000 015 000
7 P B CUT 000 015 002
8 P R DR 000 255 052
9 P G DR 000 255 055
10 P B DR 000 255 060
11 LEFT POS. 000 255 012
12 RIGHT POS. 000 255 026
13 UPPER POS. 000 127 012
14 LOWER POS. 000 127 011
15 PICT LOCK 000 / 001 001
16 SELDEL 000 007 000
17 AGCFIX 000 / 001 001
18 AGCADST 000 / 001 000
19 AGC 000 015 007
20 VSPDEL 000 031 000
21 VSPISQ 000 / 001 001
22 YCOR 000 / 001 001
23 XFREQF 000 / 001 001
24 WTCHDG 000 / 001 001
25 COLON 000 / 001 000
26 ACQNEW 000 / 001 000
27 DSTDET 000 / 001 001
28 CRIBEOK 000 / 001 000
29 FCBEOK 000 / 001 000
30 NOCRID 000 / 001 000
31 NONSED 000 / 001 000

PIP MODE [Only for AV-36F802]
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 13
1 YC 001 000 ~ 003 001
2 YC 002 000 ~ 003 001
3 YC 003 000 ~ 003 001
4 YC 004 000 ~ 003 000
5 YC 005 000 ~ 003 000
6 YC 006 000 ~ 003 000
7 YC 007 000 ~ 003 003
8 YC 008 000 ~ 003 000
9 YC 009 000 ~ 003 001
10 YC 010 000 ~ 003 000
11 YC 011 000 ~ 007 004
12 YC 012 000 ~ 007 002
13 YC 013 000 ~ 015 002
14 YC 014 000 ~ 015 010
15 YC 015 000 ~ 015 002
16 YC 016 000 ~ 015 004
17 YC 017 000 / 001 000
18 YC 018 000 / 001 000
19 YC 019 000 ~ 003 002
20 YC 020 000 / 001 000
21 YC 021 000 / 001 000
22 YC 022 000 ~ 003 002
23 YC 023 000 / 001 000
24 YC 024 000 / 001 000
25 YC 025 000 / 001 000
26 YC 026 000 ~ 003 000
27 YC 027 000 ~ 003 001
28 YC 028 000 ~ 003 001
29 YC 029 000 ~ 003 001
30 YC 030 000 ~ 003 001
31 YC 031 000 ~ 003 002
32 YC 032 000 / 001 000
33 YC 033 000 ~ 007 000
34 YC 034 000 ~ 015 000
35 YC 035 000 ~ 007 002
36 YC 036 000 ~ 031 015
37 YC 037 000 ~ 003 000
38 YC 038 000 ~ 015 009
39 YC 039 000 ~ 003 001
40 YC 040 000 ~ 003 001
41 YC 041 000 / 001 000
42 YC 042 000 / 001 000
43 YC 043 000 / 001 000
44 YC 044 000 / 001 001
45 YC 045 000 ~ 015 003
46 YC 046 000 ~ 015 012
47 YC 047 000 ~ 015 008
3-D Y/C MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

AV-36F702
AV-36F802
14 No. 51907
48 YC 048 000 ~ 015 004
49 YC 049 000 ~ 015 010
50 YC 050 000 / 001 001
51 YC 051 000 / 001 001
52 YC 052 000 ~ 003 000
53 YC 053 000 / 001 000
54 YC 054 000 / 001 001
55 YC 055 000 / 001 001
56 YC 056 000 / 001 001
57 YC 057 000 ~ 015 000
58 YC 058 000 / 001 000
59 YC 059 000 / 001 001
60 YC 060 000 ~ 003 000
61 YC 061 000 ~ 015 000
62 YC 062 DBL 000 ~ 007 002
63 YC 063 N/A 000 ~ 015 002
64 YC 064 N/A 000 ~ 015 004
65 YC 065 N/A 000 ~ 015 002
66 YC 066 N/A 000 ~ 015 004
67 YC 067 000 / 001 000
68 YC 068 000 / 001 000
69 YC 069 000 / 001 000
70 YC 070 FIX 000 ~ 003 000
71 YC 071 000 / 001 000
72 YC 072 000 / 001 000
73 YC 073 000 / 001 001
74 YC 074 FIX 000 / 001 000
75 YC 075 FIX 000 / 001 000
76 YC 076 000 / 001 001
77 YC 077 FIX 000 / 001 000
78 YC 078 FIX 000 / 001 000
79 YC 079 FIX 000 ~ 007 005
80 YC 080 FIX 000 ~ 015 000
81 YC 081 FIX 000 ~ 015 008
82 YC 082 FIX 000 ~ 015 004
83 YC 083 FIX 000 ~ 015 004
84 YC 084 DBL 000 ~ 255 112
85 YC 085 DBL 000 ~ 255 008
86 YC 086 000 / 001 001
87 YC 087 000 ~ 003 003
88 YC 088 000 / 001 001
89 YC 089 000 / 001 000
90 YC 090 000 / 001 000
91 YC 091 000 / 001 000
92 YC 092 N/A 000 / 001 000
93 YC 093 N/A 000 / 001 000
94 YC 094 DBL 000 ~ 003 001
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 15
95 YC 095 DBL 000 / 001 001
96 YC 096 DBL 000 / 001 001
97 YC 097 DBL 000 / 001 000
98 YC 098 DBL 000 / 001 000
99 YC 099 DBL 000 ~ 003 000
100 YC 100 DBL 000 ~ 003 000
101 YC 101 DBL 000 / 001 000
102 YC 102 DBL 000 / 001 000
103 YC 103 DBL 000 / 001 001
104 YC 104 DBL 000 / 001 000
105 YC 105 DBL 000 / 011 000
106 YC 106 DBL 000 / 001 000
107 YC 107 DBL 000 ~ 007 002
108 3-D Y/C 000 / 001 001
R CUTOFF 0 255 085
G CUTOFF 0 255 085
B CUTOFF 0 255 085
LOW LIGHT MODE

R DRIVE 0 127 060
B DRIVE 0 127 060
HIGH LIGHT MODE

RF AFC1 ON / OFF ON
FINE -77 +77
RF AFC1 MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

DO NOT
ADJUST
RF AFC2 ON / OFF ON
FINE -77 +77
RF AFC2 MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

DO NOT
ADJUST
I2C BUS ON/OFF [FIXED ON]
I2C BUS CTRL MODE

DO NOT
ADJUST
RF AFC ON / OFF ON
FINE -77 +77
RF AFC MODE [Only for AV-36F702]

DO NOT
ADJUST
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
16 No. 51907
ADJUSTMENTS
Item
Measuring
instrument
Test point Adjustment part Description
Check of
B1 POWER
SUPPLY
DC Voltmeter R507 C504
side (B1)
Q511
heatsink ( )
1. Receive a black-and-white signal.
2. Connect the DC Voltmeter to R507 C504 side (B1) and Q511 heatsink
( ).
3. Confirm that the voltage is DC134V .
+2V
-2V
RF AGC
adjustment
1. Receive a broadcast.
2. Select the No.59 RF AGC of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Press the MUTING key of the remote control unit and turn off color.
4. With the LEFT key of the remote control unit, get noise in the screen
picture. (0 side of setting value)
5. Press the RIGHT key of the remote control unit and stop when noise
disappears from the screen.
6. Change to other channels and make sure that there Is no irregular-
ity.
7. Press the MUTING key and get color out.
No.59 RF AGC
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF RF AGC
FOCUS
adjustment
Signal
generator
Notes:
Proceed to the following this adjustment after having completed the
adjustments of B1 POWER SUPPLY, SUB BRIGHT and PICTURE.
Set VIDEO STATUS to STANDARD.
The final adjustment of CONVERGENCE must be done after the
FOCUS adjustment. (CONVERGENCE is changed by FOCUS ad-
justment.)
When makes difference by FOCUS adjustment, should be reconfirming
PURITY adjustment.
1. Receive a crosshatch signal.
2. While looking at the screen center, adjust the FOCUS VR so that
the horizontal lines will be clear and in fine detail.
3. Adjust the H VR so that the vertical lines will be clear and in fine
detail.
4. Make sure that the picture is in focus even when the screen gets
darkened.
FOCUS VR
[In HVT]
H VR
[In HVT]
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF FOCUS
B1 POWER SUPPLY
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 17
Description
Note :
1. Receive a black-and-white signal.(Color off)
2. Select the [LOW LIGHT] MODE from the SERVICE MENU.
3. Set the initial setting value of BRIGHT is 063 with the LEFT / RIGHT
key of the remote control unit.
4. Set the initial setting value of R CUTOFF, G CUTOFF and B CUT-
OFF is 085 with the 4 to 9 key of the remote control unit.
5. Display a single horizontal line by pressing the 1 key of the remote
control unit.
6. Turn the screen VR all the way to the left.
7. Turn the screen VR gradually to the right from the left until either
one of the red, blue or green colors appears faintly.
8. Adjust the two colors which did not appear until the single horizontal
line that is displayed becomes white using the 4 to 9 keys of the
remote control unit.
9. Turn the screen VR to where the single horizontal line glows faintly.
10. Press the 2 key to return to the regular screen.
9 The 3 EXIT key is the cancel key for the WHITE BALANCE.
Notes:
adjustment of WHITE BALANCE LOW LIGHT.
1. Receive a black-and-white signal. (Color off)
2. Select the [HIGH LIGHT] MODE from the SERVICE MENU.
3. Set the initial setting value of R DRIVE and B DRIVE is 060 with the
4 , 6 , 7 and 9 keys of the remote control unit.
4. Adjust the screen until it becomes white using the 4 , 6 , 7 and 9
keys of the remote control unit.
9 The 3 (EXIT) key is the cancel key for the WHITE BALANCE.
Item
Measuring
instrument
Test point Adjustment part
WHITE
BALANCE
(LOW LIGHT)
adjustment
Signal
generator
No.1 BRIGHT
R CUTOFF
G CUTOFF
B CUTOFF
SCREEN VR
[In HVT]
WHITE
BALANCE
(HIGH LIGHT)
adjustment
Signal
generator
R DRIVE
B DRIVE
ADJUSTMENT OF WHITE BALANCE
BRIGHT
999
999
999 999
R CUTOFF
B CUTOFF
BRIGHT
G CUTOFF
H.LINE ON
[LOW LIGHT] MODE
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
H.LINE OFF EXIT
R CUTOFF G CUTOFF B CUTOFF
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
999 999
R DRIVE
B DRIVE
H.LINE ON
[HIGH LIGHT] MODE
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
H.LINE OFF EXIT
R DRIVE B DRIVE
R DRIVE B DRIVE
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
HIGHT LIGHT
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
18 No. 51907
Item
Measuring
instrument
PIP
WHITE
BALANCE
HIGH LIGHT
adjustment
Notes:
adjustments of WHITE BALANCE LOW LIGHT and
WHITE BALANCE HIGH LIGHT for the main picture.
2. Select the PIP MODE from the SERVICE MENU.
3. Then adjust the white color of the PIP screen using the No. 8 P R
DR and the No. 10 P B DR of the PIP MODE so that it is the same
brightness as the main screen.
No.8 P R DR
No.10 P B DR
Signal
generator
PIP screen
Main screen
SUB BRIGHT
adjustment
No.1 BRIGHT Notes:
adjustments of WHITE BALANCE LOW LIGHT and
WHITE BALANCE HIGH LIGHT.
2. Select the No.1 BRIGHT of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.1 BRIGHT with the LEFT /
RIGHT key of the remote control unit.
4. If the brightness is not best with the initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.1 BRIGHT until you get the optimum bright-
ness.
SUB
CONTRAST
adjustment
Notes:
adjustment of SUB BRIGHT.
2. Select the No.2 PICTURE of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.2 PICTURE with the LEFT /
4. If the contrast is not best with the initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.2 PICTURE until you get the optimum con-
trast.
No.2 PICTURE
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRAST
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF BRIGHT
[AV-36F802]
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 19
Item
Measuring
instrument
V CENTER and
TRAPEZIUM
adjustment
Signal
generator
No.68 V CENTER
No.78 TRAPEZ
2. Adjust the No.68 V CENTER of the PICTURE MODE to be the same
between the CRT vertical center and crosshatch vertical center.
3. Adjust the No.78 TRAPEZ of the PICTUER MODE to be the vertical
lines straight.
4. Confirm the vertical lines to be straight. If it is not straight, adjust to
be straight at the No.78 TRAPEZ.
Signal
generator
Note:
adjustments of FOCUS, V CENTER, TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE
and V-LINEARITY.
2. Select the No.73 H SIZE of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.73 H SIZE with the LEFT /
4. Adjust the No.73 H SIZE until the horizontal screen size is 90%.
5. Adjust the No.72 H POSI until the screen will be horizontally centered.
No.73 H SIZE
No.72 H POSI
V SIZE and
V LINEARITY
adjustment
Signal
generator
2. Select the No.66 V SIZE of the PICTURE MODE to squeeze the
laster.
3. Adjust the No.65 V LIN of the PICTURE MODE to be symmetrical.
4. Adjust the No.66 V SIZE until the vertical screen size is 92%.
No.66 V SIZE
No.65 V LIN
Picture
size 100%
H SIZE and
H POSITION
adjustment
Picture
size 100%
ADJUSTMENT OF DEFLECTION
Picture
size 100%
Screen
size 92%
Screen size 90%
Picture size 100%
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
20 No. 51907
Item
Measuring
instrument
SIDE PIN and
CORNER PIN
adjsutment
Signal
generator
No.76 SIDE PIN
No.82 TOP PIN
No.84 BTM PIN
Note:
adjustments of FOCUS, V CENTER, TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE
and V-LINEARITY.
2. Adjust such that vertical 2nd lines from left and right to be straight at
the No.76 SIDE PIN of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Adjust the end of vertical 2nd lines from left and right to be straight
at the No.82 TOP PIN and the No.84 BTM PIN of the PICTURE
MODE.
PIP DISPLAY
POSITION
adjustment
[AV-36F802]
Notes:
adjustments of V CENTER, TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE, V-LINEARITY, H
SIZE, H POSITION, SIDE PIN and CORNER PIN for the main pic-
ture.
3. Then adjust the PIP screen size so that it occupies 80% 2% of the
main screen area.
No.11 LEFT POS.
No.12 RIGHT POS.
No.13 UPPER POS.
No.14 LOWER POS.
LEFT POS. RIGHT POS.
UPPER POS.
LOWER POS.
Main
screen
size
Main screen size
80%
2%
80% 2%
Straight Straight
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 21
Item
Measuring
instrument
SUB COLOR
adjustment
Notes:
adjustment of CONTRAST.
[ Method of adjustment without measuring instrument ]
2. Select the No.3 COLOR of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.3 COLOR with the LEFT/RIGHT
4. If the color is not the best with the Initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.3 COLOR until you get the optimum color.
No.3 COLOR Signal
generator
Oscilloscope
Remote
control unit
TP-B
TP-E1 ( )
[CRT SOCKET
PWB]
Y
G
R
W
Cy
()
0V
(+)
Mg
B
(A)
Notes:
[ Method of adjustment using measuring instrument ]
1. Input the full field color bar signal (75% white).
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.3. COLOR with the LEFT/RIGHT
4. Connect the oscilloscope between TP-B and TP-E1.
5. Adjust COLOR and bring the value of (A) in the illustration to the
voltage +26V (VWB).
SUB TINT
adjustment
Notes:
2. Select the No.4 TINT of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.4 TINT with the LEFT/RIGHT
4. If the tint is not the best with the initial setting value, make fine ad-
justment of the No.4 TINT until you get the optimum tint.
No.4 TINT Signal
generator
Oscilloscope
Remote
control unit
TP-B
TP-E1 ( )
[CRT SOCKET
PWB]
Y
G
R
W
Cy
()
0V
(+)
Mg B
(B)
Notes:
key to the remote control unit.
5. Adjust TINT and bring the value of (B) in the illustration to the
voltvoltage +14V (VWMg).
ADJUSTMENT OF CHROMA
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
22 No. 51907
Item
Measuring
instrument
MTS SAP
VCO
adjustment
Signal
generator
Frequency
counter
No.9 5FH MON.
No.10 SAP VCO
1. Receive a RF signal (non modulated sound signal) from the an-
tenna terminal.
2. Connect between pin 4 of [MPX] connector and GND (Pin 3 of [MPX]
connector) through 1M Resistor.
3. Select the No.9 5FH MON. of the SOUND MODE, and reset the
setting value from 0 to 1.
4. Connect the Frequency Counter to pin 2 of [MPX] connector and
GND (Pin 3 of [MPX] connector) .
5. Select the No.10 SAP VCO.
6. Set the initial setting value of the No.10 SAP VCO with the LEFT/
7. Adjust the No.10 SAP VCO so that the frequency counter will dis-
play 78.67kHz0.5kHz.
MTS FILTER
check
1. Select the No.6 FILTER of the SOUND MODE.
2. Verify that the No.6 FILTER is set at its initial setting value.
No.6 FILTER
[MPX]
Connector
4 pin TP_952.5
3 pin GND
2 pin AUDIO_R
MTS
SEPARATION
adjustment
Note: Menu MTS is set to STEREO
1. Input a stereo L signal (300Hz) from the TV audio multiplex signal
generator to the antenna terminal.
2. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 1 of [MPX] connector, and display
one cycle portion of the 300Hz signal.
3. Change the connection of the oscilloscope to pin 2 of [MPX] con-
nector, and enlarge the voltage axis.
4. Select the No.7 LOW SEP. of the SOUND MODE.
5. Set the initial setting value of the No.7 LOW SEP. with the LEFT/
6. Adjust the No.7 LOW SEP. so that the 300Hz signal level will be-
come minimum.
7. Change the signal to 3kHz, and connect an oscilloscope to pin 1 of
[MPX] connector.
8. Adjust the No.8 HI SEP. so that the 3kHz signal level will become
minimum.
No.7 LOW SEP.
No.8 HI SEP.
TV audio
multiplex
signal
generator
Oscilloscope
[MPX]
Connector
1 pin AUDIO_L
2 pin AUDIO_R
3 pin GND
L-Channel
signal waveform
R-Channel
crosstalk portion
Minimum
1 cycle
MTS INPUT
LEVEL
check
1. Select the No.2 IN LEVEL of the SOUND MODE.
2. Verify that the No.2 IN LEVEL is set at its initial setting value.
No.2 IN LEVEL
MTS STEREO
VCO
adjustment
Signal
generator
Frequency
counter
1. Receive a RF signal (nonmodulated sound signal) from the antenna
terminal.
2. Select the No.3 FH MONITOR of SOUND MODE, and change the
GND (Pin 3 of [MPX] connector).
4. Select the No.4 STEREO VCO.
5. Set the initial setting value of the No.4 STEREO VCO with the LEFT/
6. Adjust the No.4 STEREO VCO so that the frequency counter will
display 15.73kHz0.1kHz.
7. Select the No.3 FH MONITOR of the SOUND MODE, and reset the
No.3 FH MONITOR
No.4 STEREO VCO
[MPX]
Connector
2 pin AUDIO R
3 pin GND
ADJUSTMENT OF MTS CIRCUIT
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 23
ADJUSTMENTS OF PURITY AND CONVERGENCE
Note: The final adjustment of CONVERGENCE must be done after the
FOCUS adjustment. (CONVERGENCE is changed by FOCUS
adjustment.)
When makes difference by FOCUS adjustment, should be
reconfirming PURITY adjustment.
PURITY ADJUSTMENT
1. Demagnetize CRT with the demagnetizer.
2. Loosen the retainer screw of the deflection yoke.
3. Remove the wedges.
4. Input a green raster signal from the signal generator, and turn the
screen to green raster.
5. Move the deflection yoke backward.
6. Bring the long lug of the purity magnets on the short lug and position
them horizontally. (Fig.2)
7. Adjust the gap between two lugs so that the GREEN RASTER will
come into the center of the screen. (Fig.3)
8. Move the deflection yoke forward, and fix the position of the deflec-
tion yoke so that the whole screen will become green.
9. Insert the wedge to the top side of the deflection yoke so that it will
not move.
10. Input a crosshatch signal.
11. Verify that the screen is horizontal.
12. Input red and blue raster signals, and make sure that purity is prop-
erly adjusted.
Fig. 1
P/C MAGNETS
P : PURITY MAGNET
4 : 4 POLES (convergence magnets)
CRT
WEDGE
P
P / C
MAGNETS
4 6
DEFLECTION
YOKE
Fig. 2
Long lug
Short lug
PURITY MAGNETS
Bring the long lug over the short lug
and position them horizontally.
Fig. 3
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN RASTER
CENTER
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
24 No. 51907
STATIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
2. Using 4-pole convergence magnets, overlap the red and blue lines
in the center of the screen (Fig. 4) and turn them to magenta (red/
blue).
3. Using 6-pole convergence magnets, overlap the magenta(red/blue)
and green lines in the center of the screen and turn them to white.
4. Repeat 2 and 3 above, and make best convergence.
DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
1. Move the deflection yoke up and down and overlap the lines in the
periphery. (Fig. 5)
2. Move the deflection yoke left to right and overlap the lines in the
periphery. (Fig. 6)
After adjustment, fix the wedge at the original position.

Fasten the retainer screw of the deflection yoke.
Fix the 6 magnets with glue.
RED
RED
RED
RED
BLUE
(FRONT VIEW)
(FRONT VIEW)
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE GREEN
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
RED RED
RED
RED
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907 25
HOW TO CHECK THE HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
1. HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
After repairing the high voltage hold down circuit shown in Fig. 1.
This circuit shall be checked to operate correctly.
2. CHECKING OF THE HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
(1) Turn the POWER SW ON.
(2) As shown in Fig. 1, set the resistor (between S1 connector 2 & 3 ).
(3) Make sure that the screen picture disappears.
(4) Temporarily unplug the power cord.
(5) Remove the resistor (between S1 connector 2 & 3 ).
(6) Again plug the power cord, make sure that the normal picture is displayed on the screen.
Fig. 1
2 3 S1 CONNECTOR
HEATER
RESISTOR
23.0 k 115 1/4 W
+
+
POWER
ON OFF
RY951
R952
D535
R532
R951
Q951
Q532
Q531
R533
R534
R535 R538
C533
D534
D531
D532
BW
C525
R537 FR525
D525
T502
4
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
26 No. 51907
SELF CHECK FUNCTIONS
1. Outline
This model has self check functions given below. When a malfunction has been detected, the POWER is turned off and the LED flashes to inform
of the failure . The malfunction is detected by the signal input state of the control line connected to the microcomputer.
2. Self check items
Check item Details of detection Method of detection State of malfunction
3. Self check indicating function
The self-check function begins detection about 5 seconds after power
is supplied.
In the event a malfunction is detected, the power is cut off immedi-
ately.
At this time, the ON-TIMER LED flashes to inform of the malfunc-
tion.
[ON-TIMER LED indication]
The ON-TIMER LED flashes at 0.5 seconds intervals.
POWER
Supplied
After about
5 seconds
Start of
detection
Malfunction
is detected
POWER OFF
Flashing
ON-TIMER LED
Over-current protector Operation of B1 protector circuit. The microcomputer detects at 1
second intervals.
If NG is detected for more than
200 ms, a malfunction is inter-
preted.
When a malfunction has been
detected, the POWER is turned
off. While the POWER is being
turned off , the power key of the
remote controller is not opera-
tional until the power code is
taken out and put in again.
Printed in Japan
VP 0110
H.K/Y.S/A.N
JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
Head office : 1700 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey 07470 (973)317-5000
East Coast : 10 New Maple Avenue, Pine Brook, New Jersey 07058 (973)396-1000
Midwest : 705 Enterprise St. Aurora, Illinois 60504 (630)851-7855
West Coast : 5665 Corporate Avenue, Cypress, California 90630 (714)229-8011
Southwest : 10700 Hammerly, Suite 105, Houston,Texas 77043 (713)935-9331
Hawaii : 2969 Mapunapuna Place, Honolulu, Hawaii 96819 (808)833-5828
Southeast : 1500 Lakes Parkway, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30243 (770)339-2582
JVC CANADA INC.
Head office : 21 Finchdene Square Scarborough, Ontario M1X 1A7 (416)293-1311
Vancouver : 13040 Worster Court Richmond B.C. V6V 2B3 (604)270-1311
COLOR TELEVISION
USER' S GUIDE
For model s:
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-32F802
AV-32F702
AV-27F802
AV-27F702
Illustration of AV-27F802 and RM-C301G
IMPORTANT NOTE TOTHE CUSTOMER
In the spaces below, enter the model and serial number of your television (locat-
ed at the rear of the television cabinet). Staple your sales receipt or invoice to
the inside cover of this guide. Keep this user's guide in a convenient place for
future reference. Keep the carton and original packaging for future use.
Model Number Serial Number
LCT0821-001D-A
0901-TN-FAA-JIM
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 1
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARDS, DO NOT
EXPOSE THIS TV SET TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION: TO INSURE PERSONAL SAFETY, OBSERVE THE
FOLLOWING RULES REGARDING THE USE OF
THIS UNIT.
1.Operate only from the power source specified on the unit.
2. Avoid damaging the AC plug and power cord.
3. Avoid Improper installation and never position the unit where good venti-
lation is unattainable.
4. Do not allow objects or liquid into the cabinet openings.
5.In the event of trouble, unplug the unit and call a service technician.Do
not attempt to repair it yourself or remove the rear cover.
Changes or modifications not approved by JVC could void the warranty.
* When you dont use this TV set for a long period of time, be sure to dis-
connect both the power plug from the AC outlet and antenna for your
safety.
* To prevent electric shock do not use this polarized plug with an extension
cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully inserted to
prevent blade exposure.
CAUTION: To reduce the risk of electric shock.
Do not remove cover (or back).
No user serviceable parts inside.
Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, with-
in an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the
user to the presence of uninsulated dangerous
voltage within the products enclosure that may
be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of
electric shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral trian-
gle is intended to alert the user to the presence
of important operating and maintenance (servic-
ing) instructions in the literature accompanying
the appliance.
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 2
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
CAUTION:
Please read and retain for your safety.
Electrical energy can perform many useful functions. This TV set has been engineered and
manufactured to assure your personal safety. But improper use can result in potential electrical
shock or fire hazards. In order not to defeat the safeguards incorporated in this TVset,
observe the following basic rules for its installation, use and servicing.
And also follow all warnings and instructions marked on your TV set.
INSTALLATION
1 Your TV set is equipped with a polarized AC line plug (one blade of the plug is wider than the
other).
This safety feature allows the plug to fit into the power outlet only one way. Should you be
unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug.
Should it still fail to fit, contact your electrician.
2 Operate the TVset only from a power source as indicated on the TV set or refer to the oper -
ating instructions for this information. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your
home, consult your TV set dealer or local power company.For battery operation, refer to the
operating instructions.
3 Overloaded AC outlets and extension cords are dangerous, and so are frayed power cords
and broken plugs. They may result in a shock or fire hazard. Call your service technician for
replacement.
4 Do not allow anything to rest on or roll over the power cord, and do not place the TV set
where power cord is subject to traffic or abuse. This may result in a shock or fire hazard.
5 Do not use this TV set near water for example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or
laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near swimming pool, etc.
6 If an outside antenna is connected to the TV set, be sure the antenna system is grounded so
as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section
810 of the National Electrical Code provides information with respect to proper grounding of
the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge
unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection require-
ments for the grounding electrode.
(POLARIZED-TYPE)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 3
7 An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or
other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits.
When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from
touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal.
8 TV sets are provided with ventilation openings in the cabinet to allow heat generated during
operation to be released.
Therefore:
Never block the bottom ventilation slots of a portable TV set by placing it on a bed, sofa,
rug, etc.
Never place a TV set in a built-in enclosure unless proper ventilation is provided.
Never cover the openings with a cloth or other material.
Never place the TV set near or over a radiator or heat register.
9 To avoid personal injury:
Do not place a TV set on a sloping shelf unless properly secured.
Use only a cart or stand recommended by the TVset manufacturer.
Do not try to roll a cart with small casters across thresholds or deep pile carpets.
Wall or shelf mounting should follow the manufacturers instructions, and should use a
mounting kit approved by the manufacturer.
USE
10 Caution children about dropping or pushing objects into the TV set through cabinet open-
ings. Some internal parts carry hazardous voltages and contact can result in a fire or elec-
trical shock.
11 Unplug the TV set from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid or an aerosol
cleaner.
12 Never add accessories to a TV set that has not been designed for this purpose. Such addi-
tions may result in a hazard.
EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING
AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 4
13 For added protection of the TV set during a lightning storm or when the TV set is to be left
unattended for an extended period of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the
antenna.This will prevent damage to product due to lightning storms or power line surges.
14 A TVset and cart combination should be moved with
care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven sur-
faces may cause the TV set and cart combination to
overturn.
SERVICE
15 Unplug this TV set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel
under the following conditions:
A.When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
B. If liquid has been spilled into the TV set.
C. If the TV set has been exposed to rain or water.
D. If the TV set does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust
only those controls that are covered in the operating instructions as improper adjustment
of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a quali-
fied technician to restore the TV set to normal operation.
E.If the TV set has been dropped or damaged in any way.
F. When the TV set exhibits a distinct change in performance this indicates a need for
service.
16 Do not attempt to service this TV set yourself as opening or removing covers may expose
you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service person-
nel.
17 When replacement parts are required, have the service technician verify in writing that the
replacement parts he uses have the same safety characteristics as the original parts. Use
of manufacturers specified replacement parts can prevent fire, shock, or other hazards.
18 Upon completion of any service or repairs to this TV set, please ask the service technician
to perform the safety check described in the manufacturers service literature.
19 When a TV set reaches the end of its useful life, improper disposal could result in a picture
tube implosion.Ask a qualified service technician to dispose of the TV set.
20 Note to CATV system installer.
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installers attention to Article 820-40 of
the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the
cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the
point of cable entry as practical.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 5
PICTURE SETTINGS . . . . . . . 34
Tint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Noise Muting . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Set Video Status . . . . . . . . . . 35
SOUND SETTINGS . . . . . . . 36
Bass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6
Treble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
MTS (Multi-channel Sound) . . . . 36
GENERAL ITEMS . . . . . . . . 37
Purity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
On/Off Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TV Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Audio Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
V4 Component-In/
V2 Component-In . . . . . . . . . 39
Closed Caption . . . . . . . . . . 39
BUTTON FUNCTIONS . . . . . . 40
Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Exit and PIP Off . . . . . . . . . 40
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Video Status . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sleep Timer . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Hyper Surround . . . . . . . . . 41
Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
BBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
100+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Return+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
VCR Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DV D Buttons . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
TV/CATV Switch . . . . . . . . . . 43
VCR/DVD Switch . . . . . . . . . 43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PIP (Picture-In-Picture) . . . . . 44
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
On/Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Channel +/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . .46
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 46
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Authorized Service Centers . . 49
Search Codes . . . . . . . . . . 50
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .51
Table of Contents
UNPACKING YOUR TV . . . . . 7
QUICK SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . 8
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . 8
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . 8
Making Basic Connections . . . 9
Plug In Menu . . . . . . . . . . 10
CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . 11
Cable and VCR Connections . . . . . . . 11
Connecting to a DVDPlayer . . . . . . . . 14
Connecting to an External Amplifier . . . . 15
Connecting to a Camcorder . . . . . . . . 15
Connecting to JVC AV Compu Link . . . . 6
REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . 17
Remote Control Basics . . . . . 17
Changing the Batteries . . . . . 17
REMOTE PROGRAMMING . . . 18
CATV and Satellite Codes . . . 18
VCR Codes . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DVD Codes . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ONSCREEN MENUS . . . . . . 21
Using the Guide . . . . . . . . 21
The Onscreen Menus . . . . . . 21
PLUG IN MENU . . . . . . . . . 22
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Auto Tuner Setup . . . . . . . . 22
Auto Clock Set . . . . . . . . . 23
Manual Clock Set . . . . . . . . 24
Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CHANNEL SUMMARY . . . . . 25
Channel Summary . . . . . . . 25
VCHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
US VChip Ratings . . . . . . . 27
Setting US VChip Ratings . . . 28
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Set Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . 30
Directions for Movie Settings . 30
Canadian VChip Ratings . . . 31
Canadian VChip Directions . . 31
Unrated Programs . . . . . . . 32
Set Lock Code . . . . . . . . . 33
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 6
Two AA
Batteries 1 Television
1 Remote
Control
Thank you for your purchase of a JVC Color Television. Before you begin setting up your new
television, please check to make sure you have all of the following items. In addition to this
guide, your television box should include:
Once you have unpacked your television, the next step is to connect it to your antenna/cable
or satellite system and to connect the audio/video devices you want to use with your televi-
sion. To make these connections you will use plugs like the ones illustrated below.
A/V Input Plug
RF Connectors
Used to connect a
coaxial cable from an
external antenna or Cable
TV system.
A matching TV stand
is also available
(optional).
Used to make video con-
nections with VCRs,
DVDs, Camcorders, etc
(optional).
Used to connect JVC AV
Compu Link
capable components for
an automated home the-
ater.
Used to connect
audio/video devices like
VCRs, DVD players, stereo
amplifiers, game consoles,
etc.
S-Video Plug
AV Compu Link Cable
We recommend that before you start using your new television, you read your entire Users
Guide so you can learn about your new televisions many great features. But if youre anxious
to start using your television right away, a quick setup guide follows on the next three pages.
Unpacking Your Television
7
Note: Your remote
control may differ from
the example illustrated
here.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 7
8
Slide the cover on the back of the remote down towards the bottom of the remote control.
Insert two batteries (included) carefully noting the +and markings, placing the end in
the unit first. Slide the cover back into place.
Getting Started
These quick setup pages will provide you, in three easy steps, with the basic information you
need to begin using your new television right away. This information includes basic instructions
on operating your remote control, making a simple cable/antenna and optional VCR connection
and, finally, information on programming your television's Auto Tuner.
If you have questions, or for more detailed information on any of these steps, please consult
other sections of this manual.
Step One - The Remote Control
The remote control is the key to operating your television's many great features. Before you
can operate your remote control, you first need to install the batteries (included).
Basic Operation
Turn the television on and off by pressing the POWER button at the top right corner of the
remote.
The four key feature buttons at the center of the remote can be used for basic operation of the
television.The top and bottom buttons will scan forward and back through the available chan-
nels. The right and left buttons will turn the volume up or down.These buttons are also marked
with four arrows and are also used with JVC's onscreen menu system. You will need to use
these buttons later in the Quick Setup.
The next step is to connect your television to an antenna or cable.
Power Button
Key Feature Buttons
+
Proceed to Step Two
Quick Setup 1
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 8
9
Cable/RF connector
Step Two - Making Basic Connections
Next you will need to connect your television to an antenna or cable system. The most basic
antenna/cable connection is shown below. For more detailed connections, such as ones where
a cable box is required, see pages 11 to 13.
1) Connect the yellow video cable out from the VCRs Video Output, in to the TVs Video
Input jack, OR connect an S-Video cable from the VCRs S-Video output, to the TVs
S-Video input.
2) Connect the white audio cable out from the VCRs Left Audio Output, in to the TVs Left
Audio Input Jack.
3) Connect the red audio cable out from the VCRs Right Audio Output, in to the TVs Right
Audio Input jack.
Finally, once you have finished your connections, plug the power cord into the nearest power
outlet and turn on the television.
1) Connect an RF cable out from the wall outlet in to the RF Input on the back of the TV.
+
Proceed to Step Three
Quick Setup 2
Illustration of AV-27F802
You may also wish to connect a VCR at this point. A basic VCR connection is shown below.
For detailed instructions on connecting a other components or a home theater system, see
pages 14 to 16.
NOTE: A VCRis not required to operate your television.
AV Cables/Plugs
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 9
10
Press the buttons to move to AUTO TUNER SETUP
Press the buttons to begin AUTO TUNER SETUP
To choose CABLE (if you are connected to a cable system) or AIR (if you use
an antenna)
To move to START
To start Auto Tuner Setup
The Auto Tuner will now memorize all of the clear, active channels your television can
receive. This will take one or two minutes.
NOW
PROGRAMMING!
48
TUNER MODE : CABLE AIR
START
Step Three - The Plug In Menu
When you turn your television on for the first time the Plug In Menu will appear. This menu
sets some of the basic settings for your television. A complete description of the Plug In Menu
can be found starting on page 22. We recommend you complete the Plug In Menu items
before you start using your television. But to begin watching your television right away you only
need to run the Auto Tuner Setup. This lets your television learn the channels it is able to
receive. To run the Auto Tuner Setup follow the steps below.
The Auto Tuner is finished when the message PROGRAMMING OVER! appears onscreen.
Your Quick Setup is now complete. You can now begin watching your television, or you can
continue on in this guide for more information on connecting audio/video devices, programming
your remote control, or using the JVC onscreen menu system to customize your television
viewing experience.
PLUG IN MENU
LANGUAGE ENG FRE SPA
AUTO TUNER SETUP
SET CLOCK
FINISH
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY EXIT BY
EX
IT
The Quick Setup
is complete
Quick Setup 3
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 10
Connections
1) Connect the antenna or cable TV wire from the wall outlet, in to the RF Input of the two-way
splitter.
2) Connect an RFcable from the one of the RF Outputs on the splitter, in to the RF Input on
the back of the VCR.
3) Connect an RFcable from the other the RFOutput on the splitter, in to the RF Input on the
back of the TV.
4) Connect the yellow video cable out from the VCRs Video Output, in to the TVs Video Input
jack, OR connect an S-Video cable from the VCRs S-Video output, to the TVs S-Video
input.
Audio Input Jack.
Audio Input jack.
If your VCRis a mono sound unit, it will have only one Audio Out jack. Connect it to the
TVs Left Audio Input.
Please consult your VCRs owners manual for more information on its operation.
There are three basic types of antenna or cable connections:
If you have an antenna or have a cable system that does not require you use a cable box
to select channels, please refer to Diagram #1.
If you have a cable system that requires the use of a cable box to access all the chan-
nels, please refer to Diagram #2. If you cannot operate your Picture-In-Picture
function using Diagram #2, try the connection shown in Diagram #3. It is possible yo
cable box allows the signal of only one channel at a time to be sent to your television.
If you have a cable system that requires the use of a cable box to access certain
premium channels, but not basiccable channels, please refer to Diagram #3.
For your convenience, connection to a VCR is also shown in the following diagrams. A
VCR is not necessary for operation of the television or Picture-In-Picture (PIP) function.
You may omit the VCR from your connections if you wish.
For instructions on connecting a VCR only, please see the Quick Setup on page 9.
For information on using PIP, please see page 44.
The PIP feature is available on models AV-36F802, AV-32F802 and AV-27F802 only.
Cable and VCR Connections
11
Diagram #1
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 11
Connections
12
1) Connect the antenna or cable TV wire from the wall outlet, in to the RFInput of the cable
box.
2) Connect an RF cable from the RFOutput of the cable box, in to the RFInput on the back of
the VCR.
3) Connect an RF cable from the RF Output of the VCR, in to the RF Input on the back of the
TV.
input.
Audio Input Jack.
Audio Input jack.
Please see page 44 for information on using the PIP feature with a Cable Box.
If your VCRis a mono sound unit, it will have only one Audio Out jack. Connect it to the TVs
Left Audio Input.
Cable and VCR Connections - Continued
Diagram #2
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 12
Connections
13
The connection diagrams are intended to show some basic general connections.
Some cable companies may require special connections to properly use your televi-
sion or 2-tuner PIP function. If you follow these diagrams and either the television or
PIPdoes not work properly, contact your local cable operator for more connection
information. Please see page 44 for more information on the PIP feature.
splitter.
2) Connect an RFcable from the one of the RFOutputs on the splitter, in to the cable box RF
Input.
3) Connect an RF cable from the Cable Box Output, in to the VCR RF Input.
back of the TV.
input.
Audio Input jack.
Audio Input jack.
Diagram #3
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 13
Connections
14
1) Connect Green cable out from DVD player YComponent Output, in to TVY Component
Input.
2) Connect Blue cable out from DVDplayer PB Component Output, in to TV PB Component
Input.
3) Connect Red cable out from DVD Player PR Component Output, in to TV PR Component
Input.
4) Connect White Audio cable out from DVDLeft Audio Output, in to TV Left Audio Input 2.
5) Connect Red Audio cable out from DVDRight Audio Output, in to TVRight Audio Input 2.
Green, blue and red are the most common colors for DVD cables. Some models may vary
colors. Please consult the users manual for your DVD Player for more information.
Be careful not to confuse the red DVD cable with the red audio cable. It is best to complete
one set of connections (DVDor Audio Output) before starting the other to avoid accidentally
switching the cables.
See page 20 for instructions on programming your remote control to operate the basic func-
tions of your DVD player.
AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802: You may also connect the DVD player to Input 4. If
you use Input 4 for the DVD connection, you must set the V4 COMPONENT-IN on the initial
Setup Menu to YES for proper display of the DVD signal.
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702: If you use Input 2 (Component-In) for the DVDcon-
nection, you must set the V2 COMPONENT-IN on the initial Setup Menu to YES for prop-
er display of the DVD signal.
NOTE: Progressive DVDPlayers (players with an output scan of 31.5 KHz) will not work prop-
erly with this television.
Connecting to a DVD player
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 14
Connections
1) Connect the yellow video cable out from the Camcorders Video Output, in to the TVs Video
Input jack, OR connect an S-Video cable from the Camcorders S-Video output, to the TVs
S-Video Input.
2) Connect the white audio cable out from the Camcorders Left Audio Output, in to the TVs
Left Audio Input jack.
3) Connect the red audio cable out from the Camcorders Right Audio Output, in to the TVs
Right Audio Input jack.
If your Camcorder is a mono sound model it will have only one audio jack. Connect it to the
TVs Left Audio jack.
Connecting to an External Amplifier
Connecting to a Camcorder
1) Connect the white audio cable from the TVs Left Audio Output jack to the Amplifiers Left
Audio Input jack.
2) Connect the red audio cable from the TVs Right Audio Output jack to the Amplifiers Right
Audio Input jack.
See also TV Speaker and Audio Outon page 38 for more information on using external
speakers.
You may connect a camcorder to your television by using the front Input Jacks (Input 3)
located under the front panel door. To access, press lightly on the door to open it. You may
also connect a game console or other equipment using these jacks. Camcorders may also
be connected to the televisions rear input jacks.
15
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 15
Connections
16
To Connect: Plug one end of the AV Compu Link cable into the AV Compu Link input on your
VCR, DVD, or other Compu Link device. Plug the other end of the AV Compu Link cable into
the AV Compu Link input at the rear of the television.
Connecting to JVC AV Compu Link
JVCs AV Compu Link feature makes playing video tapes or DVDs totally automatic. Simply
insert a pre-recorded tape into your JVC-brand VCR or DVD into your JVC DVD player and
the device will automatically turn on and begin playback. At the same time, using the AV
Compu Link, the VCR or DVD player sends a signal to the television telling it to turn on and
switch to the proper video input.
The AV Compu Link cable may be included with the JVC AV Compu Link accessory you
wish to connect. If it is not, contact an authorized JVCService Center for
part # EWP 805-012.
AV Compu Link can only be used with JVC-brand products.
NOTE:
In order for the VCR playback to begin automatically, the recording tabs must be remove from
the VHS tape. If the tab is in place, automatic switching will occur when you push the VCRs
PLAY button.
The AV Compu Link cable has a male 3.5 mm (mono) plug on each end.
If your JVC-brand VCR has A Code/B Code Remote Control Switching(see your VCRs
instruction book), using VCR A Code will switch the TV to input 1.
To connect a JVC HiFi receiver or amplifier for a completely automated home theater, see
the HiFis connection instructions for detailed connection information.
AVCOMPU LINK EX is compatible with the following receivers:RX-664V, RX-665V,
RX-668VBK, RX-774V, RX-778VBK, RX-884V, RX-888VBK, RX-1024V, RX-1028VBK, and
later receiver models.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 16
Remote Control
Before you can operate the remote control, you must first
install the batteries (included). See Changing the
Batteries at the bottom of this page for instructions. (For
an illustration, please see page 8.)
Press the POWER button to turn the television on or off.
Make sure the TV/CATV switch is set to TV. Move the
switch to CATV only if you need to operate a cable box.
Slide the VCR/DVD selector switch to VCR to control a
VCR, slide to DVD to control a DVD player. Please see
pages 18 to 20 for instructions on programming your
remote control to operate a Cable box, VCR or DVD player.
Press the CH+ and CH buttons to scan through the chan-
nels. Tap the CH+ or CH button to move through the
channels one channel at a time.
To move rapidly through the channels using JVCs
Hyperscan feature, press and hold CH+ or CH. The
channels will zip by at a rate of five channels per second.
Press VOL+ or VOL to raise or lower the volume. An indi-
cator bar will appear onscreen to show you the television
volume level.
The CH+/ and VOL+/ buttons are also used to navigate
JVCs onscreen menu system.
You can directly access specific channels using the 10-key
pad.
For more information on remote control button features,
see pages 40 to 45. For information on using the
onscreen menus, see page 21.
Changing the Batteries
Push down on the remotes back cover and slide towards the bottom to remove it.
Insert two AA batteries (supplied), carefully noting the "+" and "" markings on the batteries
and on the remote control. To avoid a potential short circuit, insert the "" end first. Be sure to
use only size AA batteries.
When batteries are installed, slide the cover back into place (until it clicks into position).
If the remote control acts erratically, replace the batteries. Typical battery life is six months to
one year. We recommend using alkaline batteries for longer battery life. When you change
the batteries, try to complete the task within three minutes. If you take longer than three min-
utes, the remote control codes for your VCR, DVD, and/or Cable Box may have to be reset
(see pages 18-20).
Remote Control Basics
NOTE: Remote control model RM-C301G is shown at the
left. A different model remote control may have come with
your television.
17
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 17
Remote Programming
Setting the CATV, VCR and DVD Codes
You can program your remote to operate your cable box, satellite receiver, VCR or DVD
player by using the instructions and codes listed below. If the equipment does not respond
to any of the codes listed below or to the code search function, use the remote control sup-
plied by the manufacturer.
Cable Box or Satellite codes
The remote control is programmed with CATV and/or Satellite codes for power on, power off,
channel up, channel down, and 10 key operation.
1) Find the CATV/Satellite brand from the list of codes shown below.
2) Slide the 2-way selector switch to CATV.
3) Press and hold down the DISPLAY button.
4) With the DISPLAY button held down, enter the first code number listed using the 10 key pad.
5) Release the DISPLAY button.
6) Confirm the operation of the Cable Box/Satellite receiver.
If your CATVor Satellite box does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it
does not respond to any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
18
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 18
Remote Programming
VCR codes
The remote control is programmed with VCR codes for power on, power off, play, stop,
fast-forward, rewind, pause, record, channel up, and channel down operation.
1) Find the VCR brand from the list of codes shown below.
2) Slide the first 2-way selector switch to TV and the other 2-way selector switch to VCR.
4) With the DISPLAY button held down, enter the first code number listed with the 10 key pad.
6) Confirm the operation of the VCR.
If your VCR does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it does not respond to
any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
Some manufacturers VCRs may not respond to the TV/VCR button, even if other buttons
work properly.
To record, hold down the REC button on the remote and press PLAY.
19
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 19
Remote Programming
20
DVD codes
The remote control is programmed with DVD codes for power on, power off, play, stop,
fast-forward, rewind, previous chapter, next chapter, tray open/close, and still/pause operation.
1) Find the DVD player brand from the list of codes shown below.
2) Slide the first 2-way selector switch to TV and the other 2-way selector switch to DVD.
6) Confirm the operation of the DVD player.
If your DVD player does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it does not
respond to any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
After you program your remote, some DVD buttons may not work properly. If some buttons
do not work properly, use the remote control which came with your DVD player.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 20
To bring up the onscreen menu, press the MENU button on the remote control. The item that
appears in yellow is the one currently selected. If you press the MENU button again, the
onscreen display will skip to the next menu screen. If you use the Menu button on the TV s
front panel instead of the remote, an additional menu screen showing channel number and
input will appear. The Plug In Menuwill appear the first time the TV is plugged in.
NOTE: Menus shown in this book are illustrations, not exact replications of the televisions
onscreen displays.
Onscreen Menus
21
Using the Guide
The Onscreen Menus
PLUG IN MENU
AUTO TUNER SETUP
SET CLOCK
FINISH
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY EXIT BY
EX
IT
Certain symbols are used throughout this guide to help you learn about the features of your
new television. The ones you will see most frequently are:
Up and Down arrows mean press the CH+ or CH buttons. Pressing the CH+ or CH
buttons let you:
Move vertically in a main menu screen
Move through a submenu screen
Move to the next letter, number, or other choice in a submenu
Back up to correct an error
Scan through TVchannels (when not in a menu screen)
Left and right arrows mean press the VOLUME+ or VOLUME buttons to move left or right
to:
Select a highlighted menu item
Select an item in a submenu
Select numbers in certain menu options
Turn the volume up or down (when not in a menu screen)
The Press Button icon means you should press the button named on your remote
control. (Button names appear in SMALL CAPITAL LETTERS.)
The Helping Handicon points to the highlighted or selected item in a menu.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 21
Plug In Menu
Introduction
Auto Tuner Setup
Language
You can choose to view your onscreen menus in three languages:English, French, or Spanish.
Press the MENU button
To LANGUAGE
To choose a language
In Auto Tuner Setup, the TV automatically scans through all available channels, memorizing the
active ones and skipping over blank ones or channels with weak signals. This means when you
scan (using the CHANNEL +/ buttons) you will receive only clear, active channels.
To AUTO TUNER SETUP
To operate
To choose CABLEor AIR
To move to START
Noise Muting will not work during Auto Tuner Setup.
You will not need to press the MENU button to enter this screen from the Plug In Menu.
NOW
PROGRAMMING !
PROGRAMMING OVER!
48
Programming will take approximately 1 to 2
minutes.
The Plug In Menu comes up automatically when you first turn on the TV after plugging it in.
The Plug In Menu helps you to get your TV ready to use by letting you set your preferences for:
The Language in which you want the onscreen menus to appear,
The Auto Tuner Setup of which channels you wish to receive,
Setting the TVs clock to the correct time so your timer functions will work properly.
Descriptions of each of the Plug In Menu features appear on this page and the next. We rec-
ommend you complete the Plug In Menu setup first so your TV is set up just the way you want,
right away.
22
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 22
Plug In Menu
23
Auto Clock Set
Before you use any of your TVs timer functions, you must first set the clock. You may precisely
set your clock using the XDS time signal broadcast by most Public Broadcastingstations.To
set the clock using the XDS signal:
Enter the channel number of your local PBS station
Press MENU
To SETCLOCK
To operate
To AUTO
ToTIME ZONE
To select your time zone
To move to Daylight Savings Time (D.S.T.)
To turn D.S.T. ON or OFF
To FINISH
To save settings and exit
If you do not have a PBS station in your local area, you will have to set the clock manually.
See Manual Clock Seton the next page for instructions.
The Daylight Savings Time feature automatically adjusts your TVs clock for Daylight Savings.
The clock will move forward one hour at 2:00 am on the first Sunday in April.The clock will
move back one hour at 2:00 am on the last Sunday in October.
MODE AUTO MANUAL
TIME ZONE EASTERN
D.S.T. ON OFF
FINISH
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 23
Plug In Menu
24
Once you have the items in the Plug In Menu set to your personal preferences, move to the
Finish option to save your settings.
To FINISH
You can change the preferences you set in the Plug In Menu at any time using the regular
JVC onscreen menu system.
Manual Clock Set
Finish
NOTE:
You will have to reset the clock after a power interruption. You must set the clock before operat -
ing any timer functions.
To set your clock manually (without using the XDS signal), choose MANUAL from the Set Clock
menu and follow the steps below.
To SET CLOCK
To operate
To MANUAL
To move to the hour
To set the hour
To move to minutes
To set the minutes
To move to START CLOCK
To start clock and exit
MODE AUTO MANUAL
TIME --:-- --
START CLOCK
THANK YOU !!
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 24
Channel Summary
Channel Summary
Channel Summary allows you to customize the line-up of channels received by your TV. You
can add or delete channels from the line-up or prevent any unauthorized viewers from watching
any or all 181 channels.
To CHANNEL SUMMARY
To operate
The Channel Summary screen (above) will now be displayed with the channels set to scan
marked with an "". You can delete channels from the scan by removing the "". If any chan-
nels were missed during Auto Tuner Setup and you wish to add them, you may by placing an
"" next to the channel number.
To the SCAN column
To include or delete from scan
EXIT when finished
You can block access to a channel by activating the Channel Lock.
To CHANNELSUMMARY
To operate
To the Lock Column
ZERO to lock or unlock that channel
EXIT when finished
Channel Guard Message
When a viewer attempts to watch a guarded channel, the following message appears:
To watch a channel that you have locked,
enter the Lock Code using the 10 key pad.
If the wrong code is entered, the message
INVALIDLOCK CODE!will flash on the
screen:
The channel cannot be accessed until the
correct code is entered.
Once a channel has been unlocked, it will remain unlocked until the television is turned off.
See also Set Lock Code, page 33.
C H NO. S C A N C H NO. SCAN
0 1 06
0 2 07
0 3 08
0 4 09
0 5 10
THIS CHANNEL IS LOCKED BY
CHANNEL GUARD.
PLEASE ENTER LOCK CODE BY
10 KEY PAD TO UNLOCK IT.
NO. - - - -
25
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 25
26
V-Chip
Your TV is equipped with V-Chip technology which enables TV Parental Guidelines (for United
States and Canada) and Movie (MPAA) Guideline controls. V-Chip technology allows you to
program your TV to receive, or not to receive, programs based on content according to the
guidelines. Programs which exceed the ratings limits you set will be blocked. When a viewer
attempts to watch a blocked channel, this message appears:
The channel will remain blocked until the correct lock code is entered (see page 33 for informa-
tion on setting your lock code).
You can customize the V-Chip settings of your television to match your personal tastes. The
V-Chip menu below is the starting point for your V-Chip settings.
You can use US V-Chip settings (for programming broadcast from the United States), Canadian
V-Chip settings (for programming broadcast from Canada), and movie ratings. You may use
any or all of the settings (US V-Chip, Canada V-Chip, Movie ratings). Descriptions for setting
each of the three V-Chip formats appear in the next seven pages along with descriptions of the
rating categories.
To access the rating categories:
THIS PROGRAMMING EXCEEDS
YOUR RATING LIMITS.
NO. - - - -
V-CHIP ON OFF
SET USTV RATINGS
SET MOVIE RATINGS
SET CANADIAN RATINGSENG
SETCANADIANRATINGS FRE
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
FINISH
Special Note about Ratings
Some programs are not broadcast with a ratings signal. Therefore, even if you setup V-Chip
ratings limits, these programs will not be blocked. Parents are cautioned to preview the con-
tents of these programs or movies.
ToV-CHIP
To operate (Lock icon will appear)
Press ZERO to access the V-Chip menu
To turn V-Chip ON or OFF (V-Chip must be turned ON for rating settings to operate)
To move to SET US TV RATINGS, SETMOVIE RATINGS, or SETCANADIAN
RATINGS (see following pages for descriptions of each item)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 26
27
V-Chip
US V-Chip Ratings
U.S. PARENTAL RATING SYSTEMS
Programs with the following ratings are appropriate for children.
TV Y is Appropriate for All Children.
Programs are created for very young viewers and should be suitable for all ages, including
children ages 2 - 6.
TV Y7 is for Older Children.
Most parents would find such programs suitable for children 7 and above. These programs
may contain some mild fantasy violence or comedic violence, which children should be able
to discern from reality.
Programs with the following ratings are designed for the entire audience.
TV G stands for General Audience.
Most parents would find these programs suitable for all age groups. They contain little or no
violence, no strong language, and little or no sexual dialog or situations.
TV PG Parental Guidance Suggested.
May contain some, but not much, strong language, limited violence, and some suggestive
sexual dialog or situations. It is recommended that parents watch these programs first, or
with their children.
TV 14 Parents Strongly Cautioned.
Programs contain some material that may be unsuitable for children under the age of 14
including possible intense violence, sexual situations, strong coarse language, or intensely
suggestive dialog. Parents are cautioned against unattended viewing by children under 14.
TV MA Mature Audiences Only.
These programs are specifically for adults and may be unsuitable for anyone under 17 years
of age. TV MA programs may have extensiveV, S, L, or D.
Viewing Guidelines
In addition to the ratings categories explained above, information on specific kinds of content
are also supplied with the V-Chip rating. These types of content may also be blocked.The
content types are:
V/FV is for VIOLENCE/FANTASY VIOLENCE
S stands for SEXUALCONTENT
L stands for strong LANGUAGE
D stands for suggestive DIALOG
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 27
V-Chip
28
Line up the cursor in the column (TV PG, TV G, etc.) with the content row (V/FV, S, etc.) and
press the or to move the cursor to the correct location. Press or to turn the locking
feature on or off . An item is locked if the icon appears instead of a .
For example: To block viewing of all TV 14 shows, move the cursor to the top row of that
column and add a lock icon. Once you've put a lock on the top row, everything in that column
is automatically locked.
To the TV 14 Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
If you want to change the setup, move the cursor to the top column and change the lock icon
to by pressing or again. You may then select individual categories to block.
ToV-CHIP
To turnV-Chip ON or OFF
To move to SET US TV RATINGS
To operate
V-CHIP ON OFF
SET USTV RATINGS
SET MOVIE RATINGS
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
FINISH
Setting US V-Chip Ratings
Directions to set US V-Chip Ratings:
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 28
V-Chip
29
Setting ratings with the V-Chip button
Example 2:
If you want to set your V-Chip settings to block all programming above a current setting such as
TV PG-V (with violence):
Press ZERO when TV-PG - V is displayed
To access Rating information about a certain program, press the V-CHIP button while viewing
that program. A display like this will appear :
If you decide you want to block this category of viewing, press "0" while the above screen is
visible, and all programs from that category will be blocked.
Example 1:
If you want to set your V-Chip settings to block all programming above TV PG:
For Children's programming you can block TV-Y and Y7 programs by Pressing 0 when Y is
displayed during a program. Programming for audiences other than childrens audiences will
not be affected.
PROGRAM IS RATED :
TV-PG - V
All Programming above TV PG will be blocked.
Press ZERO when TV-PG is displayed
All Programming above TV PG - V (with Violence) will be blocked.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 29
V-Chip
NR Not Rated.
This is a film which has no rating. In many cases these films were imported from countries
which do not use the MPAA ratings system. Other NR films may be from amateur producers
who didnt intend to have their film widely released.
NR (Not Rated) Programming may contain all types of programming including children's
programming, foreign programs, or adult material.
G General Audience .
In the opinion of the review board, these films contain nothing in the way of sexual content,
violence, or language that would be unsuitable for audiences of any age.
PG Parental Guidance .
Parental Guidance means the movie may contain some contents such as mild violence,
some brief nudity, and strong language. The contents are not deemed intense.
PG-13 Parents Strongly Cautioned.
Parents with children under 13 are cautioned that the content of movies with this rating may
include more explicit sexual, language, and violence content than movies rated PG.
R - Restricted.
These films contain material that is explicit in nature and is not recommended for
unsupervised children under the age of 17.
NC-17 - No One Under 17.
These movies contain content which most parents would feel is too adult for their children to
view. Content can consist of strong language, nudity, violence, and suggestive or explicit
subject matter.
X - No One under 18.
Inappropriate material for anyone under 18.
Movie Ratings
ToV-CHIP
To operate (Lock icon appears)
Press ZERO to access V-Chip setup options
To SET MOVIE RATINGS
To enter movies menu
For example, to block viewing of X and NC-17 rated from shows:
To the X Column
To turn on the lock
To the NC-17 Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
Directions to set Movie (MPAA) Ratings:
30
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 30
V-Chip
E Exempt.
Exempt programming includes:news, sports, documentaries and other information
programming, talk shows, music videos, and variety programming.
C Programming Intended for Children.
Violence Guidelines:There will be no realistic scenes of violence. Depictions of aggressive
behavior will be infrequent and limited to portrayals that are clearly imaginar y, comedic or
unrealistic in nature.
C8+ Programming Intended for Children 8 and Over .
Violence Guidelines: Any realistic depictions of violence will be infrequent, discreet, of low
intensity and will show the consequences of the acts. There will be no offensive language,
nudity or sexual content.
Programming will contain little violence and will be sensitive to themes which could affect
younger children.
PG - Parental Guidance.
Programming intended for a general audience, but which may not be suitable for younger
children. Parents may consider some content not appropriate for children aged 8-13.
14+ - 14 Years and Older.
Parents are strongly cautioned to exercise discretion in permitting viewing by pre-teens and
early teens. Programming may contain mature themes and scenes of intense violence.
18+ - Adult.
Material intended for mature audiences only.
Canadian V-Chip Ratings
Directions to set Canadian V-Chip Ratings:
ToV-CHIP
To SET CANADIAN RATINGS ENG (for English)
To enter ratings menu
For example, to block viewing of programming rated 14+ and 18+:
To the 18+ Column
To turn on the lock
To the 14+ Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
For instructions on Set Canadian Ratings FRE (in French), please see page 31 in the
French side of this users guide.
31
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 31
32
V-Chip
Unrated Programs
Notes About Unrated Programs:
Unrated programming refers to any programming which does not contain a rating signal.
Programming on television stations which do not broadcast rating signals will be placed in the
Unrated Programming" category.
Examples of Unrated programs:
Emergency Bulletins
Locally Originated Programming
News
Political Programs
Public Service Announcements
Religious Programs
Sports
Weather
Some Commercials
TV programs or movies that do not have rating signals will be blocked if the Unrated
Category is set to BLOCK.
Directions to Block Unrated Programs:
You can block programs that are not rated.
ToV-CHIP
To operate (The lock icon appears)
To UNRATED
ToVIEW or BLOCK
Press EXIT when done
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 32
V-Chip
Set Lock Code
Channel Guard and V-Chip settings are protected by a four-digit Lock Code. Your TV comes
pre-set with a Lock Code of "0000". You may change the code to any four-digit number you
wish. To change the Lock Code, follow the steps below.
To SETLOCK CODE
To operate
The lock icon appears.
Press ZERO to access the Lock Code
The first digit will be highlighted
To select the number
To move to the next digit
Continue to follow these directions for all four numbers.
To FINISH
Your Lock Code is now set..
LOCK CODE 0 0 0 0
FINISH
0
After a power interruption you must reset the Lock Code.
Write your Lock Code number down and keep it hidden from potential viewers.
If you forget the Lock Code, a new code may be set using the steps listed above.
NOTE:
33
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 33
Picture Settings
34
Tint
Color
Picture
Bright
Detail
Tint allows you to adjust the levels of red and green in your TV picture.
ToTINT
To increase the levels of green
To increase the levels of red
To move to the next setting
The color function lets you make all the colors in the TV picture appear either more vivid or
subtle.
To COLOR
To make the colors more vivid
To make the colors more subdued
Picture allows you to adjust the levels of black and white on the TV screen, giving you a darker
or brighter picture overall.
To PICTURE
To increase the level of contrast
To decrease the level of contrast
You can adjust the overall brightness of the TV picture with the Bright control.
To BRIGHT
To lighten the picture
To darken the picture
The Detail feature adjusts the level of fine detail displayed in the picture.
To DETAIL
To make the picture sharper (more details)
To make the picture smoother (less detail)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 34
Picture Settings
35
Noise Muting
Set Video Status
With Set Video Status, you can save your own set of picture quality adjustments as Choice
and have access to them at the touch of a button.
To SETVIDEO STATUS
To operate
To set the TINT levels
To move to the next option
Repeat these steps until all levels are set.
To SAVEAS CHOICE
You must use SAVE AS CHOICE to exit the Set Video Status menu, otherwise your prefer -
ences will not be saved.
You can access your Choicesettings at any time by pressing the VIDEO STATUS button on
the remote control.
TINT
COLOR
PICTURE
BRIGHT
DETAIL
SAVE AS CHOICE
The setting screen will disappear if you do not make any adjustments or move to the next set-
ting in approximately three seconds. Any changes you have made to picture settings up to that
point will be stored. You can exit the Picture Settings menu at any time by pressing the EXIT
button on the remote control.
NOTE:
This feature inserts a blank blue screen over channels which are not broadcasting or are too
weak to be received clearly.
To NOISE MUTING
To turn Noise Muting ON or OFF
Noise Muting will not work during Auto Tuner Setup or when you operate Channel Summary.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 35
Sound Settings
You can increase or decrease the level of low-frequency sound in the TVs audio with the Bass
adjustment.
To BASS
To increase the bass
To decrease the bass
Use Treble to adjust the level of high-frequency sound in your TVs audio.
Press the ME N U bu t t o n
ToTREBLE
To increase the treble
To decrease the treble
Adjust the level of sound between the TVs two speakers with the Balance setting.
To BALANCE
To shift the balance towards the right speaker
To shift the balance towards the left speaker
MTS technology allows several audio signals to be broadcast at once, giving you a choice in
what you wish to hear with a TV program. In addition to mono or stereo sound, an MTS broad-
cast may also include a Second Audio Program (SAP).
To MTS
Select the mode
(The ON AIR arrow tells you if a broadcast is in Stereo and/or contains an SAP).
Keep the TV in STEREO mode to get the best sound quality. The sound will work in
STEREO mode even if a certain broadcast is in MONO sound only.
Choose the MONO setting to reduce excessive noise on a certain channel or broadcast.
Selecting SAP will allow you to hear an alternative soundtrack, if one is available.
MTS (Multi-Channel Television Sound)
Treble
Balance
Bass
You can leave the Sound Settings menu at any time by pressing the EX I T button on the
remote control.
NOTE:
36
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 36
General Items
The On/Off timer lets you program your television to turn itself on or off. You can use it as an
alarm to wake up, to help you remember important programs, or as a decoy when you're not
home.
To ON/OFFTIMER
To operate (begins with ON TIME)
To set the hour (AM/PM) you want the TV to turn on
To move to minutes
To set the minutes
To accept ON TIME and move to OFF TIME (the time the TV will turn off). Set the
OFF TIMEthe same way as ON TIME
To accept OFFTIME and move to CHANNEL
To select channel
To move to MODE
Choose ONCE or EVERYDAY
To ON/OFFTIMER
Choose YES to accept the timer setting, choose NOif you don't wish to accept
To FINISH
To save settings
On/Off Timer
On/Off Timer Note for PIP (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802) only.
The On/Off time cannot be set to locked or guarded channels.
In order for the On/Off timer to work, the clock must be set.
After a power interruption, the Timer settings must be reset.
NOTE:
If the television is on when a timed event is about to start a Timer Preview window will appear.
The Timer Preview window will appear in the lower right corner of the screen seven seconds
before the timer is programmed to begin. When the timer activates, the Preview picture will
become the main picture.
37
Purity
This helps clean up the picture so that it may not contain any snow.
To PURITY
To enter
To adjust purity
N S
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 37
General Items
38
If your TV is connected to a stereo system, you can turn off the TV speakers and listen to the
audio through your stereo.
ToTVSPEAKER
To turn the TV's speakers ONor OFF
EXIT when finished
Before you turn the TV Speaker setting from OFF to ON, make sure that the TV volume
level is low! If the TV volume is set too high, the sound level will be extremely loud.
After a power interruption, the TVSpeaker settings will return to ON.
TV Speaker
External Speakers: When using external speakers or amplifiers, shut off the TV Speakers
(see TV Speaker) above.
NOTE:
If your television is connected to an external speaker source, Audio Out gives you the option of
controlling the volume level with your TVs remote control.
To AUDIO OUT
ToVARI or FIX
EXIT when finished
VARI: Lets you adjust the volume of the external speakers using the VOLUME +/ buttons on
your TVs remote control.
FIX: The volume of the external speakers is adjusted using the audio devices remote control.
Audio Out
TV SPEAKER ON OFF
AUDIO OUT VARI FIX
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 38
General Items
Get the best quality video from your DVD player by using this setting and the DVD inputs at the
rear of the television. Set either to YES for component input (for DVD) or to NO for composite
video input (for a regular VCR).
ToV4 COMPONENT-IN (or V2 COMPONENT-IN for models AV-36F702, AV-32F702
and AV-27F702)
To turn the input ON or OFF
EXIT when finished
This option should be used with DVD players only. For information on connecting VCRs see
page 11. For more information on connecting a DVD player, see page 14.
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702 note: These models do not have Input 4.
V4 Component-In (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802) /
V2 Component-In (AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702)
V4 COMPONENT-IN YES NO
Many broadcasts now include an onscreen display of dialog called Closed Captions. Some
broadcasts may also include displays of additional information in text form. Your television can
access and display this information using the Closed Caption feature. To activate the Closed
Caption feature, follow the steps below.
To CLOSED CAPTION
To operate
To select CAPTION (for Closed Captions), TEXT (for text display), or OFF
(for no display)
To move to CAPTION or TEXT
To select a caption (CC1 to CC4) or text channel (T1 to T4)
To accept that selection and move to FINISH
MODE : CAPTION
CAPTION : CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4
TEXT : T1 T2 T3 T4
FINISH
Closed Caption
Closed Caption subtitles are usually found on closed caption channel CC1. Some programs
may include additional text information which is usually found on text channel T1. The other
channels are available for future use.
Closed captioning may not work correctly if the signal being received is weak or if you are
playing a video tape.
Most broadcasts containing Closed Captioning will display a notice at the start of the
program.
NOTE:
39
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 39
Button Functions
The MENU button allows you to access JVCs onscreen menu system. Press MENU to activate
the onscreen menu system.
See individual topics (like Sound Settings) for specific information on using menus.
Press the EXIT button to leave a menu screen. On the RM-C301G this button is also labeled
PIP OFF. Press EXIT/PIP OFF to turn off the Picture-in-Picture function (please see page 44
for more information on the PIP feature).
PIP is available only on AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802.
Menu
Exit and PIP Off
Display
Please note that if the Clock, Sleep Timer or On/Off Timer are not set, the Display screen will
show:"CLOCK NOT SET", "SLEEP TIMER OFF", and "ON/OFF TIMER OFF" respectively.
NOTE:
The Display screen shows the current status of timers and inputs.
Press the DISPLAY button
The screen above shows the following information:
The current channel or AV input (Channel 07)
The current time (12:20 pm)
Sleep Timer status/minutes remaining (The Sleep Timer is off)
On/Off Timer status (Set to turn on everyday at 7:00 PM, off at 10:00 PM)
Each Press of the DISPLAY button changes the display mode:
Display Full screen shown above
Time Shows the current time only
Channel Shows the current channel
Off Turns Display off
You may also turn off the Display at any step by pressing EXIT.
07
NOW 12:20 PM
SLEEP TIMER OFF
ON/ OFF TIMER EVERYDAY
ON TIME 7:00 PM
OFF TIME 10:00 PM
40
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 40
Button Functions
Video Status
Muting
The VIDEO STATUS button gives you a choice of three TV picture display settings, including a
display of your own preferences.
Standard Resets the picture display to the factory settings.
Choice Displays the setting levels you specified on the "Set Video Status"Menu
(see page 35).
Theater Gives a rich, film-like look to video.
Press the VIDEO STATUS button
The Sleep Timer can turn the TV off for you after you fall asleep. Program it to work in intervals
of 15 minutes, for a total time of up to 180 minutes.
Sleep Timer Message
20 seconds before the automatic shutoff, this message will appear:
GOOD NIGHT!!
PUSH SLEEP TIMER BUTTON
TO EXTEND.
Creates a deep, three-dimensional sound effect by channeling the audio through the TV's front-
firing speakers. Press the HYPER SURROUND button to turn the effect on or off.
The MUTING button instantly turns the volume down completely when you press it. Press
MUTING and the volume level will instantly go to zero. To restore the volume to its previous
level, press MUTING again.
HYPER SURROUND ON OFF
Hyper Surround
Sleep Timer
41
Press the SLEEP TIMER button
You then have 20 seconds to press the Sleep Timer button to delay the shutoff for another
15 minutes.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 41
Button Functions
Use the 100+ button to directly access channels above Channel 99. For example to move to
channel 124, press100+, 2 (two), 4 (four).
100+ Button
Return+
Input
Selects the signal input source for the television:TV (for Antenna or Cable) or Video-1, 2, 3, or 4
for video devices like VCRs, DVD players, or camcorders.
IN P U T
BBE
BBE high definition audio adds natural, clear and extraordinary sound quality to any program.
Turn BBE On or Off using the BBE button.
BBE ON OFF
The RETURN+ button has two functions:
Return Returns to the channel viewed just before the channel currently onscreen.
Return+ Lets you program a specific channel to return to while scanning through the chan-
nels using the CH+ and CH buttons.
RETURN+ and hold for three seconds
The channel currently active has been programmed as your Return+ channel. Now scan
through the channels using the CHANNEL+/ buttons
RETURN+
You will return to your programmed channel.
To cancel your Return+ channel, press and hold the RETURN+ button for three seconds. The
message RETURN CHANNEL CANCELLED!will appear.
Return+ works only with the CHANNEL+/ buttons. Pressing any number key will cancel
Return+.
Return+ does not affect the PIPchannel (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802 only).
RETURN CHANNEL
PROGRAMMED !
BBE is a registered trademark of BBESound, Inc. For U.S., licensed from BBE Sound, Inc.
under USP 4638258, 4482866 and 5510572. For Canada, licensed from BBE Sound, Inc.
BBE is a registered trademark of BBESound, Inc.
NOTE:
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702 do not have a Video-4 input.
42
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 42
Button Functions
43
Light
Your remote control includes illuminated buttons for key features like CHANNEL +/ and
VOLUME +/. Press the LIGHT button to turn the illumination on.
DVD Buttons
VCR Buttons
TV/CATV Switch
VCR/DVD Switch
You can also use this remote control to operate the basic functions of your DVD player. These
functions include:play, rewind, fast-forward, stop, still/pause, previous/next, tray open/close,
power on, and power off.
Move the selector switch to DVD to operate.
The remote is preset with the code 000 to control JVC-brand DVD players. For any other
manufacturers brand DVD player, please see the code chart and instructions on page 20.
Use either the televisions own tuner or a cable box to select channels. Set this switch to TV to
operate the televisions built-in tuner. Move the switch to CATV to operate a cable box.
See page 18 for information on programming your remote for cable box operation.
You can control a VCR or DVDplayer with the buttons on the lower part of the remote control.
Use the VCR/DVD selector switch to choose either VCR or DVD operation.
See pages 19 and 20 for information on programming your remote with VCR and DVD oper-
ating codes.
You can use this remote control to operate the basic functions of your VCR. These functions
include:play, record, rewind, fast-forward, stop, pause, channel scan, TV/VCR, power on, and
power off.
Move the selector switch to VCR to operate.
The remote is preset with the code 000 to control JVC-brand VCRs. For any other manufac-
turers brand VCR, please see the code chart and instructions on page 19.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 43
Button Functions - PIP
PIP displays two separate pictures on screen. Your television has 2-Tuner PIP, meaning you
can view pictures from two different channels simultaneously. A special set of PIP control but-
tons are located on the upper part of the remote control. Descriptions of each button appear
on this page.
The PIP feature is available on models AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802 only.
On/Move
Turn PIP on by pressing the ON/MOVE button.
02
07
Cable Box Note
The 2-Tuner PIP function may not operate when used with certain cable boxes. This is
because while some models of cable box may receive up to 181 channels, they may only send
the signal from one channel to your television (please also see diagram on page 11). For the
PIPtuner to operate correctly, it must have access to all available channels. Since the televi-
sion is receiving the signal of only one channel from the cable box, it is impossible for the 2-
Tuner PIP to display a second, different channel.
Because there are many different models of cable boxes in use today, if you are having prob-
lems operating your PIP feature with your cable box, we recommend you contact your local
cable company for connection advice.
44
PIP OFF to turn PIP off
(PIP) ON/MOVE
NOTE:
Each press of ON/MOVE will shift the PIP window to a different corner.
ON/MOVE
Once PIP is turned on, you can move the PIP window to any of the TVs main pictures
four corners with the ON/MOVE button
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 44
Freeze
Swap
Channel +/for PIP
Source
Use the FREEZE button to lock a single, still image onto the PIP window.
If PIP is off when FREEZE is pressed, a snapshot of the main screen is taken and placed in
the PIP window.
If PIP is on when FREEZE is pressed, the image in the window when the button was pressed
is held.
You can exchange the channel displayed on the main screen for the one shown in the PIP win-
dow by pressing SWAP.
Like the main CHANNEL +/ buttons, CHANNEL +/ for PIP lets you scan through the channels in
the PIP window.
Direct channel selection with the 10 key pad for PIPis not possible.
You can select the signal source for the PIP window image.
If the PIP does not have a signal, the window will be blue.
If you connect a DVD to Video-2 or Video-4, the PIP window will be blue.
The PIP window is
1
/
9
the size of the full screen.
PIP will not display blocked channels or programs. A blue screen will display instead.
NOTE:
45
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 45
Troubleshooting
46
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 46
47
Warranty
For Canadian model televisions, see the separate sheet for Canadian
Warranty information.
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA warrants this product and all parts thereof, except as set forth
below ONLY TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER AT RETAIL to be FREE FROM DEFECTIVE
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP from the date of original retail purchase for the period shown
below (the Warranty Period) (PICTURE TUBE is covered for Two (2) years.)
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS VALID ONLY IN THE FIFTY (50) UNITED STATES, THE
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AND COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO RICO.
WHAT WE WILL DO:
If this product is found to be defective within the warranty period,JVC will repair or
replace defective parts at no charge to the original owner. Such repair and replacement
services shall be rendered by JVC during regular business hours at JVCauthorized
service centers. Parts used for replacement are warranted only for the remainder of this
Warranty Period. All products and parts thereof may be brought to a JVCauthorized
service center on a carry-in basis. Televisions with a screen size of 25 inches and larger
may be covered on an in-home basis where such service is available.
WHATYOU MUST DO FOR WARRANTY SERVICE:
To determine if in-home service is ava i l a ble in your area, either contact the selling dealer (retail-
er) or call 1-800-537-5722 to locate the nearest JVC authori zed service center. S e rvice loca-
tions can also be obtained from our website h t t p : / / w w w. j v c s e rv i c e. c o m.In-home serv i c e, if ava i l-
a bl e, will require clear access to the Te l evision by the service representative s.If in-home serv i c e
is not ava i l a bl e, carry in service will be prov i d e d .
If service is not locally available, box the product carefully, preferably in its original car-
ton, and ship, insured, with a copy of your bill of sale plus a letter of explanation of the
problem to the nearest JVC Factory Service Center, the name and location which will be
given to you by the toll free number.
If you have any questions concerning your JVC Product, please contact our Customer
Relations Department.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED:
This limited warranty provided by JVC does not cover:
1) Products which have been subject to abuse, accident,alteration,modification,tam-
pering,negligence, misuse, faulty installation,lack of reasonable care, or if repaired
or serviced by anyone other than a service facility authorized by JVC to render such
service, or if affixed to any attachment not pr ovided with the products,or if the model
or serial number has been altered, tampered with,defaced or removed;
2) Initial installation, installation and removal from "built-in" entertainment centers and
other mounting systems;
3) Operational adjustments covered in the Owners Manual, normal maintenance, video
and audio head cleaning;
4) Damage that occurs in shipment, due to an act of God,and cosmetic damage;
5) Signal reception problems and failures due to line power surge;
6) Video Pick-up Tubes/CCD Image Sensor, Cartridge, Stylus (Needle) are covered for 90
days from the date of purchase;
Parts Labor
1 YEAR 1 YEAR
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 47
48
Warranty
REFURBISHED PRODUCTS CARRY A SEPA R ATE WA R R A N T Y. THIS WA R R A N T Y
DOES NOT APPLY FOR DETAILS OF REFURBISHED PRODUCT WA R R A N T Y.
PLEASE REFER TOTHE REFURBISHED PRODUCT WARRANTY INFORMATION
PACKAGED WITH EACH REFURBISHED PRODUCT.
For customer use:
Enter below the Model No. and Serial No.which is located either on the rear, bottom or
side of the cabinet.
Retain this information for future reference.
Model No.: Serial No.:
Purchase Date: Name Of Dealer:
7) Accessories;
8) Batteries (except that Rechargeable Batteries are covered for 90 days from date of pur-
chase.)
There are no express warranties except as listed above.
THE DURATION OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILTY, IS LIMITED TOTHE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY
HEREIN.
JVC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT, INCONVENIENCE,
OR ANY OTHER DA M AG E S , WHETHER DIRECT, I N C I D E N TAL OR CONSEQU E N T I A L
(INCLUDING,WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGE TOTAPES, RECORDS OR DISCS) RESULT-
ING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WAR-
RANTY, ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE
WARRANTY PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.
Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages or limita-
tions on how long the warranty lasts,so these exclusions or limitations may not apply to
you.This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights
which vary state to state.
JVCCOMPANYOF AMERICA 1700 Valley Road
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP. Wayne, New Jersey 07470
h t t p : / / w w w. j v c s e rv i c e. c o m
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 48
49
Authorized Service Centers
QUALITY SERVICE
TOLL FREE: 1 (800) 537-5722
http://www.jvc.com
HOWTO LOCATE YOUR JVC SERVICE CENTER
Dear Customer,
In order to receive the most satisfaction from your purchase, please read the
instruction booklet before operating the unit. In the event that repairs are neces-
sary, or for the address nearest your location within the Continental United
States, please call 1 (800) 537-5722 for your nearest authorized servicer or visit
our website at www.JVC.com.
Remember to retain your Bill of Sale for Warranty Service.
Caution
To prevent electrical shock, do not open the cabinet.There are no user serviceable
parts inside. Please refer to qualified service personnel for repairs.
Accessories
To purchase accessories for your JVC product, you may contact your local JVC
Dealer. From the 48 Continental United States call toll free: 1 (800) 882-2345 or on
the web at www.JVC.com
For service in Canada
To locate your local JVC service center or dealer in Canada please call:
Or visit us on the web at www.JVC.ca
Do not service the television yourself
In Eastern Canada:
1 (416) 293-1311
In Western Canada:
1 (604) 270-1311
En Franais (Montral):
1 (514) 871-1311
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 49
50
Search Codes
Cable/Satellite Search Codes Function:
1) Slide the first 2-Way Mode Selector switch to CATV.
2) Press the TV POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press TV POWER, see if the CATV or Satellite box responds.
4) If there was a response, press RETURN+. The operating codes are now set.If there was no
response, repeat Step 3.If you repeat Step 3 a total of 52 times without a response, use the
remote control which came with the equipment.
5) Press RETURN+ to exit.
VCR Search Codes Function:
2) Press the VCR POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press VCR POWER, see if the VCR responds.
response, repeat Step 3. If you repeat Step 3 a total of 80 times without a response, use the
manufacturers remote control which came with the VCR.
DVD Player Search Codes Function:
2) Press the DVD POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press DVD POWER, see if the DVDplayer responds.
4) If there was a response, press RETURN+. The operating codes are now set. If there was no
manufacturers remote control which came with the DVDplayer.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 50
Specifications
51
Specifications subject to change without notice.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 51
JVC COMPANYOF AMERICA
Division of JVC Americas Corp.
1700 Valley Road
Wayne, New Jersey, 07470
JVC CANADA, INC.
21 Finchdene Square
Scarborough, Ontario
Canada, M1X 1A7
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 52
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702 /Y
AV-36F802 /Y
COLOR TELEVISION
BASIC CHASSIS
AC
No. 51907B
Dec. 2001
TV TV
RM-C303G
[AV-36F702]
RM-C301G
[AV-36F802]
CD-ROM No. SML200201
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
q NOTE ON USING CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
1. SAFETY
The components identified by the symbol and shading are
critical for safety. For continued safety replace safety critical
components only with manufactures recommended parts.
2. SPECIFIED VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM VALUES
The voltage and waveform values have been measured under the
following conditions.
(1) Input signal : Color bar signal
(2) Setting positions of each knob/button and
variable resistor : Original setting position when
shipped
(3) Internal resistance of tester : DC 20k/V
(4) Oscilloscope sweeping time : H 20S/div
: V 5mS/div
: Others Sweeping time is
specified
(5) Voltage values : All DC voltage values
9Since the voltage values of signal circuit vary to some extent ac-
cording to adjustments, use them as reference values.
3. INDICATION OF PARTS SYMBOL [EXAMPLE]
In the PW board : R1209 R209
4. INDICATIONS ON THE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
(1) Resistors
Resistance value
No unit : []
k : [k]
M : [M]
Rated allowable power
No indication : 1/10 [W]
Others : As specified
Type
No indication : Carbon resistor
OMR : Oxide metal film resistor
MFR : Metal film resistor
MPR : Metal plate resistor
UNFR : Uninflammable resistor
FR : Fusible resistor
9Composition resistor 1/2 [W] is specified as 1/2S or Comp.
(2) Capacitors
Capacitance value
1 or higher : [pF]
less than 1 : [F]
Withstand voltage
No indication : DC50[V]
AC indicated : AC withstand voltage [V]
Others : DC withstand voltage [V]
9 Electrolytic Capacitors
47/50[Example] : Capacitance value [F]/withstand voltage[V]
AV-36F702 /Y
AV-36F802 /Y STANDARD CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Type
No indication : Ceramic capacitor
MY : Mylar capacitor
MM : Metalized mylar capacitor
PP : Polypropylene capacitor
MPP : Metalized polypropylene capacitor
MF : Metalized film capacitor
TF : Thin film capacitor
BP : Bipolar electrolytic capacitor
TAN : Tantalum capacitor
(3) Coils
No unit : [H]
Others : As specified
(4) Power Supply
: B1
: B2(12V)
: 9V
: 5V
9Respective voltage values are indicated
(5) Test point
: Test point
: Only test point display
(6) Connecting method
: Connector
: Wrapping or soldering
: Receptacle
(7) Ground symbol
: LIVE side ground
: ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side ground
: EARTH ground
: DIGITAL ground
5. NOTE FOR REPAIRING SERVICE
This models power circuit is partly different in the GND. The difference
of the GND is shown by the LIVE : ( ) side GND and the
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) : ( ) side GND. Therefore, care must be taken
for the following points.
(1) Do not touch the LIVE side GND or the LIVE side GND and the
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND simultaneously. If the above cau-
tion is not respected, an electric shock may be caused. Therefore,
make sure that the power cord is surely removed from the recepta-
cle when, for example, the chassis is pulled out.
(2) Do not short between the LIVE side GND and ISOLATED(NEUTRAL)
si de GND or never measure the LIVE si de GND and
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND at the same time with a measur-
ing apparatus ( oscilloscope, etc.). If the above precaution is not
respected , a fuse or any parts will be broken.
Since the circuit diagram is a standard one, the circuit and cir-
cuit constants may be subject to change for improvement with-
out any notice.
Dec. 2001 No. 51907B
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-2 No.51907B
CONTENTS
SEMICONDUCTOR SHAPES................................................................................................................................. 2-2
BLOCK DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................................... 2-3
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
E
C
B
OUT
E
IN
E C B
E C
(G)(D)(S)
B
IN E OUT
E C B
E
C
B E C B
CHIP TR
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW FRONT VIEW
TRANSISTOR
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW FRONT VIEW
IC
TOP VIEW
CHIP IC
1 N
1 N
1 N
1
N
N
N
N
N
1
SEMICONDUCTOR SHAPES
CHANNEL CHART [US] ........................................................................................................................................ 2-35
[CA] ........................................................................................................................................ 2-36
PATTERN DIAGRAMS
MAIN PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-7
MAIN, FRONT CONTROL AND POWER SW PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS P2-11
PIP PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-13
AV SELECTOR PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-15 P2-17
CRT SOCKET PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-19
DAF PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-21
LF PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM P2-23
Model
P.W.B. name
MAIN PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM P2-25 P2-27
CRT SOCKET PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM P2-29
PIP PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM P2-30
AV SELECTOR PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM P2-31
FRONT CONTROL PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM P2-32
LF, DAF AND POWER SW PWB PATTERN DIAGRAMS P2-33
AV-36F702
Model
Pattern name
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F802
AV-36F702 AV-36F702
2-3 No.51907B
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
2-4 No.51907B
P
J601
COMPONENT
VIDEO-IN
J501
INPUT1
P
Y
IC501
AV SW
IC101
1 CHIP DECODER
IC701
MICRO
COMPUTER
T502
FBT
POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
REG.
AC IN
B1
FOCUS
IC001
MTS&TONE/VOL
CONTROL
IC702
EEPROM
IC381
AUDIO SW IC371
AMP
CF021
4.5MHz
TRAP
TU001
TUNER
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
IF R, G, B
CF041
4.5MHz BPF
RGB DRIVE
IF
SIF
MPX
V. OUT
H. OUT
VTV
R, G, B
V01
SCL0
SDA0
SCL0
SDA0
SCL0
SDA0
SCL0
SDA0
Y
C
L/R TV
L/R
VIDEO
C
Y
C
Y AV SW PWB (1/2)
FRONT CONTROL PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
AV SW PWB (2/2)
MAIN PWB
POWER SW PWB
IC401
VERT OUT
SCL0
SDA0
DAF PWB
LF PWB
J502
INPUT2
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
J401
INPUT3
(FRONT)
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
J503
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
VOL+
POWER REMOCON
RECEIVER
VOL- CH+ CH- MENU
ON TIMER
LED
IC151
SOUND
ENHANCEMENT
AUDIO PROCESSOR
IC401
AUDIO OUT
Q511
H. OUT
SCREEN
HV
L/R
L/R
L/R
L/R
V
H
DY01
DEF YOKE
SP
L
SP
R
AV-36F702 BLOCK DIAGRAM
COM_Y
COM_CB
COM_CR
SCL1
SDA1
TV
IC201
3L DIGITAL
COMB FILTER
LPF
BPF
AMP
BUF
B
R
Y
C
Y
C
PR
Y
J602
COMPONENT
VIDEO-IN
J601
COMPONENT
VIDEO-IN
J501
INPUT1
IC601
VIDEO2/VIDEO4
INPUT SELECT
PB
PB
PR
Y
IC301
PIP
CONTROLLER
IC501
AV SW
IC101
1 CHIP DECODER
IC701
MICRO
COMPUTER
T502
FBT
POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
REG.
AC IN
B1
FOCUS
IC151
Y/C SW
IC001
MTS&TONE/VOL
CONTROL
IC201
3D Y/C
SEP.
Q302, Q303
AMP
IC702
MEMORY
IC202
MEMORY
IC381
AUDIO SW IC371
AMP
CF021
TU001
TUNER
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
IF R, G, B
CF041
RGB DRIVE
IF
SIF
MPX
V. OUT
H. OUT
VTV
R, G, B
V01
TU001
TUNER
V-PIP(TV)
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
R-Y
B-Y
Y
VC-R
VC-G
VC-B
Y
C
Y
L/R
L/R
VIDEO
C
Y
C
Y
C
Y
Y
C
C
OSD-R
OSD-G
OSD-B
VP
V-PIP(EXT.)
PIP PWB
AV SW PWB (1/2)
3D Y/C MODULE PWB
FRONT CONTROL PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
AV SW PWB (2/2)
MAIN PWB
POWER SW PWB
AFC2
SCL
SDA
Y
Q311, Q312
AMP
IC401
VERT OUT
C
SCL
SDA
HP
LF PWB
J502
INPUT4
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
J504
INPUT2
J401
INPUT3
(FRONT)
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
AUDIO L/MONO
AUDIO R
J503
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
VOL+
POWER REMOCON
RECEIVER
VOL- CH+ CH- MENU
ON TIMER
LED
IC151
SOUND
ENHACEMENT
AUDIO PROCESSOR
IC401
AUDIO OUT
Q511
H. OUT
SCREEN
HV
L/R
L/R
L/R
L/R
V
H
DY01
DEF YOKE
SP
L
SP
R
AV-36F802 BLOCK DIAGRAM
DAF PWB
2-6 No.51907B 2-5
AV-36F802 AV-36F802
No.51907B
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-7 No.51907B
MAIN PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
2-8 No.51907B
X
Q022
SDA0
VTV
SCL0
AGC_MUTE
BT
0 QRN143J-0R0X L041
AFT1
0
R002
5V_A
1
0
0
0
/1
6
C
0
0
3
1
Q021
9V_VC
4
.7
k
R
3
1
8
X
Q651
10/50
C002
5.6k
R140
10/16
N
BP
C136
0.1
B2
C302
1k
R043
100/16
C014
100/16
C023
0.01
C024
3 D307
0
.0
1
C
0
4
6
1
Q
0
2
4
0.1 B2
C027
C150
560
R290
X
Y651
10/50
C042
2
Q041
2.7k
R041
X
R031
0
.1B
2
C
1
1
6
33/16
C029
12k
R021
X
C
3
9
9
0
.1
T
F
C
6
0
9
8
D101
X
R291
120k
R292
X
C667
X
R032
X
R033
220k
R293
X
R034
EHT
X
C031
X
C032
X
L023
0
Y654
X
L
0
2
6
X
CH
C035
QGA2501C5-07Z CN004
X
Y154
X
R037
MPX
10/50
C045
4.7/50
C001
47k
R001
0
R
0
0
3
0
R
0
0
4
0
QRN143J-0R0X
L021
X
R027
QAU0234-001
! TU001
QAX0349-001
CF001
X
CH
C033
22
QQL244K-220Z
L022
5V_A
1000p
C025
X
R036
QAX0639-001Z
CF021
X
L024
2.7k
R038
X
R035
X
Q023
0.01
C011
0.01
C012
5.6k
R013 100
QRE121J-101Y
R014
18
R015
27
R016
1.8k
R012
82
R011
X
C013
0.39 QQLZ014-R39
L012
X
L
0
1
1
2SC5083/L-P/-T
Q011
X
Y155
J602
0.01
C016
0
.0
1
C
0
1
5
X
R017
X
L013
10/50
C028
J602
X
R610
0
QRN143J-0R0X
L027 100/16
C038
470/10
C036
100
R023
0
.4
7
/5
0
C
0
2
6
0.01
C037
1k
R024
QAX0642-001Z
CF041
8
D102
820
R028
33k
R029
0
.0
1
C
2
8
8
560 R025
150
R022
1k
R042
IC651
0.01
C030
47p CH
C044
47p CH
C043
22
QQL244K-220Z
L042
CE40668-001Z
X201
330 R026
68k
R030
10p CH
C201
3
3
k
R
2
0
1
1
0
/5
0
C
0
4
1
.22/50
C202
0
.0
0
2
2
C
2
0
3
4
D352
2
2
0
0
/6
.3
C
1
1
1
0
.0
1
C
1
1
22
.2
k
R
3
0
1
2
.2
k
R
3
0
2
2
.2
k
R
3
0
3
0
R354
1
0
0
R
3
0
6
1
0
0
R
3
0
5
1
0
0
R
3
0
4
R611
C
O
M
_
Y
X
R612
100k
R018
X
R019
SD
0
.1B
2
C
3
9
30
.1B
2
C
3
9
4
0
.1B
2
C
3
9
5
1
0
0
R
1
0
1
1
0
0
R
1
0
2
QAX0324-002
SF011
5
Q711
1
0
0
/1
6
C
3
9
1
0
.0
1
C
3
9
2
10k
R799
10k
R798
0
R
3
6
0
1
0
k
R
3
5
9
CN0L1
CNMD1
X 1W R856
0
.1T
F
C
6
1
0
0
.1T
F
C
6
1
1
TB1253AN
1CHIP DECODER
IC101
QQL244K-470Z
L101
0
.0
1
C
2
3
7
1
/5
0
C
1
1
4
.47/50
C113
1
M
R
1
1
1
33 2W
QRG029J-330
R857
X
HS007
18 2W
QRG029J-180
R858
1k
R319
X
R009
3
D353
Y156
0 R046
3
3
p
NDC21HJ-330X
C
0
4
7
0.01
C048
0.15 TF
C354
0
.1
T
F
C
1
1
5
15k
R047
150k
R048
X
C005
X
C006
1 Q352
MTZJ9.1C-T2
D010
X
Q353
0
R355
12k
R356
X
R357
33/16
C352
X
C353
X
R358
47/25
C603
IC601
TU_POW
75
R601
75
R602
NQR0169-001X
LC601
NQR0169-001X
LC602
75
R603
47/25
C601
47/25
C602
5V_D
56
QQL244K-560Z
L001
CN0E1
X
LC001
NQR0169-001X
LC603
0
Y003
C606
0
Y002
X
C
3
9
6
R604
R605
LC604
LC605
R606
C604
C605
X
C
3
9
7
X
C
3
9
8
2
Q025
0.01
C034
L
O
O
P
_
F
LC606
X
R
1
1
0
QGA2501C5-05Z
CNMPX
BW
D855
X
R859
R607
R608
R609
D605
D602
4
D601
4
D
6
0
3
D
6
0
4
4
D606
477/10
C607 0.01
C608
0
R039
5.6k
R860
.8
2
/5
0
T
F
C
0
2
1
.4
7
/5
0
T
F
C
2
8
1
1.8k
R231
3 D306
QQR0621-002Z
K939
3 D305
3 D310
3 D309
3 D308
R141
R615
C402
R614
1
Q233
1
Q232
47k
R238
R
6
1
3
C022
R040
56p CH
C233
X
C234
56
QQL244K-560Z
L232
3.9k
R237
3.3k
R241
1.5k
R243
1
0
0
/1
6
C
2
8
7
22p
C
H
C133
10p
C
H
C131
15k
R132
68k
R133
2.7k
R131
5.6k
R134
1
Q131
1k
R135
10p
C
H
C132
2
2
0
/1
6
C
2
8
2
0
.0
1
C
2
8
3
4
7
0
R
2
8
8
ABL
1
.8
k
R
2
8
1
6
8
0
R
2
8
3
x
R
2
8
5
1
5
0
k
R
2
8
9
4
.7
k
R
2
8
6
1
0
/5
0
C
2
8
6
X
R
2
8
4
3
.9
k
R
2
8
2
2
.2
/5
0
C
2
8
4
0
.0
1
C
2
8
5
100
R287
AN7809F
IC852
H_OUT
FBP
EW
0
R652
0
R651
C
_
S
W
V
C
FSC
47/25
C663
47/25
C664
3.3k
R020
Y
_
S
W
V
C
V
_
G
R
3
D
IN
G
R
O
U
T
1k
R136
1
Q132
1
Q133
1k
R137
1k
R139
1k
R138
10p
CH
C134
33p CH
C135
0
Y653
AN7805F
IC853
X
Q001
X D001
X
C004
X
R008
X
R007
X
R006
X
R005
X
Q002
POW_8V
220/16
C856
470/16
C857
POW_12V
220/16
C853
220/16
C854
AN7812F
IC851
POW_17V
100/25
C851
100/16
C852
NRSA63J-0R0X
Y652
X
R654
X
R653
GR_SW
TP_952.5
LTV
RTV
ASP_ABL
D_SW
R155
SWITCH
Q153
0 R044
0
R045
0.01
C151
R156
VC_R
Y/C SW
IC151
GND
Vcc
SWITCH
Q154
VC_G
VC_B
VC_YS
GND
TV
V_OUT
X_RAY
YCSW
Y
_
V
C
S
W
CEHT11B-002Q
HS006
QNN0349-002
J601
J601
S
C
L
0
S
D
A
0
C
O
M
_
P
R
TV
A
F
T
1
AFT1
S
C
L
0
EHT
V
C
_
Y
S
V
C
_
R
V
C
_
G
V
C
_
B
S
C
L
0
Y
_
S
W
V
C
S
D
A
0
C
_
S
W
V
C
AGC_MUTE
SD
C
O
M
_
P
R
C
O
M
_
P
B
C
O
M
_
Y
SD
V
_
O
U
T
ASP_ABL
S
D
A
0
BSR_RY4
FSC
BSR_BY4
BSR_Y4
BSR_RY2
BSR_BY2
BSR_Y2
C
O
M
_
P
B
C
O
M
_
Y
D
_
S
W
VC_B
VC_YS
VC_R
VC_G
YCSW
TV
X_RAY
SDA0
TU_POW
SCL0
ASP_ABL
D_SW
H
_
O
U
T
X
_
R
A
Y
F
B
P
E
W
H_OUT
FBP
EW
T
U
_
P
O
W
CONTROL
12V
A
G
C
_
M
U
T
E
V_OUT
Y
C
S
W
TU NC
SWITCH
AGC
FM
IF 5V LOCK SCL SDA ADRS
DEMOD.
AUDIO
ATT
SAWFILTER
BT NC
PIF PROC.
A
U
D
IO
O
U
T
ANT INPUT
PIF GND
R
F
A
G
C
A
G
C
IF
L
O
O
PF
E
X
T
_
A
U
_
IN
GR&3DY/C
D
C
N
F
A
F
T
O
U
T
V
R
E
F
IF
V
cc
D
E
T
O
U
T
D
E
E
M
P
4.5MHz
4.5MHzBPF
AMP
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
S
C
L
S
D
A
5
V
A
3
.0
V
3
.0
V
Y
-O
U
T
C
-O
U
T
3
.3
V
3
.3
V
V
-IN
G
R
S
W
C
-IN
5
V
5
V
1
2
V
IF
G
N
D
V
C
O
A
d
j
IF
V
cc
1
2
V
G
R
O
U
T
F
12V
9V
5V
>
3
.0
V
3DY/C
BUFFER
G
N
D
T
P
_
9
5
2
.5
A
U
D
IO
_
L
A
U
D
IO
_
R
BUFFER
>
3
.0
V
BA17812T
or
or
or
BA17809T
BA17805T
TRAP
C047
Q011
AMP
TUNER
AMP
AMP
AMP SWITCH
REGULATOR
12V REGULATOR
9V REGULATOR
5V REGULATOR
SWICTH
BUFFER
SWICTH
(9
V
)
Y
C
la
m
p
F
ilte
r
C
V
B
S
In
t in
A
P
L
D
e
t F
ilte
r
C
V
B
S
E
xt in
U
in
V
in
C
in
C
V
B
S
o
u
t
D
ig
G
N
D
V
o
u
t
V
R
a
m
p
H
V
cc(9
V
)
H
A
F
C
F
ilte
r
B
la
ck D
e
t F
ilte
r
H
o
u
t
S
yn
c o
u
t
X
R
a
y
F
B
P
in
/G
P
o
u
t
D
ig
V
D
D
E
W
o
u
t
A
B
C
L
in
Ik in
E
H
T
in
S
D
A
S
C
L
R
G
B
V
cc(9
V
)
E
xt B
in
E
xt G
in
E
xt R
in
Y
s/Y
m
in
S
V
M
o
u
t
Y
C
G
N
D
B
o
u
t
G
o
u
t
R
o
u
t
Y
C
V
cc(5
V
)
C
W
o
u
t
A
P
C
F
ilte
r
X
'ta
l
INPUT2
INPUT4
(AV-36F802 ONLY)
Vcc
GND
GND GND
H
H H
RY
BY
Y
Video 2
Video 4
MAIN PWB ASS'Y
SAC-1542A-M2
(AV-36F702)
SAC-1547A-M2
(AV-36F802)
CNMD1
CNMD1
CNMD1
1.0Vp-p(H) 0.68Vp-p(H)
47 42
27
24
17
2.2Vp-p(H)
1.6Vp-p(H)
2.1Vp-p(H)
IC101
IC101
38
34
4.6Vp-p(H)
14 15 16
4.0Vp-p(H) 3.5Vp-p(H) 3.5Vp-p(H)
IC101
1.9Vp-p(V)
IC101
0V 4.8V 3.8
V 4V
8.8
V 2
.1
V
2
.3
V
1
.6
V
2
.1
V
2
.3
V
2
.2
V
2
.3
V
2
.4
V
0V 4.8V
3
.9
V
6.8V 8.9V 1.9V 3.1V
0V
0.9
V
3.2
V 3.3V
3V
4
.9
V
4
V
3
.1
V
1
.7
V
1
.7
V
0
.6
V
7.3
V
4.6
V
1
.5
V
4
.8
V
2
.4
V
2
.4
V
2
.5
V
0V 3V 0V
2
.2
V
2
.2
V
8
.9
V
2
.4
V
2.7V 3.1V 0V
2
.8
V
5.9V
2.4V 3.3V
2.2V
2.5V
4.5V 0V 3.1V 0V 3.1V 0V 4.6V
0V 0V 4.6V 8.8V 4.6V 0V 4.5V
4.9V
2.1
V V
2.4
3.7V
1.4V
0.8
V
8.7V 3.6V
2.9V
3.6V
3.0V
2.6V 4.7V
2.4V
2.7V
4.7V
31.5V 0V
1.6V
8.7V
1.0V
0V 0V 3.2V 4.2V 4.2V 4.2V
4.3V 2.6V 2.6V 2.6V 7V 7V 8.8V
8.7V
4.3
V 3.7
V
3.1V
5.7V
3.1V
8.8V
2.5V
0V
0.6V
0V
4V
8.8V
3.4V
0.4V
1.4V
2.4V 2.7V 4.9V
3.3V
4.2V 2.6V
3.3V
3.7V
4.9V
11.8V
2.6V
4.9V
3.3
V
4.9V
8.7V
5.6V
5.0V
0 NOT USED NOT USED QNN0349-002 47F/25V 47F/25V 0.01F 470F/10V 47F/25V 47F/25V 47F/25V NCF21CZ-105X QRG029J-180 QRG029J-330 0 0 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED SAC-1547A-M2
NOT USED 0 0 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED QRG029J-270 QRG029J-470 NOT USED NOT USED 220 220 220 SAC-1542A-M2
Y156 Y155 Y154 J602 C664 C663 C608 C607 C606 C605 C604 C150 R858 R857 R652 R651 R612 R611 R610
3.3k 3.3k 3.3k 75 75k 75 5.6k 22k QAU0234-001 5 5 NQR0169-001X NQR0169-001X NQR0169-001X 4 4 4 PQ3RD13 M52055FP-X TC4066BF/N/-XE SAC-1547A-M2
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED QAU0176-001 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED SAC-1542A-M2
R609 R608 R607 R606 R605 R604 R156 R155 TU001 Q154 Q153 LC606 LC605 LC604 D605 D604 D602 IC651 IC601 IC151

DIFFERENCE LIST( PARTS)
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: DTC124EKA-X
: MTZJ9.1C-T2
: 1SS133-T2
: 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT
3
5
: MTZ8.2C-T2 8
4
1
2
X
0
: BUS WIRE BW
NOTE
2-10 No.51907B 2-9
MAIN PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No.51907B
3.3 2W
QRX029J-3R3
! FR524
150k
1/2W
R527
120k
1/2W
R528
SARS01-T2
D915
FR526
X
Y916
X
C941
4
K935
RU3YX-LFC4
D935
CNDAF
SE135N
IC921
S
TB
_V
C
C
0.001
QCB32HK-102Z
C531
X
C922
1SS81-T5
D526
4.7 FR 1/2W
QRZ9017-4R7
! FR525
47
QRZ9011-470
! R525
X
Y917
M
A
IN
_P
O
W
QQLZ018-760
L521
2.4k
NRSA02D-242X
! R535
2.7k
1/2W*
R526
E
H
T
ICP-N75-Y
!
CP
CP932
QQH0110-001
! T502
0.01
QFLC2AJ-103Z
C527
2.2K
1/2W*
R918
1000/25
C524
1000/25
QEHR1EM-108Z
C523
100/35
C525
AU
_G
N
D
X
D542
3.3 2W
QRX029J-3R3
!
FR523
1SR35-400A-T2
D537
S
TB
_5V
EL1Z-T3
D523
EL1Z-T3
D524
1SS81-T5
D525
BW K940
X C528
X
Y905
15 FR 1/2W
QRK126J-150X
! FR521
RH1S-T3
D521
10/250
QETN2EM-106Z
C521
X
L513
0 Y902
100k
R943
MTZJ5.1C-T2
D918
CE42034-002
T501
0.01 400V
QFP32GJ-103
C919
.0015/500
QCB32HK-152Z C940
470/200
QEZ0169-477
C907
.1/100
MY,5%
C410
3
D914
ICP-N75-Y
!
CP
CP933
47
QRG01GJ-470
R909
1
Q431
680 1/2W*
QRK126J-681X
R914
3
D920
MTZJ30A-T2
D917
0.01
QCZ9074-103
! C998
BW
K914
Q
Q
R
0872-002
K
920
47k
R951
RGP10J-5025-T3
D911
S
TB
_G
N
D
1
Q440
680k
R1/2
QRE121J-684Y
R919
0.001
QCZ9054-102
C904
AU
_V
C
C
0.001
QCZ9054-102
C905
0.001
QCZ9054-102
C908
CE41507-001P
CN0CP
220/160
QEZ0203-227
C931
1000P 2kV
QCZ0340-102
C937
RU30A-F1
D931
CEKP007-002
!
POSISTOR
TH901
100
R440
S1
CH41169-005Y
CN0S1
P
QGA2501C5-06Z
CN005
3300p 2KV
QCZ0340-332
C912
0.15
2WMFR
R913
0.18
2WMFR
R912
330p
NDC31HJ-331X
C916
HV
CHC802T-05N-J
CN0HV
1.2k
R944
180
1/2W
R940
MTZJ5.1C-T2
D529
MA700A-T2
D910
BW
D532
7.5k
NRVA02D-752X
! R537
2.2/100
N
C505
680
1/2W
R512
2SD1383K/AB/-X
Q951
1
Q941
330
R529
10k
R405
X
R522
2 7WUNF
QRF074J-2R0
R507
X
R536
MA4068N/Z1/-T2
!
D531
V
22k
1/2w
R930
QRF074K-R47
R901
10k
R412
10k
R411
5V
_A
10k
R441
ABL
18 1/2W*
R417
47/25
C432
150 2WOMR
QRL029J-151
R414
1
QRX01GJ-1R0
R403
FBP
X
D402
2SA1123/R/Z1-T
Q971
10
1/2W*
R404
1/50
QETN1HM-105Z
C411
0
NRSA02J-0R0X
R407
X
R408
QQR0621-002Z
K401
100/35
QEHR1VM-107Z
C404
QMFZ034-5R0Z-J1
! F905
C522
1000/35
QEHQ1VM-108
C421
1SR35-400A-T2
D401
3.3k
1/2W*
QRK126J-332X
R917
0.001
QCZ9054-102
C906
X
D415
2200/25
QETM1EM-228
C938
2SD2645-YD
Q511
OPT
2WMFR
R916
X
R409
8.2k
R401
4
K932
2.2
3W
QRT039J-2R2
R939
BW
K938
STR-F6626/F3
IC911
1500p
CH2
C401
0.1
B2
C415
4
K933
QQS0090-001
! T921
FB
P
RGP10J-5025-T3
D930
10p/500 5%
C405
V
0.015
CH
NCB21HK-153X
C403
B
S
_17V
22k
1/2w
R911
.1/100
MY
QFLC2AJ-104Z
C407
47
QQL26AK-470Z
L931
BW
Y401
100p
NDC31HJ-101X
Y911
X
Y914
BW
Y910
1/50
C942
RGP10J-5025-T3
D913
47
QQL26AK-470Z
L933
0.01
QCZ9074-103
! C999
1k
R952
150
1/2W
R953
1000/25
QETN1EM-108Z
C951
33k
QRJ146J-333X
R523
390
QRJ146J-391X
R531
0.82 TF
QFV21HJ-824Z
C526
BW
Y904
X
Y909
G
N
D
1SR124-400A-T2
D527
0.015
1400VH
QFZ0198-153
! C513
0.022
PP
630V
C514
X
Y912
27k
3WMFR
QRL039J-273
R513
BW
Y913
K917
RBV-406M
D901
4
K912
K916
2700p
1800VH
QFZ0196-272
!
C510
RU3AM-LFC4
D502
RH3G-F1
D501
V
P
2
AC
4.7/50
N
QEZ0195-475Z
C507
ICP-N75-Y
!
CP
CP936
8.2k
R434
X
C517
RGP10J-5025-T3
!
!
D507
560p/500
QCB32HK-561Z
C516
100/160
QEZ0203-107
C504
CN00Q
0.47
250VMPP
QFZ0197-474
C515
QQLZ027-821
L512
X
R549
8.2k
1/2W*
R545
820
1/2W*
R548
2.2k
1/2W*
R544
1.2k
1/2W*
R543
X
C542
X
R552
2
Q541
2
Q542
CN00P
33k
R978
100k
R547
1.2k
3WMFR
QRL039J-122
R504
330p/500
QCB32HK-331Z
C502
150p/500
QCB32HK-151Z
C501
2SC4212/Z1/
Q501
0
R501
1SR35-400A-T2
D956
10k
1/2W*
R503
X
R570
X
R571
330
R546
X
R572
X
R573
100/50
QETN1HM-107Z
C914
X
D543
X
C543
D953
1K 0.5%
R972
2.7k
1/2W*
R973
22k
1/2W*
R975
P
O
W
_8V
47k
1/2W
R977
3
D973
MTZJ15C-T2
D972
X
R551
100/16
C971
47/25
C972
0
B2
NRSA63J-0R0X
C925
2SD1408/OY/-LB
Q543
X C949
CE41029-00A
L511
X
L940
270
R502
1/160
C503
22
1/2W
R511
1.5k
3WMFR
QRL039J-152
R505
X
R550
6.8k
R435
CN00K X CN00A
LA7841 IC401
H
10/50
C973
47k
R433
100k
R432
1000/25
QETN1EM-108Z
C935
0
Y903
VGND
1000/25
QETN1EM-108Z
C934
V
47
QQL26AK-470Z
L934
ICP-N75-Y
!
CP
CP934
MTZJ33A-T2
D941
18
2WMFR
QRL029J-183
R941
V
H
2.2k
1/2W*
R924
0.1
B2
C918
2200p
C917
RGP10J-5025-T3
D912 27
1/2W
R915
4
K931
A
B
L
X
_R
AY
RU3YX-LFC4
D933
1500P
QCB32HK-152Z
C939
2200/25
QETM1EM-228
C933
470p
MY,5%
C913
47/25
C948
BW D958
X
C955
1SR35-400A-T2
D957
1SR35-400A-T2
D954
1SR35-400A-T2
D955
27K
R532
3
D952
3
D945
QSK0113-001
! RY951
QSK0120-001
! RY941
QQT0315-001
! T951
QGZ5003C1-02
CNDEG
X
R935
1000/16
C943
47
QQL26AK-470Z
L937
1000/16
C932
RU3YX-LFC4
D937
4
K937
2.7k
1/2W
R431
TU
_P
O
W
G
N
D
O
C
P
H
_O
U
T
B
1_P
O
W
E
W
12V
V
_O
U
T
P
O
W
_12V
B
T
3
D432
1SR35-400A-T2
D431
1/50
C431
12k
R533
3
D535
BW
D534
2SC2785/JH/-T
Q531
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
Q532
12k
R534
33k
R538
WJM0212-003A
CN008
10/50
C533
39 3WMFR
QRL039J-390
R553
P
O
W
_17V
QJB003-033626
CN009
TLP621(B)
! PC921
AU
_G
N
D
8V
POW_17V
POW_8V
E
W
BS_17V
A
B
L
B1_POW
AU_GND
X
_R
AY
V
_O
U
T
H
_O
U
T
POW_12V
BT
TU
_P
O
W
MAIN_POW
STB_GND
AU_VCC
STB_VCC
GND
P
O
W
_17V
S
TB
_5V
15V
S
TB
_G
N
D
STB_5V
M
A
IN
_P
O
W
P
O
W
_12V
B
T
G
N
D
S
TB
_V
C
C
B
S
_17V
AU
_V
C
C
P
O
W
_8V
STB_5V
FB
P
QQD0029-001
FEED
V
_am
p
FOCUS
HVT
DAF
12V
H.OUT
B1
0.5
DAF
B
1
V.OUT
QQW0107-001
NC
B1
-Vcc
DEG
SCREEN
ISOLATED
VD
Vcc
V1
V2
H3
H5
HV
FOCUS
L01
NC
POWER REGULATOR
G
N
D
G
N
D
H
_P
U
LS
E T/B
SIDEPIN
217V
DEF YOKE
(V)
SIDEPIN
SCREEN
PB
PUMP UP
(H)
B1 135V
HEATER
MAIN PWB
PWB
TO
TO DAF
G
N
D
G
N
D
SWITCH
SWITCH
H.DRIVE
S
_C
O
R
E
1
S
_C
O
R
E
2
DY01
ASS'Y
X_RAY
H.DRIVE
H.DRIVE
DRIVE
O
C
P
TP-91B
TP-E
14V
NC
.T
SIDEPIN_OUT
HB
GND
NC
OSC
XRAY1
TSD
QFP32JJ
XRAY2
SW TRANSF
LIVE ( )
BACK
( )
HEAT
RELAY
INNER
SINK
PIN
THERMAL
PROTECTION
PWB TO
RELAY
DEG
ERROR
MAIN
OVP
GND
Vcc
TO CRT SOCKET PWB
CN006
AMP
VOLTAGE
SWITCH
SWITCH
-223
NC
!
4
4
!
3
!
!
!
!
DAF
PWB
FOR ADJ.
CONNECTOR
TO CRT
SAC-1542A-M2 (AV-36F702)
SAC-1547A-M2 (AV-36F802)
Q501
0.8Vp-p(H)
B
140Vp-p(H)
Q501 C
Q511
2.4Vp-p(H)
B
T502
T502
6Vp-p(V)
33Vp-p(H)
100Vp-p(H)
150Vp-p(H)
T502
90Vp-p(H)
8
150Vp-p(H)
2 T502 9
T502 7 6 T502 4
32Vp-p(V)
60Vp-p(V)
IC401 2
IC401 3 7
0.6V
1.4V
0V
0.7V
0V
13.6V
155V
0V
1.8V
134V
11.2V
-12.2V
0V
0.6V
-14.3V
0.2
V 14.6V
2.5
V
2.5
V
14.1
V
11.7V
4.4V 11.8
V
3.9V
5V
4.4V
5V
5V
0V
0.2V
72.4
V
-0.1V
3.4V
3.9V
0.6V
3.8V
3.2V
0.6V
17.6V
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: QQR0582-001Z
: 1SS133-T2
: 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT
3
4
1
2
X
0
: BUS WIRE BW
NOTE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-11 No.51907B
MAIN, FRONT CONTROL AND POWER SW PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
2-12 No.51907B
QAX0307-001
X700
MN1876478JL1 IC701
XC
H
C
7
0
8
X
C
H
C
7
0
9
0
.0
6
8
C
7
1
0
4.7
QQL244K-4R7Z
L700
100/16
C707
1
0
0
R
7
3
1
2
.7
k
R
7
3
3
1
0
0
R
7
3
2
2
.7
k
R
7
3
4
X
D
7
0
3
X
D
7
0
4
X
R
7
3
5
X
R
7
3
6
2
.2
k
R
7
3
7
1
0
k
R
7
4
0
0
R
7
4
1
1
0
k
R
7
4
2
1
k
R
7
3
8
1
0
k
R
7
4
3
2
.7
k
R
7
3
9
x R
7
4
4
X
R
7
4
7
1
0
k
R
7
4
8
2
.2
k
R
7
4
9
2
.2
k
R
7
5
0
2
.2
k
R
7
5
1
1
k
R
7
5
2
x
R
7
4
6
0
R
7
5
3
X
Y157
R
7
6
2X
R
7
9
7
1
0
k
R
7
6
3
0
.0
0
1
C
7
0
0
1
k
R
7
0
0
1
0
0
R
7
0
8
4
.7
k
R
7
0
4
1
0
0
R
7
0
9
4
.7
k
R
7
0
5
1
k
R
7
0
1
1
k
R
7
0
2
1
0
k
R
7
0
6
1
0
k
R
7
0
7
X
R
7
0
3
X
C
7
0
1
X
R
7
1
6
X
C
7
0
2
X R
7
1
2
*
R
7
1
4
1
0
k
R
7
1
5
X R
7
1
7
x R
7
1
0
1
k
R
7
2
7
MM1437AF-X
IC703
100/16
C800
0.1
B2
C801
100/16
C802
10/50
C803
10k
R800
3
D
8
0
1
1SS81-T2
D800
10/50
C806
0.015
C805
S-24C04BDP
IC702
10/50
C807
1
0
0
0
p
CH
C
8
0
4
6.8k
R769
2
Q701
10k
R772
QNS0001-001
J810
6.8k
R770
6.8k
R774
X
Q702
2
Q703
X
R773
10k
R777
S
D
1
Q
7
0
0
1
k
R
7
5
4
10k
R756
15k
R755
M
T
Z
J
5
.6
B
-T
2
D
7
0
0
2
2
k
R
7
2
9
1
/5
0
C
7
0
6
3
D
7
0
1
1
k
R
7
2
8
CN00C
2
2
0
R
7
6
8
2
2
0
R
7
6
7
2
2
0
R
7
6
6
2
2
0
R
7
6
5
2
2
0
R
7
6
4
M
T
Z
J
8
.2
C
-T
2
D
7
0
8
M
T
Z
J
8
.2
C
-T
2
D
7
0
7
M
T
Z
J
8
.2
C
-T
2
D
7
0
6
M
T
Z
J
8
.2
C
-T
2
D
7
0
9
M
T
Z
J
8
.2
C
-T
2
D
7
1
0
X
R781
x
R783 X
R782
X
C711
3
D
7
0
2
0 R807
QGA2501C5-04Z
CN0SS
X
R
8
0
1
V
T
V
BS_17V
M
P
X
F
S
C
x
R
7
1
3
X
R
7
1
1
0 R
7
1
8
X R
7
1
9
X R
7
2
0
1
k
R
7
2
1
1
k
R
7
2
2
1
k
R
7
2
3
1
k
R
7
2
4
180p
CH
C703
X
C704
X
C
7
0
5
R
7
2
5
1
k
R
7
2
6
X R
7
3
0
39p
CH
C722
x R
7
5
7
39p
CH
C723
x R
7
5
8
6.8k
R778
X
Q704
X
R780
C
O
M
_
Y
0 R
7
4
5
4.7k
R784
X
R785
120k
R788
x
R789
39k
R786
X
R787
4.7/50
C712
X
C713
X
D
7
0
5
X
R
8
0
2
X
R
8
0
3
X
R
8
0
4
3
3
0
R
7
9
3
3
3
0
R
7
9
4
3
3
0
R
7
9
5
X R
7
9
6
Y712
V
P
2
X
Y700
0
Y701
X
Y702
0
Y703
0 Y704
0
Y705
F
B
P
D
_
S
W
G
R
_
S
W
Y
C
S
W
A
S
P
_
A
B
L
*
Y
1
5
2
Q705
10k
R792 68k
R791
27k
R790
1SS81-T2
D711 D712
D714
D713
B
T
X
C715
1/50
C714
VC_B
QGB1505J1-35
CN003
VC_YS
X
_
R
A
Y
VC_R
QGA2501C1-09
CN006
T
U
_
P
O
W
VC_G
BW
K941
VP
R
T
V
LT
V
O
C
P
A
G
C
_
M
U
T
E
T
V
B
1
_
P
O
W
MTZJ8.2C-T2
D810
M
A
IN
_
P
O
W
1
0
L
8
1
0
1/50
BP
C152
3
D715
1
k
R
8
0
6
1/50
C811
.47/50
C810
X
C812
0
R810
A
C
4
7
k
R
8
1
1
0
.0
0
1
C
8
1
3
1
k
R
8
1
2
3
D
8
1
1
1
0
0
k
R
8
1
4
X
R813
DTC144EKA-X
Q810
150k
R815
X
C814
G
N
D
0
R
8
1
6
X
C
8
1
5
A
F
T
1
QGB1505J1-25
CN001
QGB1505J1-35
CN002
X
Q707
B
W
D
7
1
6
Y
_
V
C
S
W
1
2
V
9
V
_
V
C
5
V
_
A
A
U
_
V
C
C
A
U
_
G
N
D
T
P
_
9
5
2
.5
V
_
G
R
3
D
IN
C
_
S
W
V
C
Y
_
S
W
V
C
S
C
L
0
S
D
A
0
5
V
_
D
0
Y800
S
T
B
_
G
N
D
G
R
O
U
T
X
Y151
S
T
B
_
V
C
C
0
Y
1
5
0
S
T
B
_
5
V
QGA2501C5-07Z
CN007
1/50
C612
MTZJ5.6B-T2
D724
MTZJ5.6B-T2
D723
X
C
7
2
7
L
O
O
P
_
F
X
D812
0.015
C816
100k
R817
X R779
X
C
7
2
8
0
Y714
X Y713
1
k
R
8
1
8
CN0SN
LA6515 IC501
2SA966/OY/-T
Q552
2SC1740S/QR/-T
Q551 2.7k
R594
22
QRJ149J-220
R591
18k
R592
10k
R595
100k
R593
1
0
Q
R
E
1
2
1
J
-1
0
0
Y
R
5
8
8
1
0
0
k
R
5
8
7
X
Y153
1
5
0
k
R
5
8
6
4
.7
k
R
5
8
5
D
T
C
3
6
3
T
K
-X
Q
7
0
6
4
7
k
R
7
7
5
1
2
k
R
7
7
6
V
P
5
6
0
P
C
H
2
C
7
2
6
D
7
2
2
X
C725
4
7
0
p
C
H
C
7
2
4
3
D721
1
0
k
R
8
2
4
X
R
8
2
5
X
R
8
2
6
1k
R827
X
R823
X
R
8
2
2
1
0
0
k
R
8
2
1
0
.0
1
C
7
2
1
6.8k
R590
5
6
k
R
5
8
4
1
2
0
k
R
5
8
2
1
0
Q
R
E
1
2
1
J
-1
0
0
Y
R
5
8
1
5.6k
R589
0.47
TF
C551
0.47
TF
C552
47/25
C553
6
8
k
R
5
8
3
V
P
R
E
M
O
C
O
N
V
P
2
REMOCON
9V_VC
SCL0
A
F
T
1
K
E
Y
1
K
E
Y
2
X
_
R
A
Y
OSD
O
S
D
R
O
S
D
G
O
S
D
B
O
S
D
Y
S
SIGNAL
L
A
T.C
L
K
D
_
S
W
L
A
T.D
A
TA
A
_
M
U
T
E
KEY2
KEY1
COMPULINK
COMPULINK
M
A
IN
_
P
O
W
B
S
_
P
O
W
T
V
A
G
C
_
M
U
T
E
B
1
_
P
O
W
G
R
_
S
W
B
B
E
_
S
W
A
F
T
1
V
P
CONTROL
C
/N
S_3
C
_
V
C
S
W
F
B
P
GND
M
_
M
U
T
E
SDA0
STB_VCC
A
S
P
_
A
B
L
S
T
B
_
5
V
STB_GND
LAT.DATA
LAT.CLK
P_LED
B_LED
NS_CORR
NS_SW
V
P
2
F
B
P
CONTROL
M
A
IN
_
P
O
W
OSDYS
OSDB
OSDG
OSDR
HP
BT
RBS
COM_Y
VBS
S
C
L
0
C/N
BS_POW
1CHIP_AVSW
S
_
S
W
P
_
L
E
D
B
_
L
E
D
N
S
_
S
W
M
_
M
U
T
E
Y
C
S
W
O
C
P
A_MUTE
H
P
B
S
T
U
_
P
O
W
A
C
N
S
_
C
O
R
R
B
T
C3
V
_
C
C
D
VC_YS
VC_B
VC_G
VC_R
C3
S3_GND
Y3
VC_R
VC_G
VC_B
VC_YS
LTV
V3
V3_GND
L3
V_VCSW
R3
S_3 ABS_GND
STB_5V
RBS
Y3
1
2
V
S
D
B
1
_
P
O
W
T
V
A
G
C
_
M
U
T
E
T
U
_
P
O
W
O
C
P
A
S
P
_
A
B
L
X
_
R
A
Y
Y
C
S
W
G
R
_
S
W
D
_
S
W
V
O
L
_
A
T
T
RTV
A
C
C
O
M
_
Y
G
N
D
S
D
R
T
V
S3_GND
R3
V3_GND
V3
COM_Y
L3
LT
V
S_SW
BS
BBE_SW
V_CCD
VOL_ATT
SCL0
SDA0
A_MUTE
GR3D_AVSW
ABS_GND
VBS
VBS_GND
VBS_GND
L
O
O
P
_
F
L
O
O
P
_
F
S
D
A
0
FSC
MPX
5
V
_
A
V_SWVC
GND
Y_VCSW
GND
C_VCSW
S
D
A
0
C_SWVC
Y_SWVC
T
P
_
9
5
2
.5
5V_A
9V_VC
9V_VC
12V
AU_GND
AU_VCC
M
P
X
F
S
C
S
C
L
0
AC
Y
_
V
C
S
W
C
_
S
W
V
C
Y
_
S
W
V
C
9
V
_
V
C
5
V
_
A
A
U
_
V
C
C
A
U
_
G
N
D
TP_952.5
5V_D
5
V
_
D
S
T
B
_
G
N
D
V_VCSW
S
T
B
_
V
C
C
S
T
B
_
5
V
STB_GND
V_SWVC
VCC
V
s
s
s
R
e
m
o
c
o
n
S
D
A
1
S
C
L
1
K
e
y
1
K
e
y
2
E
.E
.S
e
n
s
D
_
M
O
D
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
1
,2
C
/N
Te
id
e
n
A
C
in
C
M
S
Y
N
C
A
S
P
_
A
B
L
N
/S
C
O
R
R
E
C
T
IO
N
V
M
_
L
E
V
E
L
S
_
S
W
P
O
W
E
R
_
L
E
D
B
S
/S
P
A
_
L
E
D
N
/S
O
N
O
F
F
M
_
M
U
T
E
A
V
D
D
C
R
E
F
V
P
H
V
C
P
C
V
B
S
V
s
s
Y
C
S
W
V
O
L
_
A
T
T
A
_
M
U
T
E
S
P
A
_
O
N
/O
F
F
S
P
A
_
S
T
E
R
E
O
O
C
P
M
E
C
A
IIC
_
S
T
O
P
S
Y
S
T
E
M
3
S
Y
S
T
E
M
4
V
s
s
c
/H
_
S
y
n
c
D
_
S
W
O
S
D
_
Y
s
O
S
D
_
B
O
S
D
_
G
O
S
D
_
R
G
R
S
W B
S
T
U
_
P
O
W
A
G
C
_
M
U
T
E
T
V
B
1
_
P
o
w
B
S
_
P
o
w
M
a
in
_
P
o
w
L
O
O
P
_
F
/R
S
T
/V
_
S
y
n
c
W
A
K
E
_
U
P
L
A
T.C
L
K
L
A
T.D
A
TA
S
D
A
0
S
C
L
0
V
D
D
O
S
C
1
O
S
C
2
C
o
m
p
u
L
in
k
O
N
_
T
IM
E
R
_
L
E
D
P
IP
_
A
F
T
A0 A1 A2 Vss
Vcc
Test
SCL1
SDA1
CHIP
US C CHIP
M
A
IN
_
A
F
T
S
P
E
A
K
E
R
_
O
n
O
ff
V
A
R
I/F
IX
B
B
E
_
O
n
O
ff
C
C
D
_
X
O
C
C
D
_
X
I
Te
id
e
n
XXXXXXXX X
_
R
A
Y
NC
NC
9V_VC
9V_VC_GND
9V_VC_GND
PIP5V
PIP5V_GND
MICOMGND
YS
B
PIP5V_GND
G
VP
VTV2GND
HP
R
HV_GND
V_PIP
NC
MICOMGND
NC
AFC2
PIP5V
9V_VC
SCL0
SDA0
MICOMGND
NC
30V
MIX2_R
MIX2_G
MIX2_B
MIX2_YS
V_PIPGND
NC
30VGND
C
M
P
_
S
W X
S
D
X
X X X X X
Y_COMP
Y3
S_3
FSC
M_MUTE
RBS
COMPULINK
EX
9V_SW
S
T
B
_
G
N
D
L
R
R
L
L_GND
L_GND
R_GND
R_GND
A_VCC
A_VCC
A_VCC_GND
A_VCC_GND
VOLATT
SOA
BBE
A_MUTE
STB_5V
9V_VC
MPX
9VGND
12V
12VGND
SDA
SCL
5VA
5VAGND
VTV(GROUT)
CIN1(NC)
YIN1(NC)
YCINGND
VOUT1GND
VOUT1(NC)
9V_VC
9V_SWGND
9V_VC
SSW
COUT
ASW
YOUT
9VGND
LTV
V_PIP
VARI/FIX
ABSGND
VBSGND
V_CCD
LV3
V3GND
RV3
C3
V3GND
V3
V3GND
RTV
MAIN PWB ASS'Y
SAC-1542-M2
(AV-36F702)
SAC-1547A-M2
(AV-36F802)
3
3
3
2
AV SELECTOR
PWB
PIP PWB
(AV-36F802 ONLY)
3
15k
R703
X
R704
QJB003-093626
CN006
X
D401
KEY2
REMOCON
X
R701 LED_T
QNZ0453-001
J401
15k
R706
LED_P
1STB5V
X
R927
4
D403
4.7k
R705
KEY1
X R926
QJB003-074426
CN007
4.7k
R702
S706
QJB003-060806
CN00B
X
VA901
BW
Y401
0
NRSA63J-0R0X
Y402
4
D402
75
R404
S705
CN00L
NQR0169-001X
LC401
33k
R406
X Y905
.47/50
C445
0.01
C446
X
Y907
X
L02
75
R405
S702 S703 S704
X
Y904
X R925
X
Y
9
0
6
X
S901
NQR0169-001X
LC402
X
CN0L1
4
D404
4
D405
75
R401
220k
R402
220k
R403
1/50
C443
1/50
C442
.47/50
C444
4
D406
V3
R3
L3
LED_P
N/S ROTATION
LED_T
L
MENU
B
7
LED_P
VOL-
LED_T
REMOCON
KEY1
V
STB_5V
V3
Y C
NC
N
C
N
C
STB_GND
L/MONO
R
12V
GND
REMOCON
KEY1
KEY2
VOL+ CH-
STB_5V
STB_GND
C3
S3_GND
Y3
S_3
V3
V3_GND
L3
A_GND
R3
CH+
S702-S706 QSW0619-003Z
FRONT CONTROL PWB ASS'Y
SAC-8507A-M2
POWER
SW
PWB
QGA2501C5-06Z
CN00B
1.5k
R108
3
SWITCH
Q101
3.3k
R107
SLR-342VR3F
D101
REMOCON
LED_T
LED_P
1STB5V
3
SWITCH
Q102
560
R101 47/25
C102
KEY1
QSW0847-001
S701 GP1U281Q
REMOCON
RECEIVER
IC101
OUT
Vcc
GND
(RED)
1.8V B
4.9V
V 4.8
POWER
/0V
4.8V
4.8V
0V/
5V
or
KEY1
STB_GND
LED_T
LED_P
STB_5V
REMOCON
PIC-28143SY
POWER SW PWB ASS'Y SAC-8601A-M2
FRONT
CONTROL
PWB
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: DTA124EKA-X
: MTZJ10C-T2
: 1SS133-T2
: 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT
3
5
4
1
2
X
0
: BUS WIRE BW
NOTE
5
V
5
V
0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 2V 5V 0V
0V
0V 5V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 2.6V 0.4V 2.4V 0V 1.6V
5V 5V 5V
4.9V 0V 4.9V 2.8V 2.8V
0V 0V 0V 0V
4.9V 0V 4.8V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0.1V 5V
4
.7
V
4.6V
4
.5
V
4.9V 2.1V 0V 0V 0V
4
.6
V
0V
5V
5.4V
0
V
0
V
4
.9
V
4
.9
V
7
.8
V
4
.9
V
5V 0V
4.9V
5V
4
.7
V
0 V
0V
3V
3.6V
2.4V
4.3V
5V
4.9V
3
.9
V
0V
0V
2.7V
3.2V
0V
2
.2
V
2
.4
V
2
.7
V
0
.3
V
3
.8
V
0
V
4
.6
V0
V
2
.6
V
1
.1
V
0 0 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 1k 1k 1k SAC-1547A-M2
NOT USED NOT USED 0 0 0 0 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED SAC-1542A-M2
Y712 Y152 R804 R803 R802 R801 R762 R725 R714

DIFFERENCE LIST( PARTS)
2-14 No.51907B 2-13
PIP PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM [AV-36F802]
AV-36F802 AV-36F802
No.51907B
X
BUFFER
Q102
10/50
C004
QAU0206-001
!
TU001
47/25
C008
AN7805F
5V REGULATOR
IN OUT
IC001
X
R007
BW
Y002
QGB1505K1-35
CN003
0
R011
2
Q303
BW
Y360
X
R125
X
R126
X
R012
X
C012
X
R124
X
R123 X
L121
0
R121 X
C121
X
Y351
X
Y359
X
CF001
X
Q304
X
R310
X
C001
0
Y302
X
C305
X
C304
X
L305
10/50
C003
1
0
/5
0
C
0
0
6
BW
L001
X
Y354
10k
R002
100
R004
0
R005
100
R003 10k
R001
X
R006
X
C010
X
C011
BW Y915
BW
Y355
BW
Y356
BW Y357
BW Y358
2.2k
R303
1
0
0
R
3
1
3
330
R316
X
R315
0
Y301 1
0
0
R
3
1
1
2.2k
R306
X
R302
47k
R301
0
R314
5
D301
2 Q302
2
Q301
X Y903
0.1
B2
C326
X
C353
0
C302
X
C303
0.1
B2
C331
0.1
B2
C316
0.1
B2
C317
0.1
B2
C318
X
C352
1/50
C321
2.2/50
C329
2.2/50
C327
10/50
C323
10/50
C314
X
C351
10/50
C319
X Y904
X Y908
27p
CH
C312
0.01
C330
0.01
C315
X
Y909
27p
CH
C313
0.01
C322
0
C301
0.01
C324
0.01
C320
0.01
C325
0.01
C328
27MHz X-TAL
QAX0521-001Z
X301
6.8
L304
BW Y910
6.8
L303
6.8
L302
X
IN OUT
IC351
47k
R304
X
R305
X Y911
X
Y912
BW Y913
X
R333
X
Q332
X
Q331
0
R331
BW
C334
X
R334
X
R332
X
C335
X
R335
X
R336
X
R339
X
Q334
X
Q333
0
R337
BW
C336
X
R340
X
R338
X
C337
1k
R309
3.3k
R308
3.3k
R307 X
R341
X
R342
X
R345
X
R351
SDA9389X-X
IC301
X
Q336
X
Q335
0
R343
BW
C338
X
R346
X
R344
X
C339
X
R347
X
R348
0
Y331
BW
Y352
0
Y332
0
Y333
X Y353
0
R317
X
C332
68p CH
C333
X
D302
X Y902
BW Y906
X Y901
BW Y907
X
R127
S
C
L
0
S
D
A
0
9V_VC
30V
9
V
_
V
C
RGB
Y
S
BOUT
ROUT
M
IX
2
_
Y
S
9
V
_
V
C
_
G
N
D
AFC2
HP
VP
S
D
A
0
S
C
L
0
M
IX
2
_
B
M
IX
2
_
G
3
0
V
M
IX
2
_
R
S
C
L
0
RGB
Y
S
A
F
C
2
V
P
H
P
S
D
A
0
R
O
U
T
G
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
M
IX
2
_
Y
S
MIX2_R
MIX2_B
MIX2_G GOUT
G
N
D
N
C
9
V
_
V
C
V
T
V
2
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
or BA17805T
N
C
N
C
C
V
B
S
1
N
C
N
C
N
C
V
R
E
F
H
C
V
B
S
2
C
V
B
S
3
V
R
E
F
L
V
S
S
A
1
N
C
V
D
D
A
1
U
R
E
F
V
S
S
A
2
V
D
D
A
2
N
C
R
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
G
O
U
T
Y
S
O
U
T
Y
S
IN
B
IN
N
C
R
IN
9
V
_
V
C
N
C
G
IN
V
_
P
IP
AMP
X
IN
G
N
D
V_PIP
X
Q
S
C
P
V
P
/S
C
P
S
D
A
S
C
L
V
D
D
V
S
ST
X
F
R
E
Q
N
C
N
C
VP
HP
(EXT.)
V
_
P
IP
(T
V
)
V
_
P
IP
(E
X
T
.)
PIP PWB ASS'Y
SAC0P501A-M2
5V
BUFFER
AMP BUFFER
AMP BUFFER
MIX2_YS
9V
9
V
P
IP
5
V
P
IP
5
V
_
G
N
D
(CHIP)
P
IP
5
V
V
_
P
IP
G
N
D
A
F
T
R
F
_
A
G
C
V
ID
E
O
NC NC
5v 30v BT AGC 9V IF SCL SDA
ADRS
NC
LOCK
NC
TUNER-IF1
NC
G
N
D
G
N
D
N
C
(CHIP)
(CHIP)
(CHIP)
P
IP
5
V
_
G
N
D
M
IC
O
M
H
V
_
G
N
D
M
IC
O
M
G
N
D
3
0
V
G
N
D
M
IC
O
M
PIP CONTROLER
INVERTER
INVERTER
BUFFER
MAIN PWB
IC301 28
1.0Vp-p
1.1V
1.7V 4
.7
V
0
V
0
.6
V
0
.6
V
0
.6
V
4
.9
V
4
.9
V
4
.9
V
0
V
2
.2
V
0
.9
V
4
.2
V
2
.7
V
2
.7
V
2
.4
V
0
V
0
.6
V
0
.6
V
0
.4
V
0
V
0
V
4
.9
V
0
V
0
.9
V
1
.7
V
1
.7
V
0.9V
0.6V
0V 0.6V
8
.8
V 5V
2
.5
V
4
.0
V
2
.4
V
V
8.8
32.1V
5V
V
2.6 2.4V 2.5V 4.6V
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: BUS WIRE (0)
: 1SS133-T2
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT (OPEN)
BW
2
5
X
0
NOTE
AV-36F702 AV-36F702
2-15 No.51907B
AV SELECTOR PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM [AV-36F702]
2-16 No.51907B
AUDIO OUT
(NOT USED)
INPUT2
(NOT USED)
INPUT1
MAIN PWB
AV SELECTOR PWB ASS'Y
SAC0S511A-M2
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: DTC323TK-X
: DTC124EKA-X
: MTZJ10C-T2
: 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT
4
8
5
1
2
X
0
: BUS WIRE BW
NOTE
0V
V V
0V
4.3V
2.5 2.7
4.3V
3.9V
4.8V
0V
0V
4.4V
4.4V
3.9V
3.9V
0V
4.8V
V
4.4
4.4V
3.9
3.9V V
4.4 4.7
V V
8.7V 3.5V
4.6V
4.4V
4.3V
4.4V
4.4V
4.4V
4.1V
3.8V
4.3V
4.4V 4.4V 4.4V 3.9V
4.2V
4.4V
3.9V
4.3
V 3.7V
8.8V
4
.4
V
8
.8
V
4.4
V
0V
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4 4.4
V V
4.4 4.4V
V
4.4
4.4V
8
.7
V
8
.7
V
4.4
V 4.4V 4.4V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
0.6V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1.3V 1.3V
7.8V
0V
0.6V
0V
21.1V
V
2.1 10.1 0V
V
10.1V
2.6V V
2.4
0V V V
4.5
V
4.5
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V V V V V V V V V V
4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.7 0.2 3.2 4.5 0V 4.4 2.7 4.4 4.1 5V 1.2 4.5
V V V V
4.5 5V
V V V V V V
4.5
V V V V V V
V
4.4
V
4.4
9V 4.5
V
9
V
/0
V
7
.2
V
/0
V
7
.2
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.4
V
0
V
0
V
/
9
V
0
V
/
9
V
4
.4
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
CXA2089Q-X
IC501
QNZ0454-001
J501
QGB1505K1-35
CN002
X
R534
2
Q263
0.01
C531
1k
R270
680
R269
0
R528
0 R529
X
D522
33k
R518
75
R519
75
R520
75
R521
0.01
C509
.47/50
C508
X
LC501
X
LC502
220k
R522
220k
R523
1/50
C512
1/50
C513
.47/50
C511
0 R558
0 R559
0 R560
0 R561
X
D523
X
R524
X
R525
X
R526
0.01
C206
75
R527
X
C515
X
C514
X
LC503
X
LC504
220k
R532
220k
R533
1/50
C520
1/50
C521
.47/50 C517
X R562
X R563
0 R564
0 R565
BA15218N IC371
X Y381
BW
Y401
3L DIGITAL COMB FILTER
TC90A53N IC201
470k R242
4700p
C237
X
R535
X
C522
X
C523
0.01
C532
X
C533
100/16
C401
X
R
4
0
3
X
D403
X
C534
X
C
4
0
8
1/50
C412
1000/25
C407
X
R404
X
D
4
0
2
X
C409
R
0.001
C309 X
C307
L
L
R
0
NRSA63J-0R0X
C312
0
R306
0
R305
0.001
C310
0
NRSA63J-0R0X
C311 1/50
C413
220
R303
2.2k
R302
5
6
k
R
0
9
0
5
Q301
220
R304
X Y152
QGB1505K1-25
CN001
X
D
5
1
2
4
D
5
1
1
4
D
5
0
8
X
D
5
1
0
4
D
5
0
9
4
D
5
0
5
4
D
5
0
4
4
D
5
0
3
4
D
5
0
2
4
D
5
0
1
1
k
R
5
0
1
1
k
R
5
0
2
2
2
0
R
5
0
3
1
k
R
5
0
4
1
k
R
5
0
5
X
R
5
0
6
X
D
5
0
6
4
D
5
0
7
X D513
X D514
4 D515
4 D516
4 D517
4 D518
4 D519
X D520
4 D521
1k
R507
1k
R508
220
R509
X
D527
X
D528
X
R406
X
R
5
1
1
X
R
5
1
0
10k R243
10k R244
0.01 C238 0.01
C234
330
R566
330
R567
47/25
C504
X Y151
X C
5
3
6
X C
5
3
7
22/50
C503
X
R513
X
R512
0.01
C501
0.01
C502
1
Q211
47/50
C205
180p
CH
C246
0
R568
X
Y201
5
Q454
0.01 C242
0.01 C243
0.01 C249
22k
R402
5
Q302
0.01 C244
0.01 C247
0.01 C248
0.01 C241
1000/25
C410
18k
R401
X
C453
0.22 TF
C404
X
Q455
15
QQL244K-150Z
L202
X
Y202
BW L241
X
C308
2.2k
R301
X
K201
X
R405
10/50
C233
0.01
C236
X
R252
X
D453
39p
CH
C255
1
Q251
X R580
1000/25 C411
680
R253
1
NCF21CZ-105X
C
4
0
3
390
R254
47/25
C333
15
QQL244K-150Z
L261
470
R251
1
NCF21CZ-105X
C
4
0
2
X
Y203
2
Q252
15p
CH
C263
1
Q262
1k
R265
0 R210
TC4066BP/N/
VARI/FIX SW
IC381
GND
Vcc
6
8
0
R
2
5
5
LA4485 IC401
470
R263
22k
R385
1
Q453
.47/50
C215
22k
R386
1k
R217
X
C454
1
Q212
1.8k
R216 180p
CH
C214
100p
CH
C212
47p CH
C213
1.5k
R215
4.7
QQL244K-4R7Z
L211
X
C201
180
R214
15k
R211
0.01
C245
1k
R213
10/25
N
BP
C211
33k
R212
2.2k
R218
10/50
C235
100
R236
1k
R234
100
R231
100
R235
0
R223
2.7k
R233 22k
R230
47k
R229
1
Q218
2
Q219
X
Q451
1k
R232
X
Y382
0
.0
1
C
5
3
8
0.01
C539
2
.2
/5
0
N
B
P
C
3
4
5
2
.2
/5
0
N
B
P
C
3
4
4
0.01
C226
X
C254
X
C253
X
C261
X
C262
BW
L251
47/50
C251
BW
L201
X
C203
X
C204
0.01
C252
X
C455
X
C209
X
C208
0
R
9
0
6
X
EF202
X
EF201
X
R264
0.01
C223
18k
R459
X
R461
X
R457
33k
R458
X
R460
X
R249
820
R241
X
J504
QNN0349-001
J502
0.01 C239
12k R239
8.2k
R238
10/50
C232
10/50 C231
100
R258
100
R261
1
Q253
1
Q261
2.2k
R259
2.2k
R262
BW L242
BW L244
BW L243
X
R901
X
R248
100
R247
X
R246
X
R245
X
R902
X
R904
X
R903
X
Q901
100
R202
.47/50
N
BP C505
X
R451
2.2/50
C084
X
R453
X
C451
X
R454
X
D451
X
R452
0
R574
1/50
C343
4.7/50
N
BP
C082
1
Q509
100
R571
2.7k
R573 X
R572
100/16
C331
3.3/50
QBTC1CK-335Z
C089
0
.1
B
2
C
3
3
7
6.8k
R082
X
C452
X
R455
X
R456
0.1
B2
C081
2
.2
/5
0
C
3
3
8
220
R391
22k
R387
1
/5
0
C
0
9
2
0.1
B2
C088
3
3
k
R
0
8
6
1
5
k
0
.5
%
R
0
8
7
220
R392
8
SWITCH
Q387
QNN0348-001
J503
1
/5
0
C
0
9
3
220
R396
220
R395
22k
R384
.47/50
C391
8
SWITCH
Q385
8
SWITCH
Q384
8
SWITCH
Q386
.47/50
C392
1
/5
0
N B
P
C
0
8
3
82k
R393
82k
R394
X
D452
0.1
B2
C087
X
Q452
4
.7
/5
0
C
0
9
4
1
/5
0
C
0
9
5
3
.3
k
R
0
8
5
0.01
C265
X C267
.47/50
N
BP
C264
X
N
C266
1
0
/5
0
QBTC1CK-106Z
C
0
9
1
X
C
3
4
1
0
.0
0
2
2
C
3
3
6
0
.0
2
7
B
2
C
3
3
4
0.047
B2
C085
4
D391
1.5k 0.5%
R088
5
.6
k
R
0
8
9
15k
R083
1
k
R
0
8
1
10k
R371
10k
R372
10k
R373
4.7k
R378
6.8k
R381
4.7k
R377
X
C374 33k
R375
33k R376
10k
R374
BA15218N
IC371
1
/5
0
C
0
9
0
5
SWITCH
Q381
22k
R382
47/25
C373
1/50
N BP
C372
68k
R084
.4
7
/5
0
C
0
8
6
1
0
0
R
3
3
1
5
SWITCH
Q382
CONTROL MTS &
UPC1851BCU
TONE/VOL
IC001
NJM2150AD
IC151
1/50
N
BP
C151
1
0
0
R
3
3
4
1/50
N
BP
C152
22k
R151
22k
R152
22k
R154
22k
R153
0.0033
C153
0.033
B2
C155
0.033
B2
C156
0.0033
C154
1
0
/5
0
C
1
5
8
47/25
C159
0.1
B2
C160
X R
1
5
6
X R
1
5
8
0
R155
0
R157
10k
R159
10/50
C157
1
0
0
R
3
3
2
4
D392
1
0
0
R
3
3
3
X
C
3
4
2
0
.0
0
2
2
C
3
3
9
0
.1
B
2
C
3
4
0
1/50
N
BP
C371
0.01
C332
2
.2
/5
0
C
3
3
5
BSRT
V_CCD
C1
Y1
AVSWGND
V1
AVSWGND
LV1
RV1
AVSWGND
S_1
9V_VC
S2_1
S2_2
AVSWGND
Y
_
C
O
M
P
Y2
AVSWGND
V
A
R
I/F
IX
V2
VIDEO2
LV2
RV2
C2
S_2
V
2
SOA
MPX
VOL_ATT
BBE
R
V
2
LV
2
R
V
3
LV
3
AVSWGND
VIDEO3
V
3
Y
3
C
3
B
S
R
T
S
_
3
9V_VC
Y
2
C
2
YIN1
S2_2
S_2
V1
RV1
C1
Y1
S_1
LV1
Y_COMP
C_2L
IIC
SDA
SCL
S
D
A
RTV
LTV
S
C
L
LV
3
YOUT
COUT
Y_2L
VTV
9V_VC
S
_
3
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
R
V
3
A
_
G
N
D
5VA
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
C
3
R
12V
CIN1
A
_
V
C
C
Y
IN
1
L
FSC
V
3
Y
3
9
V
_
S
W
C_2L
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
V
T
V
B
B
E
Y
O
U
T
C
O
U
T
S
C
L
Y_2L
S
D
A
R
T
V
9
V
_
V
C
5
V
A
S2_1
LT
V
A
_
G
N
D
V
_
C
C
D
F
S
C
VOUT1
C
IN
1
V
O
U
T
1
A
_
M
U
T
E
S
O
A
A_MUTE
M
P
X
A
_
V
C
C
V
O
L
_
A
T
T
A
_
G
N
DR
A
_
G
N
DL
VARI_R
VARI_L
V
1
LV
1
Y
1
R
V
1
C
1
S
2
-1
S
-1
V
2
LV
2
Y
2
S2-2
S-2
R
V
2
C
2
V3
LV3
Y3
RV3
C3
BSRT
S-3
LV4
V4
RV4
A
D
R
S
C
L
S
D
A
D
C
O
U
T
C
O
U
T
2
L
O
U
T
2
Y
O
U
T
2
R
O
U
T
2
V
O
U
T
2
V
c
c
M
U
T
E
Y
IN
1
BIAS
CIN1
LOUT1
YOUT1
ROUT1
VOUT1
TRAP
GND
COUT1
LTV
TV
RTV
VREFL
VREFH
Video1
Video4
VSS1
Video2
VDD1
SWITCH
SWITCH
(3.3k)
(L211)
(C402,C403)
VRB
VRT
ADIN
BIAS1
CLAMPC
1/2VDD
VDD2
(1.2k)
TEST
KILLER
VARI OUT
(1k)
YOUT
BIAS2
COUT
BIAS3
R
VFIL
CKIN
(L202,L301)
PIROT DET
VSS2
CBPF
VENH0
VENH1
1LINE
CORING
VDD3
VSS3
VREF
V
VSS4
VDD4
L202
V
L
L
R
R
L
R
0V 0V 0V 0V
0V
0V 0V 0V 0V
L R RL
L
_
G
N
D
L
_
G
N
D
PHASE
(2Vp-p)
(1)
L
R
_
G
N
D
R
_
G
N
D
A
_
V
C
C
A
_
V
C
C
A
_
V
C
C
_
G
N
D
A
_
V
C
C
_
G
N
D
V
O
L
A
T
T
S
O
A
B
B
E
LT
V
A
_
M
U
T
E
9
V
_
S
W
9
V
_
V
C
M
P
X
B
B
E
9
V
G
N
D
1
2
V
1
2
V
G
N
D
S
D
A
S
C
L
5
V
A
5
V
A
G
N
D
V
T
V
B
S
C
IN
1
Y
IN
1
Y
C
IN
G
N
D
V
O
U
T
1
G
N
D
V
O
U
T
1
9
V
_
S
W
9
V
_
S
W
G
N
D
R
B
S
A
B
S
G
N
D
Y
_
C
O
M
P
V
B
S
G
N
D
V
B
S
V
_
C
C
D
9
V
_
V
C
S
S
W
C
O
U
T
A
S
W
Y
O
U
T
F
S
C
LV
3
V
3
G
N
D
R
V
3
S
_
3
C
3
V
3
G
N
D
Y
3
V
3
V
3
G
N
D
M
_
M
U
T
E
(V
_
P
IP
)
9
V
G
N
D
O
N
_
O
F
F
R
T
V
G
N
D
DET
V
C
C
SDA SCL
FIXED
LINE OUT
EXT1 IN IN EXT2 TV OUT
OUT
TONE/SURROUND VARIABLE
LINE
IIC BUS
VRE
Vcc
L
_
B
O
O
S
T
H
_
B
O
O
S
T
L
P
F
_
L
L
P
F
_
R
1/2 Vcc
C
R
2
_
L
VARI/FIX
C
R
_
R
SAP DEMODULATION dbx NR
MOA
B
P
F
_
L
B
P
F
_
R
C
R
1
_
L
L
R
C
R
1
_
R
H
P
F
_
L
BBE IC
H
P
F
_
R
L
_
IN
P
U
T
R
_
IN
P
U
T
V
R
E
F
FOL
(1/2)
(2/2)
FOR EL1
L
_
O
U
T
P
U
TPD1 PD2 d01
P
H
D
1
P
H
D
2
COM SDTNDTSOT SI1 SOA STI SRB ITI WTI WRB do2 VOF
R
_
O
U
T
P
U
T
9V
ER1 EL2 ER2 TVL TVR LBC LTC TLO RBC RTC TRO SUR LOT ROT D-GND
A-GND
0V 0V 0V
0V
0V
0V
0V/4.8V
/0V
7.2V
0V/9V
7.2V
/0V
9V
4.4V
4.4V
4.4V
4.4V 4.4V
4.4V
0V
0V
2.1Vp-p(H)
E Q509
15
1.0Vp-p(H)
IC501
1.9Vp-p(H)
2.1Vp-p(H)
IC501
IC501
45
43
1.0Vp-p(H)
17
0.64Vp-p(H)
19 40
2.2Vp-p(H)
IC501
2-18 No.51907B 2-17
AV SELECTOR PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM [AV-36F802]
AV-36F802 AV-36F802
No.51907B
CXA2089Q-X
IC501
QNZ0454-001
J501
QGB1505K1-35
CN002
220k
R534
X
Q263
x
C531
X
R270
X
R269
0
R528
0
R529
X
D522
33k
R518
75
R519
75
R520
75
R521
0.01
C509
.47/50
C508
X LC501
X LC502
220k
R522
220k
R523
1/50 C512
1/50 C513
.47/50
C511
0 R558
0 R559
0 R560
0 R561
X
D523
X
R524
X
R525
X
R526
X
C206
75
R527
X
C515
X C514 X
LC503
X
LC504
220k
R532
220k
R533
1/50
C520
1/50
C521
.47/50
C517
X R562
X R563
0 R564
0 R565
BA15218N IC371
Y152
BW
Y401
IC201
X R242
X C237
220k
R535
1/50
C522
1/50
C523
x
C532
0.01
C533
100/16
C401
X
R403
X
D403
0.01
C534
X
C408
1/50
C412
1000/25
C407
X
R404 X D
4
0
2
X
C409
R
0.001
C309
X
C307
L
L
R
0
NRSA63J-0R0X
C312
0
R306
0
R305
0.001
C310
0
NRSA63J-0R0X
C311
1/50
C413 220
R303
2.2k
R302
5
6
k
R
0
9
0
5
Q301
220
R304
X
C
5
3
6
QGB1505K1-25
CN001
X
D
5
1
2
4
D
5
1
1
4
D
5
0
8
X
D
5
1
0
4
D
5
0
9
4
D
5
0
5
4
D
5
0
4
4
D
5
0
3
4
D
5
0
2
4
D
5
0
1
1
k
R
5
0
1
1
k
R
5
0
2
2
2
0
R
5
0
3
1
k
R
5
0
4
1
k
R
5
0
5
X
R
5
0
6
X
D
5
0
6
4
D
5
0
7
X D513
X D514
4 D515
4 D516
4 D517
4 D518
4 D519
X D520
4 D521
1k
R507
1k
R508
220
R509
4
D527
4
D528
X
R406
1
k
R
5
1
1
1
k
R
5
1
0
X R243
X R244
X C238
X C234
330
R566
330
R567
47/25
C504
X
C
5
3
7
Y151
22/50
C503
X
R513
X
R512
0.01
C501
0.01
C502
X
Q211
X
C205
X C246
0
R568
X
Y201
5
Q454
X C242
X C243
X C249
22k
R402
5
Q302
X C244
X
C247
X C248
X C241
1000/25
C410
18k
R401
X
C453
0.22 TF
C404
X
Q455
X
L202
X
Y202
X L241
X
C308
2.2k
R301
X
K201
X
R405
X
C233
X
C236
X
R252
X
D453
X
C255
X
Q251
X R580
1000/25 C411
X
R253
1
NCF21CZ-105X
C
4
0
3
X
R254
47/25
C333
X
L261
X
R251
1
NCF21CZ-105X
C
4
0
2
X
Y203
X
Q252
X
C263
X
Q262
X
R265
X
R210
TC4066BP/N/
VARI/FIX SW
IC381
GND
Vcc
X R
2
5
5
LA4485 IC401
X
R263
22k
R385
1
Q453
X
C215
22k
R386
X
R217
X
C454
X
Q212
X
R216 X
C214
X
C212
X C213
X
R215
X
L211
X
C201
X
R214
X
R211
X
C245
X
R213
X
N
C211
X
R212
X
R218
X
C235
X
R236
X
R234
X
R231
X
R235
X
R223
X
R233 X
R230
X
R229
X
Q218
X
Q219
X
Q451
X
R232
2
.2
/5
0
N
B
P
C
3
4
5
2
.2
/5
0
N
B
P
C
3
4
4
0
.0
1
C
5
3
9
0
.0
1
C
5
3
8
X
C226
X
C254
X
C253
X
C261
X
C262
X
L251
X
C251
X
L201
X
C203
X
C204
X
C252
X
C455
X
C209
X
C208
0
R906
X
EF202
X
EF201
X
R264
X
C223
18k
R459
X
R461
X
R457
33k
R458
X
R460
X
R249
X R241
QNN0348-001
J504
QNN0349-001
J502
X C239
X
R239
X R238
X
C232
X C231
X
R258
X
R261
X
Q253
X
Q261
X
R259
X
R262
X
L242
X L244
X L243
100
R901
X
R248
X
R247
X
R246
X
R245
X
R902
X
R904
X
R903
X
Q901
100
R202
.47/50
N
BP
C505
X
R451
2.2/50
C084
X
R453
X
C451
X
R454
X
D451
X
R452
X
R574
1/50
C343
4.7/50
N
BP
C082
1
Q509
100
R571
2.7k
R573 X
R572
100/16
C331
3.3/16
TAN
C089
0
.1
B
2
C
3
3
7
6.8k
R082
X
C452
X
R455
X
R456
0.1
B2
C081
2
.2
/5
0
C
3
3
8
220
R391
22k
R387
1
/5
0
C
0
9
2
0.1
B2
C088
3
3
k
R
0
8
6
1
5
k
1
%
NRVA02D-153X
R
0
8
7
220
R392
8
SWITCH
Q387
QNN0348-001
J503
1
/5
0
C
0
9
3
220
R396
220
R395
22k
R384
.47/50
C391
8
SWITCH
Q385 8
SWITCH
Q384 8
SWITCH
Q386
.47/50
C392
1
/5
0
N B
P
C
0
8
3
82k
R393
82k
R394
X
D452
0.1
B2
C087
X
Q452
4
.7
/5
0
C
0
9
4
1
/5
0
C
0
9
5
3
.3
k
R
0
8
5
X
C265
X
C267
X
N
C264
X
N
C266
1
0
/1
6
T
A
N
C
0
9
1
O
P
T
C
3
4
1
0
.0
0
2
2
C
3
3
6
0
.0
2
7
B
2
C
3
3
4
0.047
B2
C085
4
D391
1.5k
1% NRVA02D-152X
R088
5
.6
k
R
0
8
9
15k
R083
1
k
R
0
8
1
10k
R371
10k
R372
10k
R373
4.7k
R378
6.8k
R381
4.7k
R377
OPT
C374 33k
R375
33k R376
10k
R374
BA15218N
AMP
IC371
1
/5
0
C
0
9
0
5
SWITCH
Q381
22k
R382
47/25
C373
1/50
N
BP
C372
68k
R084
.4
7
/5
0
C
0
8
6
1
0
0
R
3
3
1
5
SWITCH
Q382
CONTROL MTS &
UPC1851BCU
TONE/VOL
IC001
NJM2150AD
IC151
1/50
N
BP
C151
1
0
0
R
3
3
4
1/50
N
BP
C152
22k
R151
22k
R152
22k
R154
22k
R153
0.0033
C153
0.033
B2
C155
0.033
B2
C156
0.0033
C154
1
0
/5
0
C
1
5
8
47/25
C159
0.1
B2
C160
O
P
T
R
1
5
6
O
P
T
R
1
5
8
0
R155
0
R157
10k
R159
10/50
C157
1
0
0
R
3
3
2
4
D392
1
0
0
R
3
3
3
O
P
T
C
3
4
2
0
.0
0
2
2
C
3
3
9
0
.1
B
2
C
3
4
0
1/50
N
BP
C371
0.01
C332
2
.2
/5
0
C
3
3
5
BSRT
V_CCD
C1
Y1
AVSWGND
V1
AVSWGND
LV1
RV1
AVSWGND
S_1
9V_VC
S2_1
S2_2
AVSWGND
Y_COMP
Y2
AVSWGND
V
A
R
I/F
IX
V2
VIDEO4
LV2
RV2
C2
S_2
V
2
SOA
MPX
VOL_ATT
BBE
AVSWGND
R
V
2
LV
2
R
V
3
LV
3
AVSWGND
VIDEO3
V
3
Y
3
C
3
B
S
R
T
S
_
3
9V_VC
Y
2
C
2
YIN1
S2_2
S_2
V1
RV1
C1
Y1
S_1
LV1
Y_COMP
C_2L
IIC
SDA
SCL
S
D
A
RTV
LTV
S
C
L
LV
3
YOUT
COUT
Y_2L
VTV
9V_VC
S
_
3
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
R
V
3
A
_
G
N
D
5VA
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
C
3
R
12V
CIN1
A
_
V
C
C
Y
IN
1
L
FSC
V
3
Y
3
9
V
_
S
W
A
V
S
W
G
N
D
V
T
V
B
B
E
Y
O
U
T
C
O
U
T
S
C
L
Y_2L
S
D
A
C_2L
R
T
V
9
V
_
V
C
5
V
A
S2_1
LT
V
A
_
G
N
D
V
_
C
C
D
F
S
C
VOUT1
C
IN
1
V
O
U
T
1
A
_
M
U
T
E
S
O
A
A_MUTE
M
P
X
A
_
V
C
C
V
O
L
_
A
T
T
A
_
G
N
DR
A
_
G
N
DL
VARI_R
VARI_L
V
1
LV
1
Y
1
R
V
1
C
1
S
2
-1
S
-1
V
2
LV
2
Y
2
S2-2
S-2
R
V
2
C
2
V3
LV3
Y3
RV3
C3
BSRT
S-3
LV4
V4
RV4
A
D
R
S
C
L
S
D
A
D
C
O
U
T
C
O
U
T
2
L
O
U
T
2
Y
O
U
T
2
R
O
U
T
2
V
O
U
T
2
V
c
c
M
U
T
E
Y
IN
1
BIAS
CIN1
LOUT1
YOUT1
ROUT1
VOUT1
TRAP
GND
COUT1
LTV
TV
RTV
VREFL
VREFH
Video1
Video2
VSS1
Video4
VDD1
DIGITAL COMB FILTER
(3.3k)
(L211)
(C402,C403)
VRB
VRT
ADIN
BIAS1
CLAMPC
1/2VDD
VDD2
(1.2k)
TEST
KILLER
AUDIO OUT
(1k)
YOUT
BIAS2
COUT
BIAS3
R
VFIL
CKIN
PIROT DET
VSS2
CBPF
VENH0
VENH1
1LINE
CORING
VDD3
VSS3
VREF
VSS4
VDD4
IC371
L
R
L R RL
L
_
G
N
D
L
_
G
N
D
PHASE
2Vp-p
(1)
L
R
_
G
N
D
R
_
G
N
D
A
_
V
C
C
A
_
V
C
C
A
_
V
C
C
_
G
N
D
A
_
V
C
C
_
G
N
D
V
O
L
A
T
T
S
O
A
B
B
E
LT
V
A
_
M
U
T
E
9
V
_
S
W
9
V
_
V
C
M
P
X
B
B
E
9
V
G
N
D
1
2
V
1
2
V
G
N
D
S
D
A
S
C
L
5
V
A
5
V
A
G
N
D
V
T
V
V
A
R
I/F
IX
C
IN
1
Y
IN
1
Y
C
IN
G
N
D
V
O
U
T
1
G
N
D
V
O
U
T
1
9
V
_
S
W
9
V
_
S
W
G
N
D
R
B
S
A
B
S
G
N
D
Y
_
C
O
M
P
V
B
S
G
N
D
V
_
P
IP
V
_
C
C
D
9
V
_
V
C
S
S
W
C
O
U
T
A
S
W
Y
O
U
T
F
S
C
LV
3
V
3
G
N
D
R
V
3
S
_
3
C
3
V
3
G
N
D
Y
3
V
3
V
3
G
N
D
M
_
M
U
T
E
9
V
G
N
D
O
N
_
O
F
F
R
T
V
G
N
D
DET
V
C
C
SDA SCL
FIXED
LINE OUT
EXT1 IN IN EXT2 TV OUT
OUT
TONE/SURROUND VARIABLE
LINE
IIC BUS
VRE
Vcc
L
_
B
O
O
S
T
H
_
B
O
O
S
T
L
P
F
_
L
L
P
F
_
R
1/2 Vcc
C
R
2
_
L
VARI/FIX
C
R
_
R
SAP DEMODULATION dbx NR
MOA
B
P
F
_
L
B
P
F
_
R
C
R
1
_
L
L
R
C
R
1
_
R
H
P
F
_
L
BBE IC
H
P
F
_
R
L
_
IN
P
U
T
NC
R
_
IN
P
U
T
NC
V
R
E
F
FOL
(1/2)
(2/2)
FOR EL1
L
_
O
U
T
P
U
TPD1 PD2 d01
P
H
D
1
P
H
D
2
COMSDTNDTSOTSI1 SOA STI SRB ITI WTI WRB do2 VOF
R
_
O
U
T
P
U
T
R187
R188
9V
ER1 EL2 ER2 TVL TVR LBC LTC TLO RBC RTC TRO SUR LOT ROT D-GND
A-GND
0V
AUDIO OUT
INPUT2
INPUT4
(NOT USED)
INPUT1
MAIN PWB
AV SELECTOR PWB ASS'Y
SAC0S505A-M2
2.1Vp-p(H)
E
2.2Vp-p(H)
40
1.0Vp-p(H)
15
43
45
2.1Vp-p(H)
17 19
1.0Vp-p(H)
IC501
IC501
IC501
Q509
IC501
1.9Vp-p(H)
0.64Vp-p(H)
38 36
2.1Vp-p(H) 2.1Vp-p(H)
9
V
/0
V
7
.2
V
/0
V
7
.2
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.4
V
0
V
0
V
/
9
V
0
V
/
9
V
4
.4
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
4
.6
V
0V/4.8V
/0V
7.2V
0V/9V
7.2V
/0V
9V
4.4V
4.4V
4.4V
4.4V 4.4V
4.4V
0V
0V 0V 0V 0V
0V
0V 0V 0V 0V
0V 0V 0V
0V
0V
0V
2.6V V
2.4
0V V V
4.5
V
4.5
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V V V V V V V V V V
4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
9V 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.7 0.2 3.2 4.5 0V 4.4 2.7 4.4 4.1 5V 1.2 4.5
V V V V V
4.5 5V
V V V V V V
4.5
V V V V V V
4.4
V
3
.9
V
4.4
V
3.9
V
4.7
V
3.9V
3
.9
V
4
.4
V
4.4V
4.4V
4.2V
4.4V
4.3V
3.8V
4.4V
4.1V
4.4V
4.3V
4.4V
4.6V
8.7V 3.5V 2.7
V
2.5
V
0V
4.3V
3.9V
4.3V
4.8V
0V
0V
4.4V
3.9V
4.4V
3.9V
4.8V
0V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4
V
4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
V V V V V
4.4V
V
4.4
0V
4.4V 4.4V 4.4V 8.7V 8.7V
8
.8
V
4
.4
V
4
.4
V
0
V
4
.4
V
8.8V
4.3
V 3.7V
1.3V
1.3V 0.6V
21.1V
2.1
V
0V 10.1
V
10.1V
0V
0V
0V
0
V
0V
7.8V
0.6V
0V
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: DTC323TK-X
: DTC124EKA-X
: MTZJ10C-T2
: 2SC2412K/QR/-X
: NON MOUNT
4
8
5
1
X
0
: BUS WIRE BW
NOTE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-19 No.51907B
CRT SOCKET PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
2-20 No.51907B
: NRSA63J-0R0X
: 1SS133-T2
: 2SA933AS/QR/-T
: 2SC1740S/QR/-T
: NON MOUNT (OPEN)
3
1
2
X
0
: BUS WIRE (0) BW
NOTE
X
Q307
X
Q310
150
R301
1SS82-T2
D304
18
QQL244K-180Z
L301
47
QQL244K-470Z
L304
1k
1/2WC
R325
3
D301
5.6
R145
0
R316
X
R319
X
R322
15k
2W
R310
5.6
R146
18k
2W
R313
2SC5083/L-P/-T
Q302
Q305
X
Q308
X
Q311
150
R302
1SS82-T2
D305
18
QQL244K-180Z
L302
47
QQL244K-470Z
L305
1k
1/2WC
R326
3
D302
1.2k
R331
0
R317
X
R320
X
R323
15k
2W
R311
18k
2W
R314
10
R308 150
R305
560p
CH
C302
2SC5083/L-P/-T
Q303
TP-E1
X
Q309
X
Q312
150
R303
1.2k
R332
1SS82-T2
D306
18
QQL244K-180Z
L303
47
QQL244K-470Z
L306
1k
1/2WC
R327
3
D303
0
R318
X
R321
1.2k
R333
X
C331
Q304
X
R324
15k
2W
R312
18k
2W
R315
X
C332
10
R309
X
C333
3
D101
10
R307 150
R304
X
D102
150
R306
470/16
N C323
560p
CH
C303
R
560p
CH
C301
3
D331
390
R335
2SC5248/DE/
Q108
1/250
C321
X
L106
1/250
C322 Q306
1M
1/2WC
R361
BW
R364
470k 1/2WC
R363
1k
1/2WC
R362
0.001 3KV
QCZ0324-102
C363
BW
C362
1/250
C361
RM2C-LFA1
D361
2SA1964/DE/
Q107
CE41507-001P
CN0E2
1.5k
R334
TP-B
10/50
C101
1
Q109
R
G
B
120k
R142
33k
R136
WJA0029-002A
CN005
1.5k
R134
680
R139
2
Q103
X
R141
0
CH
C125
X
MY
C107
X
R144
X
Q110
X D107
X
R138
X
C108
X
R137
Ys
X
Q104
X
R110
3.3k
R111
X
R112
X
R113
CE41492-001Z
K103
1
Q105
2
Q106
10
1/4W
QRJ146J-100X
! R114
CE41492-001Z
K102
100/16
N
C109
47
R115
47
R116
G
CH41169-003Y
CN00V
B
B
G
R
220p
CH
C111
220p
CH
C110
5p
CH
C122
X
CH
C127
0.0047
500V
C115
0.0047
C114
TP-G
56k
R127
5.6
R129
1.2k
R128
39
R130
120
R131
100/10
C119
330/10
N
C120
RH1S-T3
D106
10/160
C117
CE41492-001Z
K105
CE41492-001Z K104
390
2WA OMR
R132
150p
5% 500V
QCS32HJ-151Z
C121
100/6.3
C118
10/160
C113
39
R124
5.6
R125
1.2k
R123
RH1S-T3
D105
56k
R126
680
R143
Y
X
R109
560
QRZ9021-561
! R122
X
R199
0
R336
2SC5083/L-P/-T
Q301
0
R337
0
R338
X
D313
CE42670-001
!
SK001
1
Q151
2
Q152
47k
R151
68k
R152
68k
R153
47k
R154
0.1
NCB21EK-104X
C151
0.1
NCB21EK-104X
C152
1k
R117
CN0SC
CN0E4
X
D312
X
D314
1k
R352
1k
R351
1k
R353
560
R354
2
Q351
3
D351
56k
R355
330/16
C351
0
R108
X
R041
X
R040
X
Y003
X
Y
0
0
1
BW
Y
0
0
2
X
R118
120
R119
QJB003-074426
CN004
12V
VM DRIVE
HV
NC
CRT SOCKET PWB ASS'Y
B
G
R
HEATER
GND
G
1
G
2
G
3
SPOT
VM STOP
VM DRIVE
KILLA
VM AMP
VM COIL
HEATER
NC
(TO CRT NECK)
VM OUT
VM OUT
11.4V
NC
MAIN PWB
CRT
CRT
EARTH
1W_FR
SAC-3513A-M2
MAIN PWB
R DRIVE G DRIVE
FOCUS
CRT SOCKET
FBT
MAIN PWB
HB
SCREEN
Y_VM
Ys
G
12V
R
GND
B
B DRIVE
V
2SC5147
/CDE/F43
B1(135V)
GND
HB
159V
2SC5147
/CDE/F43
2SC5147
SCREEN
/CDE/F43
A90AJZ90X02
500V
1.8V
2.4V
12V
6.5V
11.3V
2.7V
0V
3.3V
0V
1.8V
6.5V
1.1V
6.5V
6.5V
5.8V
5.8V
12V
112V
58V
3V
58V
11.9V
160V
1.6V
160V
160
V
V
201
161V
11.9
V
2.2V
1.7V
11.4V
166V
167V
201
166
V
V
166V
1.3V
11.9
V
2.4V
1.9V
11.4V
158V
1.6V
158V
158
201
V
V
2-22 No.51907B 2-21
DAF PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No.51907B
180k
1/2W
R765
180k
1/2W
R764
180k
1/2W
R763
180k
1/2W
R762
180k
1/2W
R761
ES1F-LFG2
D761
ES1F-LFG2
D762
QFZ0122-682
C761
QFZ0122-103
C753
4.7k
R757
12k
R756
10k
R754
1.2k
R753
10k
QRZ0056-103Z
R703
12k
1/2W
R702
22
QRG01GJ-220
R701
47k
R751
8.2k
R752
56k
R755
X
Y701
1
Q751
NZZ000000000427
CN00Q
1
Q752
NZZ000000000428
CN00K
2SC4632
Q753
0.033
MY,5%
C751
QQLZ028-272
L701
.1/50
QFV71HJ-104Z
C701
47/25
C752
QQR1153-001
T701
120k
R758
22k
3WOMR
QRL039J-223
R771
MTZJ33A-T2
D771
10/50
C771
NZZ000000000429
CN0CP
CE41507-001P
CNDAF
B1
B1
NC
GND
V_Amp
H_Pulse
GND
DAF_Out
C_Pluse
NC
NC
AMP
DAF TRANSF.
BUFFER AMP
MAIN
PWB
MAIN
PWB
DAF PWB ASS'Y
SAC-2605A-M2
: 2SC3311A/QR/-T
: NON MOUNT (OPEN)
1
X
: BUS WIRE (0) BW
NOTE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-23 No.51907B
LF PWB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
2-24 No.51907B
LF PWB ASS'Y
SAC-9506A-M2
MAIN PWB
CN00P
!
CN0E3
OPT
Y901
OPT
C905
AC125V
QCZ9052-102
! C904
2.7M
R1/2
QRZ9041-275
!
R998
0.047
AC275V
QFZ9040-473
MF
QFZ9067-473
! C902
0.1
AC275V
QFZ9040-104
MF
QFZ9067-104
! C903
0.1
AC275V
MF
QFZ9067-104
! C901
QQR0527-004
!
LINE FILTER
LF901
ERZV10V621CS
! VA901
5.6 1/2W
QRE121J-5R6Y
R997
PW
CN0PW
120 R1/2
R999
5A
QMF0007
-5R0J1
!
FUSE
F901
QQR1159-001
!
LINE FILTER
LF902
X
CN0E1
AC120V 60Hz
POWER CORD
GMP14CO-200J3
or
or
2-26 No.51907B 2-25
AV-36F702 AV-36F702
No.51907B
PATTERN DIAGRAMS
MAIN PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM [AV-36F702]
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
I
I
J K L M
0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9 1
0
4
B
ISOLATED
TUNER
COMPONENT
60
/DEF
35
M
J
K
L
3 1
2 2 4
1
5
6
3
2
5
6
3
1
125V
5A
H.OUT
3 1
1
4
6
7
8
3DY/C
1 6 5
IN
OUT
C
E
56
45
32
4 1
29
28
35 40
20
4
B
1
6
5
7
MICOM
1
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
GND HB
HEATER
GND
E+14
E-14
HP
B1 COL
ABL
2 3
4
5
7
8
9
10
6
BT
NC
IF
5V
NC
SDA
SCL
ADRS
AGC
TU
LIVE
8
1
38
1
IF/VIDEO/CHROMA
1
7
5
1 5
E
3
11
5 1
1
9
16
10 5
PIP
33
40 64
15
20
30
50
35
DET
OUT
VOL
FBT OUT
LOCK
B
E
POWER
1
5 7
B
C
E
1
DAF
15
GND
5
6
9
5
1
5
10
1 3
2
3 4
1
V.OUT
1 7
8
14
RED
1 5
1
4
5
1
WHT
1
MARK
BRN
15
1
50
1 4
5
8
NOZAKI
01.02.23
1 2 3
4 5
Group No.
CKF1457-
-1
OUT
C
IN
3 2
C002
C003
C004
C012
C013
C015
C021
C023
C025
C026
C028
C029
C030
C032
W102
C035
C036
C038
C042
C043
C116
C132
C134
C135
C150
W103
W477
W478
C284
W1
4
C034
L101
C354
C391
C404 C410
C411
C517
C521
C525
C528
C542
C543
C601
C602
C603
C604
C608
W108
W109
C664
C701
C703
C707
C7
11
C712
C713
C714 C715
C802
C8
4
C805
C813
C851
C853
C854
C857
C907
C913
C918
C727
C922
C931
C932
C933
W510
C939
C940
C941
C942
W5
11
R858
W480
R857
W481
W574
C973
C999
CF001
CF021
CF041
S
W112
CN006
CN007
CP934
D11
W482
C048
W113
W114
W564
W116
W117
D352
D401
W483
D415
D431
D432
D507
D521
D525
D526 D529
D531
D532
D810
D542
D543
D601
D602
W515
W516
C951
W565
D700
D705
D706
D707
D708
D709 D710
D711
D712
D714
D800
D811
M
W5
78
D910
D911
D912
D913 D917
D918
W566
D930
D933
D935
HS007
D937
R939
D941
W584
W517
DAF
D952
D953
D954
D955
D956
D957
D958
D972
D973
F905
FR521
FR525
FR526
IC101
IC151
IC401
IC601
IC651
IC701
IC702
IC851
IC853
W520
K401
K914
K916
K917
W488
K931
K932
K933
K935
L012
L013
L022
L024
W120
L026
L041
L512
L513
L521
L810
L933
L934
W585
IC501
PC921
Q001
Q002
Q011
Q022
Q131
Q1
32
A
Q233
W125
W129
W130
Q551
Q352
Q353
Q431
Q700
Q701 Q702
Q703 Q704
R588
MPX
R581 R582
Q941
R587
R589
Q951
Q971
R590
R001
R004
R005
R008
R011
R012
R013
R014
R015
R016
R017
R021
R0
24
R0
25 26
R0 R027
R0
28
R029
R030
R031
R032
R033
35
R0
R038
R043
R045
R101
R12
R111
R131
R134
R135 R137
R138
R139
W132
R156
W135
Q711
R201
R231
A
R612 11
R6
R2
37
R238
R6
10
RY941
C724
R243
R285
W137
W138
W139
W140
W141
W142
C725
C432
W150
W151
R592
R354
R355
R358
R359
R401
R403
R404
R405
R4
11
R4
12
R417
R432
R4
33
R503
R511
R513
R522
R526
R527
R528
R531
37
R5
R5
38
R543
R544
R546
R548
R552
R553
R571
R572
R601
R602 R603
R6
5
R6
6
R608 W556
R594
R407
R6
53
W155
R700
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
R7
12
R714
R728
R730
R753
R7
55
R756
R799
R769
R770
R773
W157
W158
R777
R778
R780
R787
R793
R794 R795
R796
R797
R801
R802
R803
R804
R812
R813
R815
C552
C553
R911
R915
R916
W557
W586
M
W587
W590
W591
R935
C723
R940
R944
W592
W593
W594
W595
R953
W596
W612
R807
R972
R973
R978
SF011
T501
TH901
X201
X700
W541
Y150
Y151
R817
Y651
Y701
Y703
D723
Y800
Y902
N
Y905
HV
SS
S1
C816 IC703
Q511
W161
RY951
C
CP
CN005
HS003
MD1
W162
W163
T502
W164
W165
W167
W168
W169
W170
W171
W172
W522
W176
W523
W554
W191
W192
D724
K941
W200
W201
R293
W205
W210
W211
W213
W215
J601
W218
W220
W221
W222
J602
W229
W230
W497
W233
W234
Q707
G
W238
D855
CN
4
W240
W241
W243
W244
W245
W247
W249
W251
W253
W254
W255
W256
W259
W261
W263
W264
W265
W268
W270
W272
N
W277
W278
W280
C663
W282
W283
W284
W286
R779
W291
W457
J810
W295
W296
W543
W298
W299
W507
W301
W302
W303
W305
W306
W307
W524
W309
W312
W314
L
UL MARK
Q
K
CN009
HS002
HS005
C728
W324
W327
W330
W331
W3 32
W335
W570
W337
W339
L
W346
W500
W352
C522 W353
W354
W356
W360
W361
D721
W368
W544
W5
25
W376
W385
H
W392
W393
W394
W501
W545
W398
W399
W404
W408
W409
W413
W414
W417
W418
W421
W422
W423
W424
C3
99
W526
C136
W430
W433
R291
R2
92
HS004
W435
W441
W442 W443
W447
Q
W454
W455
Q706
Q
Y712
Y654
Y714
E1
Y154
Y155
W471
W472
W547
W476
R776
H
B
W504
D722
B
R823
R930
W536
G
W549
R047
C005
C006
L001
W550
W551
C612
L1
Y914
Y910
Y912
W553
C403
R409
W558
R440
R441
C925
C949
Y713
W559
D716
C396
C397 C398
C
R
R
K939
W599
W600
W601
R613
R614
R6
15
R141
R040
K940
W609
W611
Y916
Y917
S
3
5
3
0
2
5
2
0
2
0
2
5
3
0
3
5
1
5
1
0
5
1
5
1
0
5
2
1
2
1
2
5
A
V
S
W
2
0
1
5
1
0
5
1 2
R
E
G
U
L
A
T
O
R
IN
O
U
T
C
E
B
S
ID
E
P
IN
B
C
E
1
3
1
2
C
B
E
1
2
4
8
9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
63
5
7
1
5
1
8
1
7
5
4
3
2
1
E
B
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
1
B
R
N
R
E
D
W
H
T
C
0
0
1
C
0
1
1
C
0
1
4
C
0
1
6
C
0
2
2
C
0
2
4 C
0
2
7
C
0
3
1
C
0
3
3
C
0
3
7
C
0
4
1
C
0
4
4
C
0
4
5
C
0
4
6
C
1
1
1
C
1
1
2
C
1
1
3
C
1
1
4
C
1
1
5
C
1
3
1
C
1
3
3
C
2
0
1
C
2
0
2
C
2
3
C
2
3
3
C
2
3
4
W
5
3
7
C
2
3
7
C
2
8
1
C
2
8
2
C
2
8
3
C
2
8
5
C
2
8
6
C
2
8
7
C
2
8
8
W
1
0
6
C
3
5
2
C
3
5
3
C
3
9
2
C
3
9
3
C
3
9
4
C
3
9
5
C
4 1
C
4
0
5
C
4
0
7
C
4
1
5
C
4
2
1
C
4
3
1
C
5
0
1
C
5
0
2
C
5
0
3
C
5
0
5
C
5
0
7
R
8
6
0
C
5
1
5
C
5
1
6
C
5
2
3
C
5
2
4
C
5
2
6
C
5
2
7
C
5
3
1
C
5
3
3
C
6
0
5
C
6
0
6
C
6
0
7
C
6
0
9
C
6
1
0
C
6
1
1
R
3
1
8
W
1
1
0
W
1
1
1
C
6
6
7
C
7
0
0
C
7
2
C
7
0
4
C
7
0
5
C
7
0
6
C
7
8 C
7
9 C
7
1
0
C
8
0
0
C
8
0
1
C
8
0
3
C
8
0
6
C
8
0
7
C
8
1
0
C
8
1
1
C
8
1
2
C
8
1
4
C
8
1
5
C
8
5
2
W
5
7
2
C
8
5
6
C
9
0
4
C
9
0
5
C
9
0
8
C
9
4
8
C
9
1
2
C
9
1
4
Q
5
3
1
C
9
1
6
C
9
1
7
C
9
1
9
C
9
3
4
C
9
3
5
C
9
3
7
C
9
3
8
C
9
4
3
R
8
5
6
Y
1
5
6
C
9
5
5
W
5
7
5
C
9
7
1
C
9
7
2
C
N
0
0
1
C
N
0
0
2
C
N
0
0
3
D
E
G
C
P
9
3
2
D
8
1
2
D
0
0
1
D
1
0
2
D
3
0
5
6D
3
D
3
0
7
W
5
3
9
W
5
7
6
D
5
2
3
D
5
2
4
D
5
2
7
D
5
3
4
D
5
3
5
R
0
0
9
D
6
0
3
D
6
0
4
D
6
0
5
D
6
0
6
W
5
1
2
W
5
7
7
W
5
1
4
D
7
0
1
D
7
0
2
D
7
3
D
7
0
4
D
7
1
3
D
8
0
1
W
5
7
9
W
5
8
0
D
9
0
1
D
9
1
4
D
9
1
5
D
9
2
0
W
5
8
1D
3
89D
3
D
3
1
0
D
9
3
1
D
9
4
5
W
4
8
5
W
4
8
6
W
4
8
7
D
7
1
5
Y
9
0
9
IC
9
1
1
W
5
1
9
C
L
0
0
4
D
4
0
2
K
9
1
2
K
9
3
7
K
9
3
8
L
0
1
1
L
0
2
1
L
0
2
3
L
0
2
7
L
0
4
2
C
0
4
7
L
2
3
2
L
5
1
1
L
7
0
0
L
9
3
1
L
9
3
7
L
C
6
0
1
L
C
6
0
2
L
C
6
0
3
L
C
6
0
4
L
C
6
0
5
L
C
6
0
6
Q
0
2
1
Q
0
2
3
Q
0
2
4
Q
0
4
1
Q
1
3
3
W
1
2
2
W
1
2
3
Q
1
5
3
Q
1
5
4
Q
2
3
2
W
1
2
4
W
4
8
9
W
1
2
7
W
1
2
8
Q
5
0
1
Q
5
3
2
Q
5
4
1
Q
5
4
2
Q
5
4
3
Q
6
5
1
Q
7
0
5Q
8
1
0
Q
5
5
2
R
5
8
3
R
5
8
4
R
5
8
5
R
5
8
6
R
0
0
2
R
0
3
R
0
0
6
R
0
0
7
R
0
2
0
R
0
2
2
R
0
2
3
R
0
3
4
R
0
3
6
R
0
3
7
R
0
4
1
R
0
4
2
R
0
4
4
R
1
3
2
R
1
3
3
R
1
3
6
W
1
3
1
W
1
3
3
W
1
3
4
R
1
5
5
W
4
9
0
W
4
9
1
R
2
4
1
R
2
8
1
R
2
8
2
R
2
8
3
R
2
8
4
R
2
8
6
R
2
8
7
R
2
8
8
R
2
8
9
R
3
0
1
R
3
0
2
R
3
0
3
R
3
0
4
R
3
5
R
3
0
6
W
4
5
9
R
9
0
9
W
1
4
5
W
1
4
6
W
5
4
0
R
5
9
1
R
5
9
3
R
3
5
6
R
3
5
7
6
0
R
3
W
4
9
2
R
4
1
4
W
4
9
3
R
4
3
1
R
4
3
4
R
4
3
5
R
5
0
1
R
5
0
2
R
5
0
7
R
5
1
2
W
1
5
3
R
5
2
3
R
5
2
9
R
5
3
2
R
5
3
3
R
5
3
4
R
5
3
5
R
5
3
6
R
5
4
5
R
5
4
7
R
5
4
9
R
5
5
0
R
5
5
1
R
5
7
0
R
5
7
3
R
6
0
4
R
6
0
7
R
6 9
R
5
9
5
C
7
2
2
R
6
5
1
R
6
5
2
R
6
5
4
W
1
5
4
R
7
0
1
R
7
0
2
R
7
0
3
R
7
0
4
R
7
0
5
R
7
0
6
R
7
1
3
R
7
1
5
R
7
1
6
R
7
1
7
R
7
1
8
R
7
1
9
R
7
2
0
R
7
2
1
R
7
2
2
R
7
2
3
R
7
2
4
R
7
2
5
R
7
2
6 R
7
2
7
R
7
2
9
R
7
3
1
R
7
3
2
R
7
3
3
R
7
3
4
R
7
3
5
R
7
3
6
R
7
3
7
R
7
3
8
R
7
3
9
R
7
4
0
R
7
4
1
R
7
4
2
R
7
4
3
R
7
4
4
R
7
4
5
R
7
4
6
R
7
4
7
R
7
4
8
R
7
4
9
R
7
5
0
R
7
5
1
R
7
5
2
R
7
5
4R
7
5
7
R
7
5
8
R
8
2
4
W
5
2
7
R
7
6
2
R
7
6
3
R
7
6
4
R
7
6
5
R
7
6
6 R
7
6
7
R
7
6
8
W
1
5
6
R
7
7
2
R
7
7
4
W
1
5
9
R
7
8
1
R
7
8
2
R
7
8
3
R
7
8
4
R
7
8
5
R
7
8
6
R
7
8
8
R
7
8
9
R
7
9
0
R
7
9
1
R
7
9
2
R
8
0
0
R
8
1
0
R
8
1
1
R
8
1
4
R
8
1
6
C
5
5
1
S
N
R
9
1
2
R
9
1
3
R
9
1
4
R
9
1
7
R
9
1
8
R
9
1
9
W
1
6
0
R
9
2
4
Y
9
0
4
W
5
2
8
R
9
4
3
D
5
3
7
R
0
4
6
R
9
5
1
R
9
5
2
R
2
9
0
W
4
9
4
R
9
7
5
R
9
7
7
R
1
1
0
W
4
9
5
T
U
0
0
1
Y
1
5
2
Y
1
5
3
Y
4
0
1
Y
6
5
2
Y
6
5
3
Y
7
0
0
Y
7
0
2
Y
7
4 Y
7
0
5
Y
9
0
3
A
IC
8
5
2
T
9
5
1
IC
9
2
1
R
9
0
1
T
9
2
1
W
1
7
3
W
1
7
5
W
1
7
7
W
1
8
0
W
1
8
2
W
1
8
3
W
1
8
4
W
1
8
5
W
1
8
7
W
1
8
8
W
4
9
6
W
1
9
3
W
1
9
4
W
1
9
5
W
1
9
7
R
7
9
8
W
2
0
2
W
5
6
7
W
2
0
6
W
2
0
7
W
2
0
8
W
2
0
9
W
2
1
2
W
2
1
4
W
2
2
3
W
2
2
4
W
2
2
5
W
5
6
8
W
5
6
9
W
2
3
1
W
2
4
2
W
2
4
6
W
5
4
2
W
2
5
0
W
2
5
2
W
2
5
8
W
2
6
0
W
4
9
8
W
2
6
7
W
2
6
9
W
2
7
1
W
2
7
3
W
2
7
4
C
1
5
2
R
8
2
7
Q
0
2
5
W
2
9
2
W
3
0
4
W
3
1
0
W
4
4
9
W
3
1
1
W
3
1
3
W
3
1
8
C
P
9
3
3
W
3
2
0
C
1
5
1
W
3
2
5
R
4
0
8
Y
1
5
7
W
4
5
6
W
3
3
4
W
3
4
0
W
3
4
1
W
3
4
2
W
3
4
5
W
3
4
9
W
3
5
0
W
3
5
1
W
3
5
5
W
3
5
8
W
3
5
9
H
S
0
0
6
W
3
6
5
W
3
6
6
W
5
3
4
W
3
7
1
W
3
7
5
W
3
7
7
W
4
5
0
W
3
8
1
C
L
0
0
2
W
3
9
1
W
4
7
4
W
4
5
1
R
0
3
9
W
4
0
3
W
4
0
7
W
4
1
5
W
4
1
6
W
4
1
9
R
1
4
0
W
4
2
8
W
4
2
9
W
4
3
4
R
3
1
9
W
4
3
6
W
4
3
7
W
4
3
8
W
4
4
0
W
4
4
8
W
4
6
0
W
4
6
2
W
4
6
4
C
3
0
2
W
4
6
7
W
4
7
3
W
4
7
5
W
5
4
6
C
N
0
0
8
7
5
R
7
D
3
5
3
W
5
3
C
7
2
6
W
5
0
8
R
0
1
8
R
0
1
9
R
8
2
1
R
8
2
2
C
7
2
1
R
8
2
6
R
8
2
5
R
8
5
9
W
5
3
5
4
8
W
5
R
0
4
8
C
P
9
3
6
Y
9
1
1
Y
9
1
3
Q
4
4
0
L
9
4
0
R
8
0
6
1L
C
Y
0
0
2
Y
0
0
3
W
5
6
1
W
5
6
2
W
5
6
3
W
6
0
4
R
8
1
8
C
4
2
W
6
1
0
P
D
0
1
0
C
E
C
B
C
504
C510
C513
C
514
C906
D
501
D
502
FR523
FR524
K920
R504
R505
R525
C998
R
941
C
L003
FRONT
( ) TP-E1
( )
TP-91B (B1)
CAUTION: FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD,
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATED FUSE (S) AND
ROHM'S MFR'S TYPE CP(S).
F
AV-36F802 AV-36F802
2-27 No.51907B
MAIN PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM [AV-36F802]
2-28 No.51907B
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
I
I
J K L M
0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9 1
0
4
B
ISOLATED
TUNER
COMPONENT
60
/DEF
35
M
J
K
L
3 1
2 2 4
1
5
6
3
2
5
6
3
1
125V
5A
H.OUT
3 1
1
4
6
7
8
3DY/C
1 6 5
IN
OUT
C
E
56
45
32
4 1
29
28
35 40
20
4
B
1
6
5
7
MICOM
1
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
GND HB
HEATER
GND
E+14
E-14
HP
B1 COL
ABL
2 3
4
5
7
8
9
10
6
BT
NC
IF
5V
NC
SDA
SCL
ADRS
AGC
TU
LIVE
8
1
38
1
IF/VIDEO/CHROMA
1
7
5
1 5
E
3
11
5 1
1
9
16
10 5
PIP
33
40 64
15
20
30
50
35
DET
OUT
VOL
FBT OUT
LOCK
B
E
POWER
1
5 7
B
C
E
1
DAF
15
GND
5
6
9
5
1
5
10
1 3
2
3 4
1
V.OUT
1 7
8
14
RED
1 5
1
4
5
1
WHT
1
MARK
BRN
15
1
50
1 4
5
8
1 2 3
4 5
OUT
C
IN
3 2
CKF1457-CU2-1
01.07.04
WATO
1 4
C002
C003
C004
C012
C013
C015
C021
C023
C025
C026
C028
C029
C030
C032
W102
C035
C036
C038
C042
C043
C116
C132
C134
C135
C150
W103
W477
W478
C284
W1
4
C034
L101
C354
C391
C404 C410
C411
C517
C521
C525
C528
C542
C543
C601
C602
C603
C604
C608
W108
W109
C664
C701
C703
C707
C7
11
C712
C713
C714 C715
C802
C8
4
C805
C813
C851
C853
C854
C857
C907
C913
C918
C727
C922
C931
C932
C933
W510
C939
C940
C941
C942
W5
11
R858
W480
R857
W481
W574
C973
C999
CF001
CF021
CF041
S
W112
CN006
CN007
CP934
D11
W482
C048
W113
W114
W564
W116
W117
D352
D401
W483
D415
D431
D432
D507
D521
D525
D526 D529
D531
D532
D810
D542
D543
D601
D602
W515
W516
C951
W565
D700
D705
D706
D707
D708
D709 D710
D711
D712
D714
D800
D811
M
W5
78
D910
D911
D912
D913 D917
D918
W566
D930
D933
D935
HS007
D937
R939
D941
W584
W517
DAF
D952
D953
D954
D955
D956
D957
D958
D972
D973
F905
FR521
FR525
FR526
IC101
IC151
IC401
IC601
IC651
IC701
IC702
IC851
IC853
W520
K401
K914
K916
K917
W488
K931
K932
K933
K935
L012
L013
L022
L024
W120
L026
L041
L512
L513
L521
L810
L933
L934
W585
IC501
PC921
Q001
Q002
Q011
Q022
Q131
Q1
32
A
Q233
W125
W129
W130
Q551
Q352
Q353
Q431
Q700
Q701 Q702
Q703 Q704
R588
MPX
R581 R582
Q941
R587
R589
Q951
Q971
R590
R001
R004
R005
R008
R011
R012
R013
R014
R015
R016
R017
R021
R0
24
R0
25 26
R0 R027
R0
28
R029
R030
R031
R032
R033
35
R0
R038
R043
R045
R101
R12
R111
R131
R134
R135 R137
R138
R139
W132
R156
W135
Q711
R201
R231
A
R612 11
R6
R2
37
R238
R6
10
RY941
C724
R243
R285
W137
W138
W139
W140
W141
W142
C725
C432
W150
W151
R592
R354
R355
R358
R359
R401
R403
R404
R405
R4
11
R4
12
R417
R432
R4
33
R503
R511
R513
R522
R526
R527
R528
R531
37
R5
R5
38
R543
R544
R546
R548
R552
R553
R571
R572
R601
R602 R603
R6
5
R6
6
R608 W556
R594
R407
R6
53
W155
R700
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
R7
12
R714
R728
R730
R753
R7
55
R756
R799
R769
R770
R773
W157
W158
R777
R778
R780
R787
R793
R794 R795
R796
R797
R801
R802
R803
R804
R812
R813
R815
C552
C553
R911
R915
R916
W557
W586
M
W587
W590
W591
R935
C723
R940
R944
W592
W593
W594
W595
R953
W596
W612
R807
R972
R973
R978
SF011
T501
TH901
X201
X700
W541
Y150
Y151
R817
Y651
Y701
Y703
D723
Y800
Y902
N
Y905
HV
SS
S1
C816 IC703
Q511
W161
RY951
C
CP
CN005
HS003
MD1
W162
W163
T502
W164
W165
W167
W168
W169
W170
W171
W172
W522
W176
W523
W554
W191
W192
D724
K941
W200
W201
R293
W205
W210
W211
W213
W215
J601
W218
W220
W221
W222
J602
W229
W230
W497
W233
W234
Q707
G
W238
D855
CN
4
W240
W241
W243
W244
W245
W247
W249
W251
W253
W254
W255
W256
W259
W261
W263
W264
W265
W268
W270
W272
N
W277
W278
W280
C663
W282
W283
W284
W286
R779
W291
W457
J810
W295
W296
W543
W298
W299
W507
W301
W302
W303
W305
W306
W307
W524
W309
W312
W314
L
UL MARK
Q
K
CN009
HS002
HS005
C728
W324
W327
W330
W331
W3 32
W335
W570
W337
W339
L
W346
W500
W352
C522 W353
W354
W356
W360
W361
D721
W368
W544
W5
25
W376
W385
H
W392
W393
W394
W501
W545
W398
W399
W404
W408
W409
W413
W414
W417
W418
W421
W422
W423
W424
C3
99
W526
C136
W430
W433
R291
R2
92
HS004
W435
W441
W442 W443
W447
Q
W454
W455
Q706
Q
Y712
Y654
Y714
E1
Y154
Y155
W471
W472
W547
W476
R776
H
B
W504
D722
B
R823
R930
W536
G
W549
R047
C005
C006
L001
W550
W551
C612
L1
Y914
Y910
Y912
W553
C403
R409
W558
R440
R441
C925
C949
Y713
W559
D716
C396
C397 C398
C
R
R
K939
W599
W600
W601
R613
R614
R6
15
R141
R040
K940
W609
W611
Y916
Y917
S
3
5
3
0
2
5
2
0
2
0
2
5
3
0
3
5
1
5
1
0
5
1
5
1
0
5
2
1
2
1
2
5
A
V
S
W
2
0
1
5
1
0
5
1 2
R
E
G
U
L
A
T
O
R
IN
O
U
T
C
E
B
S
ID
E
P
IN
B
C
E
1
3
1
2
C
B
E
1
2
4
8
9 1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
63
5
7
1
5
1
8
1
7
5
4
3
2
1
E
B
6
3
1
2
3
2
1
B
R
N
R
E
D
W
H
T
2
1
C
0
0
1
C
0
1
1
C
0
1
4
C
0
1
6
C
0
2
2
C
0
2
4 C
0
2
7
C
0
3
1
C
0
3
3
C
0
3
7
C
0
4
1
C
0
4
4
C
0
4
5
C
0
4
6
C
1
1
1
C
1
1
2
C
1
1
3
C
1
1
4
C
1
1
5
C
1
3
1
C
1
3
3
C
2
0
1
C
2
0
2
C
2
3
C
2
3
3
C
2
3
4
W
5
3
7
C
2
3
7
C
2
8
1
C
2
8
2
C
2
8
3
C
2
8
5
C
2
8
6
C
2
8
7
C
2
8
8
W
1
0
6
C
3
5
2
C
3
5
3
C
3
9
2
C
3
9
3
C
3
9
4
C
3
9
5
C
4 1
C
4
0
5
C
4
0
7
C
4
1
5
C
4
2
1
C
4
3
1
C
5
0
1
C
5
0
2
C
5
0
3
C
5
0
5
C
5
0
7
R
8
6
0
C
5
1
5
C
5
1
6
C
5
2
3
C
5
2
4
C
5
2
6
C
5
2
7
C
5
3
1
C
5
3
3
C
6
0
5
C
6
0
6
C
6
0
7
C
6
0
9
C
6
1
0
C
6
1
1
R
3
1
8
W
1
1
0
W
1
1
1
C
6
6
7
C
7
0
0
C
7
2
C
7
0
4
C
7
0
5
C
7
0
6
C
7
8 C
7
9 C
7
1
0
C
8
0
0
C
8
0
1
C
8
0
3
C
8
0
6
C
8
0
7
C
8
1
0
C
8
1
1
C
8
1
2
C
8
1
4
C
8
1
5
C
8
5
2
W
5
7
2
C
8
5
6
C
9
0
4
C
9
0
5
C
9
0
8
C
9
4
8
C
9
1
2
C
9
1
4
Q
5
3
1
C
9
1
6
C
9
1
7
C
9
1
9
C
9
3
4
C
9
3
5
C
9
3
7
C
9
3
8
C
9
4
3
R
8
5
6
Y
1
5
6
C
9
5
5
W
5
7
5
C
9
7
1
C
9
7
2
C
N
0
0
1
C
N
0
0
2
C
N
0
0
3
D
E
G
C
P
9
3
2
D
8
1
2
D
0
0
1
D
1
0
2
D
3
0
5
6D
3
D
3
0
7
W
5
3
9
W
5
7
6
D
5
2
3
D
5
2
4
D
5
2
7
D
5
3
4
D
5
3
5
R
0
0
9
D
6
0
3
D
6
0
4
D
6
0
5
D
6
0
6
W
5
1
2
W
5
7
7
W
5
1
4
D
7
0
1
D
7
0
2
D
7
3
D
7
0
4
D
7
1
3
D
8
0
1
W
5
7
9
W
5
8
0
D
9
0
1
D
9
1
4
D
9
1
5
D
9
2
0
W
5
8
1D
3
89D
3
D
3
1
0
D
9
3
1
D
9
4
5
W
4
8
5
W
4
8
6
W
4
8
7
D
7
1
5
Y
9
0
9
IC
9
1
1
W
5
1
9
C
L
0
0
4
D
4
0
2
K
9
1
2
K
9
3
7
K
9
3
8
L
0
1
1
L
0
2
1
L
0
2
3
L
0
2
7
L
0
4
2
C
0
4
7
L
2
3
2
L
5
1
1
L
7
0
0
L
9
3
1
L
9
3
7
L
C
6
0
1
L
C
6
0
2
L
C
6
0
3
L
C
6
0
4
L
C
6
0
5
L
C
6
0
6
Q
0
2
1
Q
0
2
3
Q
0
2
4
Q
0
4
1
Q
1
3
3
W
1
2
2
W
1
2
3
Q
1
5
3
Q
1
5
4
Q
2
3
2
W
1
2
4
W
4
8
9
W
1
2
7
W
1
2
8
Q
5
0
1
Q
5
3
2
Q
5
4
1
Q
5
4
2
Q
5
4
3
Q
6
5
1
Q
7
0
5Q
8
1
0
Q
5
5
2
R
5
8
3
R
5
8
4
R
5
8
5
R
5
8
6
R
0
0
2
R
0
3
R
0
0
6
R
0
0
7
R
0
2
0
R
0
2
2
R
0
2
3
R
0
3
4
R
0
3
6
R
0
3
7
R
0
4
1
R
0
4
2
R
0
4
4
R
1
3
2
R
1
3
3
R
1
3
6
W
1
3
1
W
1
3
3
W
1
3
4
R
1
5
5
W
4
9
0
W
4
9
1
R
2
4
1
R
2
8
1
R
2
8
2
R
2
8
3
R
2
8
4
R
2
8
6
R
2
8
7
R
2
8
8
R
2
8
9
R
3
0
1
R
3
0
2
R
3
0
3
R
3
0
4
R
3
5
R
3
0
6
W
4
5
9
R
9
0
9
W
1
4
5
W
1
4
6
W
5
4
0
R
5
9
1
R
5
9
3
R
3
5
6
R
3
5
7
6
0
R
3
W
4
9
2
R
4
1
4
W
4
9
3
R
4
3
1
R
4
3
4
R
4
3
5
R
5
0
1
R
5
0
2
R
5
0
7
R
5
1
2
W
1
5
3
R
5
2
3
R
5
2
9
R
5
3
2
R
5
3
3
R
5
3
4
R
5
3
5
R
5
3
6
R
5
4
5
R
5
4
7
R
5
4
9
R
5
5
0
R
5
5
1
R
5
7
0
R
5
7
3
R
6
0
4
R
6
0
7
R
6 9
R
5
9
5
C
7
2
2
R
6
5
1
R
6
5
2
R
6
5
4
W
1
5
4
R
7
0
1
R
7
0
2
R
7
0
3
R
7
0
4
R
7
0
5
R
7
0
6
R
7
1
3
R
7
1
5
R
7
1
6
R
7
1
7
R
7
1
8
R
7
1
9
R
7
2
0
R
7
2
1
R
7
2
2
R
7
2
3
R
7
2
4
R
7
2
5
R
7
2
6 R
7
2
7
R
7
2
9
R
7
3
1
R
7
3
2
R
7
3
3
R
7
3
4
R
7
3
5
R
7
3
6
R
7
3
7
R
7
3
8
R
7
3
9
R
7
4
0
R
7
4
1
R
7
4
2
R
7
4
3
R
7
4
4
R
7
4
5
R
7
4
6
R
7
4
7
R
7
4
8
R
7
4
9
R
7
5
0
R
7
5
1
R
7
5
2
R
7
5
4R
7
5
7
R
7
5
8
R
8
2
4
W
5
2
7
R
7
6
2
R
7
6
3
R
7
6
4
R
7
6
5
R
7
6
6 R
7
6
7
R
7
6
8
W
1
5
6
R
7
7
2
R
7
7
4
W
1
5
9
R
7
8
1
R
7
8
2
R
7
8
3
R
7
8
4
R
7
8
5
R
7
8
6
R
7
8
8
R
7
8
9
R
7
9
0
R
7
9
1
R
7
9
2
R
8
0
0
R
8
1
0
R
8
1
1
R
8
1
4
R
8
1
6
C
5
5
1
S
N
R
9
1
2
R
9
1
3
R
9
1
4
R
9
1
7
R
9
1
8
R
9
1
9
W
1
6
0
R
9
2
4
Y
9
0
4
W
5
2
8
R
9
4
3
D
5
3
7
R
0
4
6
R
9
5
1
R
9
5
2
R
2
9
0
W
4
9
4
R
9
7
5
R
9
7
7
R
1
1
0
W
4
9
5
T
U
0
0
1
Y
1
5
2
Y
1
5
3
Y
4
0
1
Y
6
5
2
Y
6
5
3
Y
7
0
0
Y
7
0
2
Y
7
4 Y
7
0
5
Y
9
0
3
A
IC
8
5
2
T
9
5
1
IC
9
2
1
R
9
0
1
T
9
2
1
W
1
7
3
W
1
7
5
W
1
7
7
W
1
8
0
W
1
8
2
W
1
8
3
W
1
8
4
W
1
8
5
W
1
8
7
W
1
8
8
W
4
9
6
W
1
9
3
W
1
9
4
W
1
9
5
W
1
9
7
R
7
9
8
W
2
0
2
W
5
6
7
W
2
0
6
W
2
0
7
W
2
0
8
W
2
0
9
W
2
1
2
W
2
1
4
W
2
2
3
W
2
2
4
W
2
2
5
W
5
6
8
W
5
6
9
W
2
3
1
W
2
4
2
W
2
4
6
W
5
4
2
W
2
5
0
W
2
5
2
W
2
5
8
W
2
6
0
W
4
9
8
W
2
6
7
W
2
6
9
W
2
7
1
W
2
7
3
W
2
7
4
C
1
5
2
R
8
2
7
Q
0
2
5
W
2
9
2
W
3
0
4
W
3
1
0
W
4
4
9
W
3
1
1
W
3
1
3
W
3
1
8
C
P
9
3
3
W
3
2
0
C
1
5
1
W
3
2
5
R
4
0
8
Y
1
5
7
W
4
5
6
W
3
3
4
W
3
4
0
W
3
4
1
W
3
4
2
W
3
4
5
W
3
4
9
W
3
5
0
W
3
5
1
W
3
5
5
W
3
5
8
W
3
5
9
H
S
0
0
6
W
3
6
5
W
3
6
6
W
5
3
4
W
3
7
1
W
3
7
5
W
3
7
7
W
4
5
0
W
3
8
1
C
L
0
0
2
W
3
9
1
W
4
7
4
W
4
5
1
R
0
3
9
W
4
0
3
W
4
0
7
W
4
1
5
W
4
1
6
W
4
1
9
R
1
4
0
W
4
2
8
W
4
2
9
W
4
3
4
R
3
1
9
W
4
3
6
W
4
3
7
W
4
3
8
W
4
4
0
W
4
4
8
W
4
6
0
W
4
6
2
W
4
6
4
C
3
0
2
W
4
6
7
W
4
7
3
W
4
7
5
W
5
4
6
C
N
0
0
8
7
5
R
7
D
3
5
3
W
5
3
C
7
2
6
W
5
0
8
R
0
1
8
R
0
1
9
R
8
2
1
R
8
2
2
C
7
2
1
R
8
2
6
R
8
2
5
R
8
5
9
W
5
3
5
4
8
W
5
R
0
4
8
C
P
9
3
6
Y
9
1
1
Y
9
1
3
Q
4
4
0
L
9
4
0
R
8
0
6
1L
C
Y
0
0
2
Y
0
0
3
W
5
6
1
W
5
6
2
W
5
6
3
W
6
0
4
R
8
1
8
C
4
2
W
6
1
0
P
D
0
1
0
C
E
C
B
C
504
C
510
C
513
C
514
C906
D
501
D
502
FR523
FR524
K920
R504
R505
R525
C998
R
941
C
L003
FRONT
( ) TP-E1
( )
TP-91B (B1)
CAUTION: FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD,
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATED FUSE (S) AND
ROHM'S MFR'S TYPE CP(S).
F
2-30 No.51907B 2-29
CRT SOCKET PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM PIP PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM [AV-36F802]
AV-36F702
AV-36F802 AV-36F802
No.51907B
IC
H
R
SC
G
IC
B C D
1 1
2 2
3
4
C
A
0
CL002
B
G1
E
D C
B
A
E
E B
C
1
0
B
GND
1 3
V
B
H
1 6
B1
H
MARK
CRT EARTH
VM
CRT
B
FOCUS ADJ.
B
G
G
B
E
C
E B
C
B
E
B E
3
4
R G 12V B
MARK
E
TAKADA
01.02.23
Y
C113
W001
R123
R125
C111
C118
R142
R136
R139
R199
R122
C127
C121
C114
Q107 L304
L301
R310
R313
R145
C117
TP-E1
10
C1
R37
W022
C115
D301
R331
R301
R363
R364
W003
W004
C321
R305
R308
R303
R306
D3
3
C332
R332
CN004
W009
W010
W012
Q308
L302
L305
R311
R314
R315
R312
R108
R324
R323
R362
Y001
C322
W015
W016
W018
R137
R109
R113
16
R1
R128
E4
R130
R321
Q305
C361
W019
SCREEN
Q301
C331
C3
3
SK001
Q33
L306
Q108
R111
CN005
R334
R335
W028
R151
R152
R153
R154
C151
C152
E2
TP-G
W038
R351
D3
14
D313
C351
R355
D351
R040
HS011
HS013
HS014
TP-B
W039
C
IN
O
U
T
V
ID
E
O
R
F
-A
G
C
A
F
T
G
N
D
9
VN
C
IFN
C
3
0
V
L
O
C
K
5
V
9
V
S
D
A
S
C
L
B
T
A
G
C
N
C
N
C
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
N
C
N
C
N
C
N
C
N
C
1
1
0 1
1 1
2
1
5
2
0
2
5
2
7
5
P
IP
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
E
R
Y
3
5
9
D
3
0
1
IC
3
5
1
W
0
6
7
R
3
5
1
Y
3
5
8
W
0
4
7
W
0
6
8
W
0
7
4
W
0
5
0
R
3
0
8 W
0
5
1
W
0
5
2
C
0
0
8
W
0
5
5
W
0
7
0
Y
3
6
0
C
3
1
9
C
3
2
1
C
3
2
3
C
3
2
9
Q
3
0
3
W
0
5
8
R
3
0
9 W
0
7
2
W
0
6
1
L
0
0
1
W
0
6
2
R
0
0
7
C
F
0
0
1
Y
9
1
5
W
0
6
4
X
3
0
1
Q
1
0
2
Q
3
0
1
2 Q
3
R
0
0
1
R
0
0
2
R
0
0
3
R
0
0
4
W
0
6
6
W
0
7
3
W
0
7
6
Y
3
0
2
C
3
0
4
C
3
0
5
R
1
2
4
R
3
0
4
R
3
1
3
C
0
1
1
C
3
1
5
C
3
1
6
C
3
1
7
C
3
1
8
C
3
2
0
C
3
2
2
C
3
3
0 C
3
3
1
C
1
2
1
R
0
0
5
R
0
1
1
C
0
1
0
R
1
2
3
Y
3
5
1
IC
3
0
1
R
1
2
7
Y
9
0
6
W
0
3
7
W
0
2
8
Y
9
0
4
Y
9
0
3
Y
0
0
2
R
3
1
7
C
3
3
2
D
3
0
2
C
3
3
6
R
3
4
0
R
3
3
8
R
3
4
1
3
3
7
R
Q
3
3
4
Q
3
3
3
C
3
3
8R
3
4
3
Q
3
3
5
R
3
4
4
R
3
4
6
Q
3
3
6
R
3
4
8R
3
4
7
R
3
3
3
C
3
3
4
R
3
3
1
Q
3
3
1
R
3
3
2
R
3
3
4
R
3
4
5
Q
3
3
2
R
3
3
6
R
3
3
5
W
0
4
4
C
E
B
B
B
E
E E
E
E
B
C
E
B
E
C
B
E
B
C
B
C
B
B
E
E
B
C
B
E
C
C
E
B
EB
E
E
B
E
B
B
C
K
F
1
5
0
0
-A
0
1
-1
R
1
2
4
C
1
0
1
C
1
0
8
D
1
0
2
R
1
4
3
R
1
1
0
L
1
0
6 C
1
2
0 R
1
3
1
3
8 R
1
Q
1
0
9
Q
1
1
0
Q
1
0
3
C
1
2
5
Q
1
0
4
Q
1
0
6
R
1
2
9
R
3
2
5
R
1
2
6
R
3
0
4
C
1
2
2
W
0
2
5
D
1
0
7
W
0
2
3
W
0
2
4
C
3
0
1
R
3
6
1
Y
0
0
2
D
3
0
4
D
3
0
5
W
0
0
6C
1
0
9
R
3
0
2
D
1
0
5
D
1
0
6
R
1
3
2
C
1
0
7
R
3
09
R
3
3
3
R
1
4
6
D
3
0
6
C
3
3
3
W
0
0
8
W
0
1
1
Q
3
1
1
W
0
3
4
D
3
3
1
H
S
0
1
0
Q
3
1
2
Q
3
0
9
R
3
2
6
W
0
1
3
R
1
1
7
R
3
2
7
C
3
2
3
R
1
3
4
R
1
4
4
L
3
0
3
C
3
6
2
R
1
1
2
R
1
1
5
D
3
6
1
W
0
2
6
R
1
2
7
Q
1
5
1
R
3
1
8
R
3
1
7 R
3
2
0
Q
3
0
7
R
1
4
1
Q
3
0
4
Q
3
0
6
Q
3
1
0
R
1
1
4
R
3
1
6
R
3
1
9
C
1
1
9
D
3
0
2
Q
3
2
K
1
0
2
K
1
0
3
K
1
0
4
K
1
0
5
R
3
3
7
Q
1
0
5
R
3
3
6
C
3
6
3
R
3
2
2
C
3
0
2
R
3
3
8
R
1
1
8
R
1
1
9
U
L
M
A
R
K
D
1
0
1
Q
1
5
2
W
0
3
0
R
3
5
2
R
3
5
3
W
0
3
1
W
0
3
2 D
3
1
2D
3
1
1
R
3
5
4
Q
3
5
1
W
0
3
3
R
0
4
1
W
0
3
5
H
S
0
1
2
Y
0
0
3
IN
OUT
1 5
10
15
20 30
35 25
1
15
20
25
NC ADRS
C
5
4
3
1
0
B C D E
0
1
2
3
4
5
E D C B A
2
14
PIP TUNER/IF
28
5
10
WATO
CKF1378-CU1
A
'01.01.25
Y357
IC001
CL001
CN003
C001
C004
C006
W053
W054
C314
C327
C351
C352
W075
Y911
L302
L303
L304
R307
W065
W077
Q304
R310
UL MARK
L305
R121
R125
R126
R301
R302
R303
R305
R306
R311
R314
R315
R316
L121 C003
C301
C302
C312
C313
C324
C325
C326
C3
28
C353
C012
R006
R012
Y912
C303
Y352
TU001
W006
Y353
Y354
W022
Y907
Y909
Y908
C333
Y901
Y902
Y910
Y301
Y913
R339
42
R3
C337
C339 Y332
Y333
Y331
C335
W042
Y356
Y355
TOP
TOP
FRONT
( )
( )
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-31 No.51907B
AV SELECTOR PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM FRONT CONTROL PWB PATTERN DIAGRAM
2-32 No.51907B
A
B
C
C
D
01234567
7
G
D
B
E
1234
5
E
F
G
F
0
6
A
1
2
4
3
C446
D406
R925
R405
R406
R702
R703 R705
R926
LC401
W005
CL001
Y401
1
5
1
0
1
3
1
5
3
6
4
5
4
81
2
5
2
0
1
3
5
1
4
2
3
1
4
3
2
6
5
6
2
4
5
1
8
1
1
9
3 7
1
2
1
0
1
0
8
1
1
9
1
2
7
3
0
4
0
M
T
S
/T
O
N
E
/V
O
L
B
B
E
/A
M
P
A
U
D
IO
S
W
S
E
P
Y
/C

A
U
D
IO
O
U
T
1
5
1
0
2
0
2
1
3
5
4
0
4
2
2
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
5
5
3
0
3
7
1
0
2
4
1
4
1
0
7
5
1
1
5
1
2
A
V
S
W
1
4
1
0
5
2
8
2
5
2
0
2
2
2
5
1
8
N
O
Z
A
K
I
C
K
F
1
4
5
3
-C
0
1
-1
3
1
2
4
0
0
.1
2
.2
2
C
1
5
3
C
2
5
3
C
3
0
7
C
3
0
8
IC
4
0
1
D
5
2
2
L
C
5
0
1
L
C
5
0
2
L
C
5
0
3
R
2
6
4
C
1
5
4
Y
1
5
2
W
2
0
1
W
0
0
4
W
0
0
5
W
0
0
6
W
0
0
7
J
5
0
1
E
F
2
0
1
E
F
2
0
2
J
5
0
3
D
5
2
8
IC
0
0
1Q
9
0
1
R
0
8
4
R
0
8
8
R
1
5
1
R
1
5
2
R
1
5
3
C
3
4
4
R
1
5
4
R
1
5
9
R
3
3
1
R
3
3
2
R
3
7
1
C
2
0
1
C
2
0
3
C
2
0
9
C
2
1
1
C
2
1
3
W
0
0
8
W
1
9
8
C
2
2
6
C
2
3
1
C
2
4
5
C
2
4
6
C
2
4
7
C
2
4
8
C
2
4
9
C
2
5
2
C
2
5
5
R
3
7
2
W
0
0
9
W
0
1
0
R
4
0
1
C
4
1
0
R
4
0
2
C
5
0
1
C
5
0
3
C
5
0
4
Y
1
5
1
R
3
7
8
C
5
0
8
R
3
8
2
R
3
8
4
R
3
9
2
R
9
0
2
D
4
0
2
D
4
5
1
D
4
5
2
D
5
0
1
D
5
0
2
D
5
0
4
D
5
0
8
D
5
0
9
D
5
1
5
D
5
1
6
D
5
1
7
D
5
1
8
W
0
1
1
W
2
0
2IC
2
0
1
C
4
5
4
IC
5
0
1
L
2
4
2
W
0
1
4
J
5
0
4
C
2
0
6
Y
3
8
1
L
2
1
1
L
2
4
1
L
2
6
1
W
0
1
6
W
0
1
7
W
0
1
8
W
0
1
9
Q
2
1
2
Q
2
5
2
6
1
Q
2
Q
4
5
2
Q
4
5
5
W
0
2
1
W
0
2
2
W
0
2
7
W
0
2
9
W
0
3
0
W
0
3
4
W
0
3
6
W
0
3
7
W
0
3
8
Y
3
8
2
W
0
4
2
W
0
4
3
W
0
4
4
W
0
4
5
W
0
4
6
W
0
5
0
R
2
1
1
R
2
1
3
R
2
1
4
R
2
1
5
R
2
1
7
R
2
1
8
R
2
3
2
R
2
3
3
R
2
3
4
R
2
3
5
R
2
4
1
R
2
5
5
R
2
5
8
R
2
5
9
R
2
6
3
R
3
0
1
R
3
0
2
R
4
5
2
R
4
5
3
R
4
5
4
R
4
5
5
W
0
5
3
R
5
0
1
R
5
0
2
R
5
0
6
R
5
0
7
R
5
0
8
R
5
1
0
R
5
1
3
R
5
1
8
R
5
1
9
R
5
2
0
R
5
2
2
R
5
2
3
R
5
2
4
R
5
2
5
R
5
2
6
R
5
2
7
R
5
2
8
W
0
5
4
W
0
5
5
R
5
3
2
R
5
3
3
W
0
5
6
W
0
5
7
W
0
6
2
W
0
6
3
W
0
6
8
W
0
7
4
R
5
7
1
W
0
8
0
W
0
8
1
R
9
0
6
C
2
3
3
W
0
8
6
W
0
8
7
W
0
9
2
W
0
9
3
W
0
9
4
W
0
9
8W
0
9
9
W
1
0
0
W
1
0
1
W
1
0
2
W
1
0
3
W
1
0
4
W
1
0
6
W
1
0
7
W
1
0
8
W
1
0
9
W
1
1
5
W
1
1
7
W
1
1
8
W
1
1
9
W
1
2
1
W
1
2
2
W
1
2
3
W
1
2
4
W
1
2
5
W
1
8
3
W
1
2
8
U
L
M
A
R
K
W
1
3
0
W
1
3
4
W
1
3
9
W
1
4
1
W
1
4
2
W
1
4
4
W
1
4
5
W
1
4
6
W
1
4
7
W
1
4
9
W
1
5
5
W
1
5
6
W
1
5
8
W
1
5
9
W
1
6
2
W
1
6
3
W
1
6
4
W
1
6
6
D
4
5
3
W
2
0
0
W
1
6
9
W
1
7
0
W
1
7
1
W
1
7
2
W
1
7
3
W
1
7
4
W
1
7
6
W
1
8
0
R
5
8
0
C
2
6
7
Q
2
6
3
IC
3
8
1
IC
1
5
1
C
0
8
4
C
0
8
6
C
0
9
0
C
0
9
1
C
0
9
3
C
0
9
4
C
0
9
5
C
1
5
7
C
1
5
8
C
3
3
1
C
3
3
5
C
3
3
8
C
3
7
3
C
3
9
1
C
0
8
2
C
0
8
3
C
1
5
1
C
3
7
1
C
3
7
2
Q
3
8
4
Q
3
8
5
D
3
9
1
C
0
8
1
C
0
8
7
C
1
5
5
C
1
5
6
W
1
8
4
Y
4
0
1
W
1
8
5C
2
3
5
C
2
3
8
C
2
3
9
L
2
4
3
L
2
4
4
R
2
3
8
R
2
3
9
R
2
4
3
R
2
4
4
W
1
9
0
W
1
9
1
W
1
9
2 W
1
9
5
W
1
9
6
C
4
1
2
C
4
1
3
J
5
0
2
Y
2
0
1
Y
2
0
2
U
P
P
E
R
R
IG
H
T
D
O
W
N
L
E
F
T
3
1
21
R
L
V
V
O
L
+
V
O
L
-
C
H
+
C
H
-
M
E
N
U
6
1
05
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
0
1
1
1
2
9
1
3
1
4
1
5
34
5
6
1
5
7
1
5
9
M
A
R
K
M
A
R
K
M
A
R
K
S
M
A
R
K1
3
1
M
A
R
K
C
K
F
1
4
5
6
-A
0
1
-1
T
A
K
A
D
A
0
1
.0
2
.2
3
U
L
M
A
R
K
J
4
0
1
S
9
0
1
V
A
9
0
1
C
4
4
2
C
4
4
3
C
4
4
4
C
4
4
5
B
L
1
C
N
0
0
6
C
N
0
0
7
D
4
0
1
D
4
0
2
D
4
0
3
D
4
0
4
D
4
0
5
R
4
0
1
R
4
0
2
R
4
0
3
R
4
0
4
R
7
0
1
R
7
0
4
R
7
0
6
S
7
0
2
S
7
0
3
S
7
0
4
S
7
0
5
S
7
0
6
W
0
0
6
W
0
0
7
L
R
9
2
7
W
0
0
3
Y
4
0
2
L
C
4
0
2
Y
9
0
4
Y
9
0
5
Y
9
0
6
Y
9
0
7
34 30
35 25
20
15
10
5
2
1
24
25
20
1 5 8
1 5
2 10
15
C2
23
C254
C261
C262
W001
C451
D523
LC504
W188
Q251
W003
C345
W189
R252
R253
R254
C264
C332
C336
R568
R572
R574
R901
C339
C205
C341
C342
C265
D527
CN001
CN002
C374
C531
C532
C533
C534
R081
R082
R083
R085
R086
R089
R155 R156
R157
R158
C536
R333
R334
C204
C208
C212
C214
C215
R090
W199
C232
C241
C242
C243
C244
C251
C263
R373 R374
R375 R376
R377
C309
C310
C311
C312
C402
C403 C401
C407
C408
C409
C411
C452
C453
C502
C509
R381
C511
C512
C513
C514
C515
C517
R385
C520
C521
C522
C523
R386
R387
R391
R393
R394
R395
R396
C404
D403
D503
D505
D506
D507
D510
D511
D512
D513
D514
D519
D520
D521
R903
R904
W203
K201
L201
L202
L251
W015
Q211
Q218
Q219
Q253
Q262
Q301
Q302
Q451
W020
W023
W024
W025
W026
Q509
W028
W031
W032
W033 W035
W040
W041
W047
W048
W049
R202
C537
R210
R212
R216
R2
23
R229
R230
R231
R236
R251
W051
W052
R261
R262
R265
R303
R304
R305
R306
R461
R460
R403
R404
R405
R406
R451
R456
53
Q4
Q454
R457
R503
R504
R505
R509
R511
R512
R521
R529
R534
R535
W058
W059
W060
W061
W064
W066
W067
W069
W070
W073
W075
W076
W077
R558
R559 R560
R561
R562
R563
R564
R565
R566
R567
R573
W078
W079
W082
W083
W085
HS401
W088
W089 W090
W095
W096
W097
W105
W110
W111
W112
W113
W114
W116
W120
W126
W131
W133
W137
W138
W140
C234
W148
W150
W151
W154
W157
W1
65
W177
W178
W179
C455
C266
R269
70
R2
R458
R459
IC371
C089
C092
C159
C333
C343
C392
C152
C505
Q381
Q382
Q386
Q387
D392
R087
C085
C088
C160
C334
C337
C340
W186
W187
C236
C237
R242
R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
W193
W194
W197
C538
Y203
C539
FRONT
TOP
FRONT
( )
( )
2-34 No.51907B 2-33
LF, DAF AND POWER SW PWB PATTERN DIAGRAMS
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No.51907B
- LF -
- DAF -
- POWER SW -
125V 5A
LIVE
ISOLATED
E1
E3
CKF1493-B01-1
ISOLATED 00.12.20 NOZAKI
F901
R998
UL MARK
Y902
Y903
Y904
Y905
3
W
H
T
2
1
1
W
H
T
R
E
D
B
R
N
C
9
0
1
C
9
0
2
C
9
0
3
C
9
0
4
C
9
0
5
P
W
P
L
F
9
0
1
L
F
9
0
2
R
9
9
9
V
A
9
0
1
Y
9
0
1
R
9
9
7
3
Q
1
MARK
MARK
K
5 4 1 6
CP
RED
DAF
11
8
ORANGE
CKF1455-A01-1
01.02.23 TAKADA
5 1
D771
R762
R763
R764
C701
L701
Q751
Q752
R755
CL002
C761
R701
R771
T701
D762 D761
CL001
POWER
POWER LED
6 1
3 1
CKF1375-B01-1
D101
S701
IC101
C102
R101
B UL MARK
C
B
E
Q
7
5
3
R
7
5
7
R
7
0
2
R
7
6
1
R
7
6
5
R
7
0
3
C
7
5
1
C
7
5
2
C
7
7
1
C
7
5
3
U
L
M
A
R
K
R
7
5
8
R
7
5
1
R
7
5
2
R
7
5
3
R
7
5
4
R
7
5
6
W
0
0
3
W
0
0
4
Y
7
0
1
W
0
0
1
W
0
0
2
R
1
0
7
R
1
0
8
Q
1
0
1
Q
1
0
2
FRONT
FRONT
FRONT
( )
( )
( )
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 2-35
MODE
CHANNEL CHART (US
TV REAL DISP.
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
W+1
W+2
W+3
W+4
W+5
W+6
W+7
W+8
W+9
W+10
W+11
W+12
W+13
W+14
W+15
W+16
W+17
W+18
W+19
W+20
W+21
W+22
W+23
W+24
W+25
W+26
W+27
W+28
W+29
W+30
W+31
W+32
W+33
W+34
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
CATV
BAND
CHANNEL
TUNER
BAND
IV
IV
II
II
I
I
I
VH
MID
SUPER
HYPER
ULTRA
VL
MODE
TV REAL DISP.
W+35
W+36
W+37
W+38
W+39
W+40
W+41
W+42
W+43
W+44
W+45
W+46
W+47
W+48
W+49
W+50
W+51
W+52
W+53
W+54
W+55
W+56
W+57
W+58
W+59
W+60
W+61
W+62
W+63
W+64
W+65
W+66
W+67
W+68
W+69
W+70
W+71
W+72
W+73
W+74
W+75
W+76
W+77
W+78
W+79
W+80
W+81
W+82
W+83
W+84
A-8
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
01
96
97
98
99
CATV
BAND
CHANNEL
TUNER
BAND
IV
ULTRA
UHF
SUB
MID
TOTAL 180CH
VHF 124CH
UHF 56CH
14
69
NOTE:
TO RECEIVE THE SUBSCRIPTION OR PREMIUM
PROGRAMMING FROM CERTAIN
CABLE COMPANIES.
SPECIAL ADAPTERS MAY BE REQUIRED.
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2-36 No.51907B
MODE
CHANNEL CHART (CA)
TV REAL DISP.
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
W+1
W+2
W+3
W+4
W+5
W+6
W+7
W+8
W+9
W+10
W+11
W+12
W+13
W+14
W+15
W+16
W+17
W+18
W+19
W+20
W+21
W+22
W+23
W+24
W+25
W+26
W+27
W+28
W+29
W+30
W+31
W+32
W+33
W+34
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
CATV
BAND
CHANNEL
TUNER
BAND
IV
IV
III
II
I
II
I
VH
MID
SUPER
HYPER
ULTRA
VL
MODE
TV REAL DISP.
W+35
W+36
W+37
W+38
W+39
W+40
W+41
W+42
W+43
W+44
W+45
W+46
W+47
W+48
W+49
W+50
W+51
W+52
W+53
W+54
W+55
W+56
W+57
W+58
W+59
W+60
W+61
W+62
W+63
W+64
W+65
W+66
W+67
W+68
W+69
W+70
W+71
W+72
W+73
W+74
W+75
W+76
W+77
W+78
W+79
W+80
W+81
W+82
W+83
W+84
A-8
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
01
96
97
98
99
CATV
BAND
CHANNEL
TUNER
BAND
IV
ULTRA
SUB
MID
UHF
TOTAL 180CH
VHF 124CH
UHF 56CH
14
69
NOTE:
TO RECEIVE THE SUBSCRIPTION OR PREMIUM
PROGRAMMING FROM CERTAIN
CABLE COMPANIES.
SPECIAL ADAPTERS MAY BE REQUIRED.
Printed in Japan
VP0112
SW
36F702Y-UCM #4
36F802Y-UCM #4
Southwest : 10700 Hammerly, Suite 105, Houston, Texas 77043 (713)935-9331
JVC CANADA INC.
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 37
PARTS LIST
CAUTION
q The parts identified by the symbol are important for the safety . Whenever replacing these parts, be sure to use specified ones to secure the
safety .
q The parts not indicated in this Parts List and those which are filled with lines --- in the Parts No. columns will not be supplied .
q P. W. Board Ass'y will not be supplied, but those which are filled with the Parts No. in the Parts No. columns will be supplied .
ABBREVIATIONS OF RESISTORS, CAPACITORS AND TOLERANCES
RESISTORS CAPACITORS
C R Carbon Resistor
F R Fusible Resistor
P R Plate Resistor
V R Variable Resistor
HV R High Voltage Resistor
MF R Metal Film Resistor
MG R Metal Glazed Resistor
MP R Metal Plate Resistor
OM R Metal Oxide Film Resistor
CMF R Coating Metal Film Resistor
UNF R Non-Flammable Resistor
CH V R Chip Variable Resistor
CH MG R Chip Metal Glazed Resistor
COMP. R Composition Resistor
LPTC R Linear Positive Temperature Coefficient Resistor
C CAP. Ceramic Capacitor
E CAP. Electrolytic Capacitor
M CAP. Mylar Capacitor
HV CAP. High Voltage Capacitor
MF CAP. Metalized Film Capacitor
MM CAP. Metalized Mylar Capacitor
MP CAP. Metalized Polystyrol Capacitor
PP CAP. Polypropylene Capacitor
PS CAP. Polystyrol Capacitor
TF CAP. Thin Film Capacitor
MPP CAP. Metalized Polypropylene Capacitor
TAN. CAP. Tantalum Capacitor
CH C CAP. Chip Ceramic Capacitor
BP E CAP. Bi-Polar Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL E CAP. Chip Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL BP CAP. Chip Aluminum Bi-Polar Capacitor
CH TAN. E CAP. Chip Tantalum Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL BP E CAP. Chip Tantalum Bi-Polar Electrolytic Capacitor
RESISTORS
F G J K M N R H Z P
1% 2% 5% 10% 20% 30%
+30% +50% +80% +100%
-10% -10% -20% 0%
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
38 No. 51907B
CONTENTS
USING P.W. BOARD & REMOTE CONTROL UNIT ................................................................................. 39
EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST ............................................................................................................... 40
EXPLODED VIEW .................................................................................................................................... 41
[AV-36F702]
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST
MAIN PW BOARD ASS'Y ..................................................................................................................................... 42
DAF PW BOARD ASSY ....................................................................................................................................... 46
CRT SOCKET PW BOARD ASSY ....................................................................................................................... 46
FRONT CONTROL PW BOARD ASSY ............................................................................................................... 47
POWER SW PW BOARD ASSY.......................................................................................................................... 47
LF PW BOARD ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 47
AV SELECTOR PW BOARD................................................................................................................................. 48
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS LIST (RM-C303G-1A) .............................................................................. 49
[AV-36F802]
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST
MAIN PW BOARD ASS'Y ..................................................................................................................................... 50
DAF PW BOARD ASSY ....................................................................................................................................... 54
CRT SOCKET PW BOARD ASSY ....................................................................................................................... 54
FRONT CONTROL PW BOARD ASSY ............................................................................................................... 54
POWER SW PW BOARD ASSY.......................................................................................................................... 54
LF PW BOARD ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 54
PIP PW BOARD ASSY......................................................................................................................................... 54
AV SELECTOR PW BOARD ASSY ..................................................................................................................... 55
3D Y/C MODULE PW BOARD ASSY .................................................................................................................. 56
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS LIST (RM-C301G-2A) .............................................................................. 56
PACKING / PACKING PARTS LIST ......................................................................................................... 57
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 39
MAIN PW BOARD SAC-1542A-M2 SAC-1547A-M2
DAF PW BOARD SAC-2605A-M2
CRT SOCKET PW BOARD SAC-3513A-M2
FRONT CONTROL PW BOARD SAC-8507A-M2
POWER SW PW BOARD SAC-8601A-M2
LF PW BOARD SAC-9506A-M2
PIP PW BOARD SAC0P501A-M2
AV SELECTOR PW BOARD SAC0S511A-M2 SAC0S505A-M2
3D Y/C MODULE PW BOARD SAC-0Y501A
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT RM-C303G-1A RM-C301G-2A
USING P.W. BOARD & REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
AV-36F702 AV-36F802
P.W.B ASSY
Model
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
40 No. 51907B
EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST
! Ref.No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
! L01 QQW0122-001 DEG COIL
! T1502 QQH0110-001 FBT Within MAIN PWB
! V01 A90AJZ90X02 CRT Inc. DY
! 1 QMPD200-200-JC POWER CORD CN90PW Within LF PWB
2 LC30191-003A-A REMOCON WINDOW
3 LC41193-001A-C JVC MARK
4 LC20217-004B-A CONTROL KNOB
5 A48457-4-S SPRING
6 WJY0016-003A BRAIDED WIRE
7 WJY0013-002A BRAIDED WIRE(SUB) (x2)
8 LC20629-001B-A S.P HOLDER (x2)
9 LC41029-001A-A TAPPING SCREW (x4)
10 LC40226-002A-A SPACER (x4)
! 11 CEBSS12D-04KJ2 SPEAKER (x2) SP01, SP02
12 QYSBSB4012Z TAPPING SCREW (x4)
! 13 LC10883-001C-A CHASSIS BASE
! 14 LC20626-002C-A TERMINAL BOARD (AV-36F702)
! 14 LC20626-001D-A TERMINAL BOARD (AV-36F802)
15 QYSBSB3010Z TAPPING SCREW (x4) [AV-36F702], (x6) [AV-36F802]
16 CHGY0031-0C ANT CABLE ASSY (Only for AV-36F802)
! 17 LC11155-001C-A REAR COVER
18 QYSBSFG4016Z TAPPING SCREW (x12)
! 19 GQ30032-001A-A RATING LABEL
! 20 LC20106-001D-A CORD CLAMP
! 100 LC11153-001C-A FRONT CABI ASSY Inc. No. 101-104
101 LC20628-001B-A DOOR
102 CM48229-00A-C DOOR LATCH
103 LC31237-001A-A POWER KNOB
104 CM36481-002A-A SPRING
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 41
EXPLODED VIEW
13
16
15
20
1
14
17
10
12
5
2
6
7
7
4
11
8
10
9
19
18
18
3
DAF PWB
MAIN PWB
LF PWB
AV SELECTOR
PWB
PIP PWB
(Only for
AV-36F802)
POWER SW PWB
FRONT CONTROL PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
3D Y/C MODULE
(Only for
AV-36F802)
T1502
V01
L01
100
104
103
101
102
! Symbol No. Part No. Part Name Description Local ! Symbol No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
AV-36F702
42 No. 51907B
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST(AV-36F702)
MAIN PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-1542A-M2)
RESISTOR
R1001 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1002-04 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1011 NRSA63J-820X MG R 82 1/16W J
R1012 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1013 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1014 QRE121J-101Y C R 100 1/2W J
R1015 NRSA63J-180X MG R 18 1/16W J
R1016 NRSA63J-270X MG R 27 1/16W J
R1018 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1020 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R1021 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1022 NRSA63J-151X MG R 150 1/16W J
R1023 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1024 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1025 NRSA63J-561X MG R 560 1/16W J
R1026 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1028 NRSA63J-821X MG R 820 1/16W J
R1029 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1030 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1038 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1039 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1041 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1042-43 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1044-46 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1047 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1048 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1101-02 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1111 NRSA63J-105X MG R 1M 1/16W J
R1131 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1132 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1133 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1134 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1135-39 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1140 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1201 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1231 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1237 NRSA63J-392X MG R 3.9k 1/16W J
R1238 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1241 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R1243 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
R1281 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1282 NRSA63J-392X MG R 3.9k 1/16W J
R1283 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R1286 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1287 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1288 NRSA02J-471X MG R 470 1/10W J
R1289 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1290 NRSA02J-561X MG R 560 1/10W J
R1292 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1293 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R1301-03 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1304-06 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1318 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1319 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1354-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1356 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1359 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1360 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1401 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
R1403 QRX01GJ-1R0 MF R 1.0 1W J
R1404 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1405 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1407 NRSA02J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/10W J
R1411-12 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1414 QRL029J-151 OM R 150 2W J
R1417 QRE121J-180Y C R 18 1/2W J
R1431 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1432 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1433 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1434 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
R1435 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1440 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
RESISTOR
R1441 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1501 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1502 NRSA63J-271X MG R 270 1/16W J
R1503 QRE121J-103Y C R 10k 1/2W J
R1504 QRL039J-122 OM R 1.2k 3W J
R1505 QRL039J-152 OM R 1.5k 3W J
R1507 QRF074J-2R0 UNF R 2.0 7W J
R1511 QRE121J-220Y C R 22 1/2W J
R1512 QRE121J-681Y C R 680 1/2W J
R1513 QRL039J-273 OM R 27k 3W J
R1515 QRE141J-0R0Y C R 0.0 1/4W J
! R1523 QRJ146J-333X C R 33k 1/4W J
! R1525 QRZ9011-470 F R 47 1/2W J
R1526 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1527 QRE121J-154Y C R 150k 1/2W J
R1528 QRE121J-124Y C R 120k 1/2W J
R1529 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
! R1531 QRJ146J-391X C R 390 1/4W J
R1532 NRSA63J-273X MG R 27k 1/16W J
R1533-34 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
! R1535 NRSA02D-242X MG R 2.4k 1/10W
! R1537 NRVA02D-752X MF R 7.5k 1/10W
R1538 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1543 QRE121J-122Y C R 1.2k 1/2W J
R1544 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1545 QRE121J-822Y C R 8.2k 1/2W J
R1546 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1547 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1548 QRE121J-821Y C R 820 1/2W J
R1553 QRL039J-390 OM R 39 3W J
R1581 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1582 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1583 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1584 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R1585 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1586 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1587 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1588 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1589 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1590 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1591 QRJ149J-220 C R 22 1/4W J
R1592 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R1593 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1594 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1595 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1601-03 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R1610-12 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R1700-02 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1704-05 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1706-07 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1708-09 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1715 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1718 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1721-24 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1726-28 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1729 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R1731-32 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1733-34 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1737 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1738 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1739 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1740 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1741 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1742-43 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1745 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1748 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1749-51 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1752 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1753 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1754 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1755 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1756 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
AV-36F702
No. 51907B 43
A
V
-
3
6
F
7
0
2
RESISTOR
R1763 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1764-68 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R1769-70 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1772 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1774 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1775 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1776 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1777 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1778 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1784 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1786 NRSA63J-393X MG R 39k 1/16W J
R1788 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1790 NRSA63J-273X MG R 27k 1/16W J
R1791 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1792 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1793-95 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1798-99 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1800 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1801-04 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1806 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1807 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1810 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1811 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1812 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1814 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1815 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1816 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1817 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1818 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1821 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1824 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1827 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1857 QRG029J-470 OM R 47 2W J
R1858 QRG029J-270 OM R 27 2W J
R1860 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1901 QRF074K-R47 UNF R 0.47 7W K
R1909 QRG01GJ-470 OM R 47 1W J
R1911 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1912 QRT029J-R18 MF R 0.18 2W J
R1913 QRT029J-R15 MF R 0.15 2W J
! R1914 QRK126J-681X C R 680 1/2W J
R1915 QRE121J-270Y C R 27 1/2W J
! R1917 QRK126J-332X C R 3.3k 1/2W J
R1918 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1919 QRE121J-684Y C R 680k 1/2W J
R1924 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1930 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1939 QRT039J-2R2 MF R 2.2 3W J
R1940 QRE121J-181Y C R 180 1/2W J
R1941 QRL029J-183 OM R 18k 2W J
R1943 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1944 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R1951 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1952 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1953 QRE121J-151Y C R 150 1/2W J
R1972 NRVA02D-102X MF R 1k 1/10W0.5%
R1973 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1975 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1977 QRE121J-473Y C R 47k 1/2W J
R1978 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C1001 QETN1HM-475Z E CAP. 4.7F 50V M
C1002 QETN1HM-106Z E CAP. 10F 50V M
C1003 QETN1CM-108Z E CAP. 1000F 16V M
C1011-12 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1015-16 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1021 QFV71HJ-824Z MF CAP. 0.82F 50V J
CAPACITOR
C1024 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1025 NCB31HK-102X C CAP. 1000pF 50V K
C1027 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1030 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1034 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1036 QETN1AM-477Z E CAP. 470F 10V M
C1037 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1041-42 QETN1HM-106Z E CAP. 10F 50V M
C1043-44 NDC31HJ-470X C CAP. 47pF 50V J
C1046 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1047 NDC21HJ-330X C CAP. 33pF 50V J
C1048 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1111 QETN0JM-228Z E CAP. 2200F 6.3V M
C1112 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1116 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1136 QENC1CM-106Z E CAP. 10F 16V M
C1151 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1152 QENC1HM-105Z E CAP. 1F 50V M
C1237 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1283 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1285 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1288 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1302 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1392 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1393-95 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1403 NCB21HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1404 QEHR1VM-107Z E CAP. 100F 35V M
C1405 QCS32HJ-100Z CH C CAP. 10F 500V J
C1407 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAP. 0.1F 100V J
C1415 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1421 QEHQ1VM-108 E CAP. 1000F 35V M
C1432 QETN1EM-476Z E CAP. 47F 25V M
C1501 QCB32HK-151Z C CAP. 150pF 500V K
C1504 QEZ0203-107 E CAP. 100F 160V M
C1505 QENC2AM-225Z E CAP. 2.2F 100V M
C1507 QEZ0195-475Z E CAP. 4.7F 50V M
C1510 QFZ0196-272 MPP CAP. 2700pF 1.5kVH 3%
C1513 QFZ0198-153 MPP CAP. 0.015F 1.5kVH 3%
C1514 QFP32JJ-223 PP CAP. 0.022F 630V J
C1515 QFZ0197-474 MPP CAP. 0.47F 250V Z
AV-36F702
44 No. 51907B
CAPACITOR
C1523 QEHR1EM-108Z E CAP. 1000F 25V M
C1525 QETN1VM-107Z E CAP. 100F 35V M
! C1531 QCB32HK-102Z C CAP. 1000pF 500V K
! C1533 QETN1HM-106Z E CAP. 10F 50V M
C1551-52 QFV71HJ-474Z MF CAP. 0.47F 50V J
C1601-03 QETN1EM-476Z E CAP. 47F 25V M
C1710 NCB21EK-683X C CAP. 0.068F 25V K
C1721 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1801 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1805 NCB31HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1816 NCB31HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1853-54 QETN1CM-227Z E CAP. 220F 16V M
! C1904-06 QCZ9054-102 C CAP. 1000pF 250V Z
! C1907 QEZ0169-477 E CAP. 470F 200V M
! C1908 QCZ9054-102 C CAP. 1000pF 250V Z
C1912 QCZ0340-332 C CAP. 3300pF
C1913 QFLC1HJ-471Z M CAP. 470pF 50V J
C1918 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1919 QFP32GJ-103 PP CAP. 0.01F 400V J
C1925 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C1931 QEZ0203-227 E CAP. 220F 160V M
C1933 QETM1EM-228 E CAP. 2200F 25V M
C1937 QCZ0340-102 C CAP. 1000pF
C1938 QETM1EM-228 E CAP. 2200F 25V M
C1939-40 QCB32HK-152Z C CAP. 1500pF 500V K
! C1998-99 QCZ9074-103 C CAP. 0.01F 125V M
TRANSFORMER
T1501 CE42034-002 H.DRIVE TRANSF.
! T1502 QQH0110-001 FBT
! T1921 QQS0090-001 SWITCH.TRANSF.
! T1951 QQT0315-001 POWER TRANSF.
COIL
L1001 QQL244K-560Z COIL 56H K
L1012 QQLZ014-R39 PEAKING COIL
L1021 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1027 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1041 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1511 CE41029-00A LINEARITY COIL
L1512 QQLZ027-821 CHOKE COIL 820H
L1521 QQLZ018-760 HEATER CHOKE 76H
L1700 QQL244K-4R7Z COIL 4.7H K
L1810 QQL244J-100Z COIL 10H J
L1931 QQL26AK-470Z COIL 47H K
L1933-34 QQL26AK-470Z COIL 47H K
DIODE
D1010 MTZJ9.1C-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1101-02 MTZJ8.2C-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1305-10 1SS133-T2 SI.DIODE
D1353 1SS133-T2 SI.DIODE
D1401 1SR35-400A-T2 SI.DIODE
! D1501 RH3G-F1 SI.DIODE
! D1502 RU3AM-LFC4 SI.DIODE
D1507 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1521 RH1S-T3 SI.DIODE
D1523-24 EL1Z-T3 SI.DIODE
! D1531 MA4068N/Z1/-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1700 MTZJ5.6B-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1723-24 MTZJ5.6B-T2 ZENER DIODE
! D1901 RBV-406M BRIDGE DIODE
D1910 MA700A-T2 SI.DIODE
! D1911-13 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1915 SARS01-T2 SI.DIODE
D1917 MTZJ30A-T2 ZENER DIODE
! D1930 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1931 RU30A-F1 SI.DIODE
D1933 RU3YX-LFC4 SI.DIODE
AV-36F702
No. 51907B 45
A
V
-
3
6
F
7
0
2
DIODE
D1954-57 1SR35-400A-T2 SI.DIODE
D1972 MTZJ15C-T2 ZENER DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q1011 2SC5083/L-P/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1021 2SC2412K/QR/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1025 2SA1037AK/QR/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1131-33 2SC2412K/QR/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1501 2SC4212/Z1/ SI.TRANSISTOR
! Q1511 2SD2645-YD TRANSISTOR
! Q1531 2SC2785/JH/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1541-42 2SA1037AK/QR/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
! Q1543 2SD1408/OY/-LB SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1551 2SC1740S/QR/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1552 2SA966/OY/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1706 DTC363TK-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
Q1711 DTC124EKA-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
Q1951 2SD1383K/AB/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1971 2SA1123/R/Z1-T SI.TRANSISTOR
IC
IC1101 TB1253AN I.C(M)
IC1401 LA7841 I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC1701 MN1876478JL1 I.C(MICRO-COMP)
IC1702 AT24C04-F802Y I.C(MEMORY-OTH) (SERVICE)
IC1703 MM1437AF-X I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC1851 AN7812F I.C(MONO-ANA)
! IC1911 STR-F6626/F3 I.C(HYBRID)
! IC1921 SE135N I.C(HYBRID)
OTHERS
CF1001 QAX0349-001 CERAMIC FILTER
CF1021 QAX0639-001Z CERAMIC FILTER
! CP1932 ICP-N75-Y I.C.PROTECT
! F1905 QMFZ034-5R0Z-J1 FUSE
! FR1521 QRK126J-150X C R 15 1/2W J
! FR1523-24 QRX029J-3R3 MF R 3.3 2W J
! FR1525 QRZ9017-4R7 F R 4.7 1/4W
J1601 QNN0349-002 PIN JACK
J1810 QNS0001-001 JACK
K1401 QQR0621-002Z BEADS CORE
K1916-17 QQR0582-001Z BEADS CORE
OTHERS
K1920 QQR0872-002 FERRITE BEADS
LC1601-03 NQR0169-001X EMI FILTER
! PC1921 TLP621(B) I.C(PH.COUPLER)
! RY1941 QSK0120-001 RELAY
! RY1951 QSK0113-001 RELAY
SF1011 QAX0324-002 SAW FILTER
! TH1901 CEKP007-002 P.THERMISTOR
! TU1001 QAU0176-001 TUNER
W1106 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1111 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1113 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1140 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1154 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1162 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1195 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1202 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1206 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1212-14 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1250 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1254-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1265 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1267 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1269 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1274 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1291 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1298 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1310-11 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1313 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1330-31 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1381 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1385 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1404 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1408 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1413 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1434-35 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1437-38 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1440 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1442-43 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1447-48 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1454-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1464 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1478 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1487-89 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1492-96 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1498 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1501 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1508 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1510-11 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1514-16 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1524-28 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1536 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1540 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1542 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1546 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1548-49 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1557-59 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1564 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1567-69 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1572 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1575-79 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1581 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1584-85 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1587 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1590-91 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1604 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1612 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
X1201 CE40668-001Z CRYSTAL
X1700 QAX0307-001 CER.RESONATOR
AV-36F702
46 No. 51907B
OTHERS
Y1002-03 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1150 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1154-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1652-54 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1701 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1703-05 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1714 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1800 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1902-03 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
DAF PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-2605A-M2)
! Symbol No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
RESISTOR
R2701 QRG01GJ-220 OM R 22 1W J
R2702 QRE121J-123Y C R 12k 1/2W J
R2703 QRZ0056-103Z COMP.R 10k 1/2W K
R2751 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R2752 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
R2753 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R2754 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R2755 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R2756 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R2757 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R2758 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R2761-65 QRE121J-184Y C R 180k 1/2W J
R2771 QRL039J-223 OM R 22k 3W J
CAPACITOR
C2751 QFLC1HJ-333Z M CAP. 0.033F 50V J
C2753 QFZ0122-103 MPP CAP. 0.01F 1.8kVH 3%
TRANSFORMER
T2701 QQR1153-001 DEF.TRANSF.
COIL
L2701 QQLZ028-272 CHOKE COIL 2.7mH
DIODE
D2761-62 ES1F-LFG2 SI.DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q2753 2SC4632 SI.TRANSISTOR
CRT SOCKET PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-3513A-M2)
RESISTOR
R3108 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R3111 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
! R3114 QRJ146J-100X C R 10 1/4W J
R3115-16 NRSA63J-470X MG R 47 1/16W J
R3117 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R3119 NRSA63J-121X MG R 120 1/16W J
! R3122 QRZ9021-561 F R 560 1W J
R3123 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R3124 NRSA63J-390X MG R 39 1/16W J
R3125 NRSA63J-5R6X MG R 5.6 1/16W J
R3126-27 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R3128 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R3129 NRSA63J-5R6X MG R 5.6 1/16W J
R3130 NRSA63J-390X MG R 39 1/16W J
R3131 NRSA63J-121X MG R 120 1/16W J
R3132 QRL029J-391 OM R 390 2W J
R3134 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
R3136 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R3139 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R3142 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R3143 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R3145-46 NRSA63J-5R6X MG R 5.6 1/16W J
R3151 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R3152-53 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R3154 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R3301-06 NRSA63J-151X MG R 150 1/16W J
R3307-09 NRSA63J-100X MG R 10 1/16W J
R3310-12 QRG029J-153 OM R 15k 2W J
R3313-15 QRG029J-183 OM R 18k 2W J
R3316-18 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R3325-27 QRC121K-102Z COMP. R 1k 1/2W K
R3331-33 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R3334 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
R3335 NRSA63J-391X MG R 390 1/16W J
R3336-38 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R3351-53 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R3354 NRSA63J-561X MG R 560 1/16W J
R3355 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R3361 QRC121K-105Z COMP. R 1M 1/2W K
R3362 QRC121K-102Z COMP. R 1k 1/2W K
R3363 QRC121K-474Z COMP. R 470k 1/2W K
CAPACITOR
C3122 NDC31HJ-5R0X C CAP. 5.0pF 50V J
C3125 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C3151-52 NCB21EK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 25V K
C3363 QCZ0324-102 C CAP. 1000pF 3000V P
COIL
L3301-03 QQL244K-180Z COIL 18H K
L3304-06 QQL244K-470Z COIL 47H K
DIODE
AV-36F702
No. 51907B 47
A
V
-
3
6
F
7
0
2
POWER SW PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-8601A-M2)
DIODE
D3361 RM2C-LFA1 SI.DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q3103 2SA933AS/QR/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q3107 2SA1964/DE/ SI.TRANSISTOR
Q3108 2SC5248/DE/ SI.TRANSISTOR
Q3301-03 2SC5083/L-P/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q3304-06 2SC5147/CDE/F43 SI.TRANSISTOR
OTHERS
K3102-05 CE41492-001Z CHOKE COIL
! SK3001 CE42670-001 C.R.T.SOCKET
W3024 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W3031-32 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W3035 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W3038-39 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
FRONT CONTROL PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-8507A-M2)
RESISTOR
R8401 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R8402-03 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R8404-05 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R8406 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R8702 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R8703 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R8705 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R8706 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C8444-45 QETN1HM-474Z E CAP. 0.47F 50V M
C8446 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
DIODE
D8402-06 MTZJ10C-T2 ZENER DIODE
OTHERS
J8401 QNZ0453-001 JACK
S8702 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH MENU
S8703 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH CH-
S8704 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH CH+
S8705 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH VOL-
S8706 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH VOL+
RESISTOR
R8101 NRSA63J-561X MG R 560 1/16W J
R8107 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R8108 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
DIODE
D8101 SLR-342VR3F L.E.D.
TRANSISTOR
Q8101-02 DTA124EKA-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
IC
IC8101 GP1U281Q IFR DETECT UNIT
OTHERS
LC30190-001B-A L.E.D.HOLDER
S8701 QSW0847-001 TACT SWITCH (POWER)
LF PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-9506A-M2)
RESISTOR
R9997 QRE121J-5R6Y C R 5.6 1/2W J
! R9998 QRZ9041-275 C R 2.7M 1/2W K
R9999 QRE121J-121Y C R 120 1/2W J
CAPACITOR
! C9901 QFZ9067-104 MM CAP. 0.1F
! C9902 QFZ9067-473 MM CAP. 0.047F
! C9903 QFZ9067-104 MM CAP. 0.1F
! C9904 QCZ9052-102 C CAP. 1000pF 125V
OTHERS
! CN90PW QMPD200-200-JC POWER CORD
! F9901 QMF0007-5R0J1 FUSE
! FC9901 CEMG002-001Z FUSE CLIP
! LF9901 QQR0527-004 LINE FILTER
! LF9902 QQR1159-001 LINE FILTER
! VA9901 ERZV10V621CS VARISTOR
AV-36F702
48 No. 51907B
AV SELECTOR PW BOARD ASSY(SAC0S511A-M2)
RESISTOR
R0081 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0082 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R0083 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R0084 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R0085 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R0086 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0087 NRVA02D-153X MF R 15k 1/10W0.5%
R0088 NRVA02D-152X MF R 1.5k 1/10W0.5%
R0089 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R0090 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R0151-54 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0155 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0157 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0159 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0202 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0210 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0211 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R0212 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0213 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0214 NRSA63J-181X MG R 180 1/16W J
R0215 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
R0216 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R0217 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0218 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0223 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0229 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R0230 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0231 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0232 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0233 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R0234 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0235-36 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0238 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
R0239 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R0241 NRSA63J-821X MG R 820 1/16W J
R0242 NRSA63J-474X MG R 470k 1/16W J
R0243-44 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0247 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0251 NRSA63J-471X MG R 470 1/16W J
R0253 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R0254 NRSA63J-391X MG R 390 1/16W J
R0255 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R0258 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0259 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0261 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0262 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0263 NRSA63J-471X MG R 470 1/16W J
R0265 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0269 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R0270 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0301-02 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0303-04 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0305-06 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0331-34 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0371-74 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0375-76 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0377-78 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R0381 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R0382 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0384-87 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0391-92 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0393-94 NRSA63J-823X MG R 82k 1/16W J
R0395-96 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0401 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R0402 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0458 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0459 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R0501-02 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0503 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0504-05 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0507-08 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0509 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
RESISTOR
R0518 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0519-21 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R0522-23 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R0527 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R0528-29 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0532-33 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R0558-61 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0564-65 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0566-67 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R0568 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0571 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0573 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R0574 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0906 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C0081 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0082 QENC1HM-475Z BP E CAP. 4.7F 50V M
C0085 NCB21HK-473X C CAP. 0.047F 50V K
C0087-88 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0089 QBTC1CK-335Z TAN.CAP. 3.3F 16V K
C0091 QBTC1CK-106Z TAN.CAP. 10F 16V K
C0151-52 QENC1HM-105Z E CAP. 1F 50V M
C0153-54 NCB31HK-332X C CAP. 3300pF 50V K
C0155-56 NCB21HK-333X C CAP. 0.033F 50V K
C0160 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0206 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0211 QENC1EM-106Z BP E CAP. 10F 25V M
C0223 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0226 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0234 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0236 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0238-39 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0241-45 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0247-49 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0252 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0265 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0311-12 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C0332 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0334 NCB21HK-273X C CAP. 0.027F 50V K
C0337 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0340 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
AV-36F702
No. 51907B 49
A
V
-
3
6
F
7
0
2
CAPACITOR
C0344-45 QENC1HM-225Z BP E CAP. 2.2F 50V M
C0402-03 NCF21CZ-105X C CAP. 1F 16V Z
C0501-02 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0509 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0531-32 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0538-39 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
COIL
DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q0301-02 DTC124EKA-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
Q0384-87 DTC323TK-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
IC
IC0001 UPC1851BCU I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0151 NJM2150AD I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0201 TC90A53N I.C(DIGI-MOS)
IC0371 BA15218N I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0381 TC4066BP/N/ I.C(DIGI-MOS)
IC0501 CXA2089Q-X I.C(MONO-ANA)
OTHERS
J0501 QNZ0454-001 PIN JACK
W0003 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0011 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0031-33 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0050 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0060 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0085-87 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0099 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0105 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0109 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0115-17 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0131 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0142 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0148 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0151 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0154 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0158 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0162-65 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0169-72 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0174 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0176-80 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0184 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0186-89 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS
LIST (RM-C303G-1A)
UR52EC1286C BATTERY COVER
AV-36F802
50 No. 51907B
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST(AV-36F802)
MAIN PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-1547A-M2)
RESISTOR
R1001 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1002-04 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1011 NRSA63J-820X MG R 82 1/16W J
R1012 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1013 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1014 QRE121J-101Y C R 100 1/2W J
R1015 NRSA63J-180X MG R 18 1/16W J
R1016 NRSA63J-270X MG R 27 1/16W J
R1018 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1020 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R1021 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1022 NRSA63J-151X MG R 150 1/16W J
R1023 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1024 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1025 NRSA63J-561X MG R 560 1/16W J
R1026 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1028 NRSA63J-821X MG R 820 1/16W J
R1029 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1030 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1038 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1039 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1041 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1042-43 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1044-46 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1047 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1048 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1101-02 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1111 NRSA63J-105X MG R 1M 1/16W J
R1131 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1132 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1133 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1134 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1135-39 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1140 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1155 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R1156 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1201 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1231 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1237 NRSA63J-392X MG R 3.9k 1/16W J
R1238 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1241 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R1243 NRSA63J-152X MG R 1.5k 1/16W J
R1281 NRSA63J-182X MG R 1.8k 1/16W J
R1282 NRSA63J-392X MG R 3.9k 1/16W J
R1283 NRSA63J-681X MG R 680 1/16W J
R1286 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1287 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1288 NRSA02J-471X MG R 470 1/10W J
R1289 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1290 NRSA02J-561X MG R 560 1/10W J
R1292 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1293 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R1301-03 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1304-06 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1318 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1319 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1354-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1356 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1359 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1360 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1401 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
R1403 QRX01GJ-1R0 MF R 1.0 1W J
R1404 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1405 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1407 NRSA02J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/10W J
R1411-12 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1414 QRL029J-151 OM R 150 2W J
R1417 QRE121J-180Y C R 18 1/2W J
R1431 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1432 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1433 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1434 NRSA63J-822X MG R 8.2k 1/16W J
RESISTOR
R1435 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1440 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1441 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1501 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1502 NRSA63J-271X MG R 270 1/16W J
R1503 QRE121J-103Y C R 10k 1/2W J
R1504 QRL039J-122 OM R 1.2k 3W J
R1505 QRL039J-152 OM R 1.5k 3W J
R1507 QRF074J-2R0 UNF R 2.0 7W J
R1511 QRE121J-220Y C R 22 1/2W J
R1512 QRE121J-681Y C R 680 1/2W J
R1513 QRL039J-273 OM R 27k 3W J
R1515 QRE141J-0R0Y C R 0.0 1/4W J
! R1523 QRJ146J-333X C R 33k 1/4W J
! R1525 QRZ9011-470 F R 47 1/2W J
R1526 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1527 QRE121J-154Y C R 150k 1/2W J
R1528 QRE121J-124Y C R 120k 1/2W J
R1529 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
! R1531 QRJ146J-391X C R 390 1/4W J
R1532 NRSA63J-273X MG R 27k 1/16W J
R1533-34 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
! R1535 NRSA02D-242X MG R 2.4k 2W D
! R1537 NRVA02D-752X MF R 7.5k 2W D
R1538 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R1543 QRE121J-122Y C R 1.2k 1/2W J
R1544 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1545 QRE121J-822Y C R 8.2k 1/2W J
R1546 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1547 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1548 QRE121J-821Y C R 820 1/2W J
R1553 QRL039J-390 OM R 39 3W J
R1581 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1582 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1583 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1584 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R1585 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1586 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1587 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1588 QRE121J-100Y MF R 10 1/2W J
R1589 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1590 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1591 QRJ149J-220 C R 22 1/4W J
R1592 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R1593 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1594 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1595 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1601-06 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R1607-09 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R1651-52 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1700-02 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1704-05 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1706-07 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1708-09 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1714 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1715 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1718 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1721-28 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1729 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R1731-32 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R1733-34 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1737 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1738 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1739 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R1740 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1741 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1742-43 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1745 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1748 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1749-51 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R1752 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1753 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 51
A
V
-
3
6
F
8
0
2
RESISTOR
R1754 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1755 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R1756 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1762 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1763 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1764-68 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R1769-70 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1772 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1774 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1775 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1776 NRSA63J-123X MG R 12k 1/16W J
R1777 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1778 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R1784 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R1786 NRSA63J-393X MG R 39k 1/16W J
R1788 NRSA63J-124X MG R 120k 1/16W J
R1790 NRSA63J-273X MG R 27k 1/16W J
R1791 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R1792 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1793-95 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R1798-99 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1800 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1806 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1807 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1810 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1811 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1812 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1814 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1815 NRSA63J-154X MG R 150k 1/16W J
R1816 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R1817 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1818 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1821 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1824 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R1827 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1857 QRG029J-330 OM R 33 2W J
R1858 QRG029J-180 OM R 18 2W J
R1860 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R1901 QRF074K-R47 UNF R 0.47 7W K
R1909 QRG01GJ-470 OM R 47 1W J
R1911 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1912 QRT029J-R18 MF R 0.18 2W J
R1913 QRT029J-R15 MF R 0.15 2W J
! R1914 QRK126J-681X C R 680 1/2W J
R1915 QRE121J-270Y C R 27 1/2W J
! R1917 QRK126J-332X C R 3.3k 1/2W J
R1918 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1919 QRE121J-684Y C R 680k 1/2W J
R1924 QRE121J-222Y C R 2.2k 1/2W J
R1930 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1939 QRT039J-2R2 MF R 2.2 3W J
R1940 QRE121J-181Y C R 180 1/2W J
R1941 QRL029J-183 OM R 18k 2W J
R1943 NRSA63J-104X MG R 100k 1/16W J
R1944 NRSA63J-122X MG R 1.2k 1/16W J
R1951 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R1952 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R1953 QRE121J-151Y C R 150 1/2W J
R1972 NRVA02D-102X MF R 1k 1/10W0.5%
R1973 QRE121J-272Y C R 2.7k 1/2W J
R1975 QRE121J-223Y C R 22k 1/2W J
R1977 QRE121J-473Y C R 47k 1/2W J
R1978 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C1011-12 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1015-16 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
CAPACITOR
C1024 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1027 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1030 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1034 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1037 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1046 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1048 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1112 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1116 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1136 QENC1CM-106Z E CAP. 10F 16V M
C1150 NCF21CZ-105X C CAP. 1F 16V Z
C1151 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1237 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1283 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1285 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1288 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1302 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1392 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1393-95 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1403 NCB21HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1404 QEHR1VM-107Z E CAP. 100F 35V M
C1415 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1421 QEHQ1VM-108 E CAP. 1000F 35V M
C1504 QEZ0203-107 E CAP. 100F 160V M
C1505 QENC2AM-225Z E CAP. 2.2F 100V M
C1507 QEZ0195-475Z E CAP. 4.7F 50V M
C1513 QFZ0198-153 MPP CAP. 0.015F 1.5kVH 3%
C1514 QFP32JJ-223 PP CAP. 0.022F 630V J
C1515 QFZ0197-474 MPP CAP. 0.47F 250V Z
AV-36F802
52 No. 51907B
CAPACITOR
C1523 QEHR1EM-108Z E CAP. 1000F 25V M
C1525 QETN1VM-107Z E CAP. 100F 35V M
! C1531 QCB32HK-102Z C CAP. 1000pF 500V K
! C1533 QETN1HM-106Z E CAP. 10F 50V M
C1608 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1710 NCB21EK-683X C CAP. 0.068F 25V K
C1721 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C1801 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1805 NCB31HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1816 NCB31HK-153X C CAP. 0.015F 50V K
C1853-54 QETN1CM-227Z E CAP. 220F 16V M
! C1904-06 QCZ9054-102 C CAP. 1000pF 250V Z
! C1907 QEZ0169-477 E CAP. 470F 200V M
! C1908 QCZ9054-102 C CAP. 1000pF 250V Z
C1912 QCZ0340-332 C CAP. 3300pF
C1913 QFLC1HJ-471Z M CAP. 470pF 50V J
C1918 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C1919 QFP32GJ-103 PP CAP. 0.01F 400V J
C1925 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C1931 QEZ0203-227 E CAP. 220F 160V M
C1933 QETM1EM-228 E CAP. 2200F 25V M
C1937 QCZ0340-102 C CAP. 1000pF
C1938 QETM1EM-228 E CAP. 2200F 25V M
! C1998-99 QCZ9074-103 C CAP. 0.01F 250V M
TRANSFORMER
T1501 CE42034-002 H.DRIVE TRANSF.
! T1502 QQH0110-001 FBT
! T1921 QQS0090-001 SWITCH.TRANSF.
! T1951 QQT0315-001 POWER TRANSF.
COIL
L1012 QQLZ014-R39 PEAKING COIL 0.39H
L1021 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1027 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1041 QRN143J-0R0X C R 0.0 1/4W J
L1511 CE41029-00A LINEARITY COIL
L1512 QQLZ027-821 CHOKE COIL 820H
L1521 QQLZ018-760 HEATER CHOKE 76H
L1810 QQL244J-100Z COIL 10H J
L1933-34 QQL26AK-470Z COIL 47H K
DIODE
! D1501 RH3G-F1 SI.DIODE
! D1502 RU3AM-LFC4 SI.DIODE
D1507 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1523-24 EL1Z-T3 SI.DIODE
! D1531 MA4068N/Z1/-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1700 MTZJ5.6B-T2 ZENER DIODE
D1723-24 MTZJ5.6B-T2 ZENER DIODE
! D1901 RBV-406M BRIDGE DIODE
D1910 MA700A-T2 SI.DIODE
! D1911-13 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1915 SARS01-T2 SI.DIODE
! D1930 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI.DIODE
D1931 RU30A-F1 SI.DIODE
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 53
A
V
-
3
6
F
8
0
2
DIODE
D1954-57 1SR35-400A-T2 SI.DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q1011 2SC5083/L-P/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1501 2SC4212/Z1/ SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1511 2SD2645-YD TRANSISTOR
! Q1531 2SC2785/JH/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1541-42 2SA1037AK/QR/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
! Q1543 2SD1408/OY/-LB SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1552 2SA966/OY/-T SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1706 DTC363TK-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
Q1951 2SD1383K/AB/-X SI.TRANSISTOR
Q1971 2SA1123/R/Z1-T SI.TRANSISTOR
IC
IC1101 TB1253AN I.C(M)
IC1151 TC4066BF/N/-XE I.C(DIGI-MOS)
IC1601 M52055FP-X I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC1651 PQ3RD13 I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC1701 MN1876478JL1 I.C(MICRO-COMP)
IC1702 AT24C04-F802Y I.C(MEMORY-OTH) (SERVICE)
IC1703 MM1437AF-X I.C(MONO-ANA)
! IC1911 STR-F6626/F3 I.C(HYBRID)
! IC1921 SE135N I.C(HYBRID)
OTHERS
CF1001 QAX0349-001 CERAMIC FILTER
! CP1932-34 ICP-N75-Y I.C.PROTECT
! F1905 QMFZ034-5R0Z-J1 FUSE
! FR1521 QRK126J-150X C R 15 1/2W J
! FR1523-24 QRX029J-3R3 MF R 3.3 2W J
OTHERS
! FR1525 QRZ9017-4R7 F R 4.7 1/4W J
J1601-02 QNN0349-002 PIN JACK
J1810 QNS0001-001 JACK
K1920 QQR0872-002 FERRITE BEADS
! PC1921 TLP621(B) I.C(PH.COUPLER)
! RY1941 QSK0120-001 RELAY
! RY1951 QSK0113-001 RELAY
SF1011 QAX0324-002 SAW FILTER
! TH1901 CEKP007-002 P.THERMISTOR
! TU1001 QAU0234-001 TUNER
W1106 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1111 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1113 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1131 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1140 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1154 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1162 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1195 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1202 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1206 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1212-14 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1250 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1254-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1265 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1267 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1269 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1274 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1291 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1298 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1310-11 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1313 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1330-31 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1381 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1385 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1404 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1408 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1413 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1416 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1434-35 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1437-38 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1440 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1442-43 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1447-48 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1454-55 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1464 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1478 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1487-89 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1492-96 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1498 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1501 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1503 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1508 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1510-11 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1514-16 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1523-28 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1536 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1540 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1542 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1546 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1548-49 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1557-59 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1564 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1567-69 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1572 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
AV-36F802
54 No. 51907B
OTHERS
W1575-81 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1584-85 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1587 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1590-91 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1600 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1604 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W1612 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
X1201 CE40668-001Z CRYSTAL
X1700 QAX0307-001 CER.RESONATOR
Y1002-03 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1150 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1152 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1156 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1652-54 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1701 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1703 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1712 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1714 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1800 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1902-03 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y1911 NDC31HJ-101X C CAP. 100pF 50V J
DAF PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-2605A-M2)
Refer to PARTS LIST in page 46 for this PW BOARD.
CRT SOCKET PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-3513A-M2)
FRONT CONTROL PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-8507A-M2)
POWER SW PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-8601A-M2)
LF PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-9506A-M2)
RESISTOR
R0001-02 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0003-04 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0005 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0011 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0121 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0301 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R0303 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0304 NRSA63J-473X MG R 47k 1/16W J
R0306 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0307-08 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R0309 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0311 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0313 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0314 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0316 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R0317 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0331 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0337 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0343 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C0301-02 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C0315 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0316-18 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0320 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0322 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0324-25 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0326 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0328 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0330 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0331 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
COIL
L0302-04 QQL244J-6R8Z COIL 6.8H J
DIODE
TRANSISTOR
IC
IC0301 SDA9389X-X I.C(DIGI-MOS)
OTHERS
! TU0001 QAU0206-001 TUNER
W0047 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0066 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
X0301 QAX0521-001Z CRYSTAL
Y0301-02 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
Y0331-33 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
PIP PW BOARD ASSY(SAC0P501A-M2)
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 55
A
V
-
3
6
F
8
0
2
RESISTOR
R0081 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0082 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R0083 NRSA63J-153X MG R 15k 1/16W J
R0084 NRSA63J-683X MG R 68k 1/16W J
R0085 NRSA63J-332X MG R 3.3k 1/16W J
R0086 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0087 NRVA02D-153X MF R 15k 1/10W0.5%
R0088 NRVA02D-152X MF R 1.5k 1/10W0.5%
R0089 NRSA63J-562X MG R 5.6k 1/16W J
R0090 NRSA63J-563X MG R 56k 1/16W J
R0151-54 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0155 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0157 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0159 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0202 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0301-02 NRSA63J-222X MG R 2.2k 1/16W J
R0303-04 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0305-06 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0331-34 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0371-74 NRSA63J-103X MG R 10k 1/16W J
R0375-76 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0377-78 NRSA63J-472X MG R 4.7k 1/16W J
R0381 NRSA63J-682X MG R 6.8k 1/16W J
R0382 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0384-87 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0391-92 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0393-94 NRSA63J-823X MG R 82k 1/16W J
R0395-96 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0401 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R0402 NRSA63J-223X MG R 22k 1/16W J
R0458 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0459 NRSA63J-183X MG R 18k 1/16W J
R0501-02 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0503 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0504-05 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0507-08 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0509 NRSA63J-221X MG R 220 1/16W J
R0510-11 NRSA63J-102X MG R 1k 1/16W J
R0518 NRSA63J-333X MG R 33k 1/16W J
R0519-21 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R0522-23 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R0527 NRSA63J-750X MG R 75 1/16W J
R0528-29 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0532-35 NRSA63J-224X MG R 220k 1/16W J
R0558-61 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0564-65 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0566-67 NRSA63J-331X MG R 330 1/16W J
R0568 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
R0571 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0573 NRSA63J-272X MG R 2.7k 1/16W J
R0901 NRSA63J-101X MG R 100 1/16W J
R0906 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
CAPACITOR
C0081 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0085 NCB21HK-473X C CAP. 0.047F 50V K
C0087-88 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0089 QBTC1CK-335Z TAN.CAP. 3.3F 16V K
C0091 QBTC1CK-106Z TAN.CAP. 10F 16V K
C0155-56 NCB21HK-333X C CAP. 0.033F 50V K
AV SELECTOR PW BOARD ASSY(SAC0S505A-M2)
CAPACITOR
C0160 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0311-12 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
C0332 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0334 NCB21HK-273X C CAP. 0.027F 50V K
C0337 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0340 NCB21HK-104X C CAP. 0.1F 50V K
C0344-45 QENC1HM-225Z BP E CAP. 2.2F 50V M
C0402-03 NCF21CZ-105X C CAP. 1F 16V Z
C0501-02 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0509 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0533-34 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
C0538-39 NCB31HK-103X C CAP. 0.01F 50V K
DIODE
TRANSISTOR
Q0384-87 DTC323TK-X DIGI.TRANSISTOR
IC
IC0001 UPC1851BCU I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0151 NJM2150AD I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0371 BA15218N I.C(MONO-ANA)
IC0381 TC4066BP/N/ I.C(DIGI-MOS)
IC0501 CXA2089Q-X I.C(MONO-ANA)
AV-36F802
56 No. 51907B
OTHERS
J0501 QNZ0454-001 PIN JACK
J0503-04 QNN0348-001 PIN JACK
W0003 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0011 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0031-33 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0050 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0085-87 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0099 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0109 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0115 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0117 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0142 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0148 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0151 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0154 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0158 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0162-64 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0170 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0172 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0176-80 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0184 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
W0186-89 NRSA63J-0R0X MG R 0.0 1/16W J
3D Y/C MODULE PW BOARD ASSY(SAC-0Y501A)
OTHERS
SAC-0Y501A 3D Y/C MODILE
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS
LIST (RM-C301G-2A)
UR52EC1286C BATTERY COVER
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 57
PACKING PARTS LIST
1 CP30055-A02-A TOP COVER
2 CP30056-004-A POLY BAG
3 RM-C301G-2A RC HAND UNIT (AV-36F702)
3 RM-C303G-1A RC HAND UNIT (AV-36F802)
4 LC11157-002A-A CUSHION ASSY 4pcs in 1set
5 LC10181-030A-A PACKING CASE
! 6 LCT0821-001E-A INST BOOK [ENGLISH]
7 CM36616-001-A CORNER LABEL 2pcs in 1set
8 BT-51028-1Q REGIST CARD
9 BT-52004-1Q WARRANTY CARD
10 QPA02503505 POLY BAG
PACKING
7
7
5
1
4
2
10
3 6
8 9
4
4
COLOR TELEVISION
USER' S GUIDE
For model s:
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-32F802
AV-32F702
AV-27F802
AV-27F702
Illustration of AV-27F802 and RM-C301G
IMPORTANT NOTE TOTHE CUSTOMER
In the spaces below, enter the model and serial number of your television (locat-
ed at the rear of the television cabinet). Staple your sales receipt or invoice to
the inside cover of this guide. Keep this user's guide in a convenient place for
future reference. Keep the carton and original packaging for future use.
Model Number Serial Number
LCT0821-001E-A
0901-TN-FAA-JIM
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 1
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARDS, DO NOT
EXPOSE THIS TV SET TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION: TO INSURE PERSONAL SAFETY, OBSERVE THE
FOLLOWING RULES REGARDING THE USE OF
THIS UNIT.
1.Operate only from the power source specified on the unit.
2. Avoid damaging the AC plug and power cord.
3. Avoid Improper installation and never position the unit where good venti-
lation is unattainable.
4. Do not allow objects or liquid into the cabinet openings.
5.In the event of trouble, unplug the unit and call a service technician.Do
not attempt to repair it yourself or remove the rear cover.
Changes or modifications not approved by JVC could void the warranty.
* When you dont use this TV set for a long period of time, be sure to dis-
connect both the power plug from the AC outlet and antenna for your
safety.
* To prevent electric shock do not use this polarized plug with an extension
cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully inserted to
prevent blade exposure.
CAUTION: To reduce the risk of electric shock.
Do not remove cover (or back).
No user serviceable parts inside.
Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, with-
in an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the
user to the presence of uninsulated dangerous
voltage within the products enclosure that may
be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of
electric shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral trian-
gle is intended to alert the user to the presence
of important operating and maintenance (servic-
ing) instructions in the literature accompanying
the appliance.
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 2
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
CAUTION:
Please read and retain for your safety.
Electrical energy can perform many useful functions. This TV set has been engineered and
manufactured to assure your personal safety. But improper use can result in potential electrical
shock or fire hazards. In order not to defeat the safeguards incorporated in this TVset,
observe the following basic rules for its installation, use and servicing.
And also follow all warnings and instructions marked on your TV set.
INSTALLATION
1 Your TV set is equipped with a polarized AC line plug (one blade of the plug is wider than the
other).
This safety feature allows the plug to fit into the power outlet only one way. Should you be
unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug.
Should it still fail to fit, contact your electrician.
2 Operate the TVset only from a power source as indicated on the TV set or refer to the oper -
ating instructions for this information. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your
home, consult your TV set dealer or local power company.For battery operation, refer to the
operating instructions.
3 Overloaded AC outlets and extension cords are dangerous, and so are frayed power cords
and broken plugs. They may result in a shock or fire hazard. Call your service technician for
replacement.
4 Do not allow anything to rest on or roll over the power cord, and do not place the TV set
where power cord is subject to traffic or abuse. This may result in a shock or fire hazard.
5 Do not use this TV set near water for example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or
laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near swimming pool, etc.
6 If an outside antenna is connected to the TV set, be sure the antenna system is grounded so
as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section
810 of the National Electrical Code provides information with respect to proper grounding of
the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge
unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection require-
ments for the grounding electrode.
(POLARIZED-TYPE)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 3
7 An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or
other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits.
When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from
touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal.
8 TV sets are provided with ventilation openings in the cabinet to allow heat generated during
operation to be released.
Therefore:
Never block the bottom ventilation slots of a portable TV set by placing it on a bed, sofa,
rug, etc.
Never place a TV set in a built-in enclosure unless proper ventilation is provided.
Never cover the openings with a cloth or other material.
Never place the TV set near or over a radiator or heat register.
9 To avoid personal injury:
Do not place a TV set on a sloping shelf unless properly secured.
Use only a cart or stand recommended by the TVset manufacturer.
Do not try to roll a cart with small casters across thresholds or deep pile carpets.
Wall or shelf mounting should follow the manufacturers instructions, and should use a
mounting kit approved by the manufacturer.
USE
10 Caution children about dropping or pushing objects into the TV set through cabinet open-
ings. Some internal parts carry hazardous voltages and contact can result in a fire or elec-
trical shock.
11 Unplug the TV set from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid or an aerosol
cleaner.
12 Never add accessories to a TV set that has not been designed for this purpose. Such addi-
tions may result in a hazard.
EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING
AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 4
13 For added protection of the TV set during a lightning storm or when the TV set is to be left
unattended for an extended period of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the
antenna.This will prevent damage to product due to lightning storms or power line surges.
14 A TVset and cart combination should be moved with
care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven sur-
faces may cause the TV set and cart combination to
overturn.
SERVICE
15 Unplug this TV set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel
under the following conditions:
A.When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
B. If liquid has been spilled into the TV set.
C. If the TV set has been exposed to rain or water.
D. If the TV set does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust
only those controls that are covered in the operating instructions as improper adjustment
of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a quali-
fied technician to restore the TV set to normal operation.
E.If the TV set has been dropped or damaged in any way.
F. When the TV set exhibits a distinct change in performance this indicates a need for
service.
16 Do not attempt to service this TV set yourself as opening or removing covers may expose
you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service person-
nel.
17 When replacement parts are required, have the service technician verify in writing that the
replacement parts he uses have the same safety characteristics as the original parts. Use
of manufacturers specified replacement parts can prevent fire, shock, or other hazards.
18 Upon completion of any service or repairs to this TV set, please ask the service technician
to perform the safety check described in the manufacturers service literature.
19 When a TV set reaches the end of its useful life, improper disposal could result in a picture
tube implosion.Ask a qualified service technician to dispose of the TV set.
20 Note to CATV system installer.
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installers attention to Article 820-40 of
the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the
cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the
point of cable entry as practical.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 5
PICTURE SETTINGS . . . . . . . 34
Tint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Noise Muting . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Set Video Status . . . . . . . . . . 35
SOUND SETTINGS . . . . . . . 36
Bass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6
Treble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
MTS (Multi-channel Sound) . . . . 36
GENERAL ITEMS . . . . . . . . 37
Purity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
On/Off Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TV Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Audio Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
V4 Component-In/
V2 Component-In . . . . . . . . . 39
Closed Caption . . . . . . . . . . 39
BUTTON FUNCTIONS . . . . . . 40
Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Exit and PIP Off . . . . . . . . . 40
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Video Status . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sleep Timer . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Hyper Surround . . . . . . . . . 41
Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
BBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
100+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Return+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
VCR Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DV D Buttons . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
TV/CATV Switch . . . . . . . . . . 43
VCR/DVD Switch . . . . . . . . . 43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PIP (Picture-In-Picture) . . . . . 44
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
On/Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Channel +/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . .46
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 46
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Authorized Service Centers . . 49
Search Codes . . . . . . . . . . 50
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .51
Table of Contents
UNPACKING YOUR TV . . . . . 7
QUICK SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . 8
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . 8
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . 8
Making Basic Connections . . . 9
Plug In Menu . . . . . . . . . . 10
CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . 11
Cable and VCR Connections . . . . . . . 11
Connecting to a DVDPlayer . . . . . . . . 14
Connecting to an External Amplifier . . . . 15
Connecting to a Camcorder . . . . . . . . 15
Connecting to JVC AV Compu Link . . . . 6
REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . 17
Remote Control Basics . . . . . 17
Changing the Batteries . . . . . 17
REMOTE PROGRAMMING . . . 18
CATV and Satellite Codes . . . 18
VCR Codes . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DVD Codes . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ONSCREEN MENUS . . . . . . 21
Using the Guide . . . . . . . . 21
The Onscreen Menus . . . . . . 21
PLUG IN MENU . . . . . . . . . 22
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Auto Tuner Setup . . . . . . . . 22
Auto Clock Set . . . . . . . . . 23
Manual Clock Set . . . . . . . . 24
Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CHANNEL SUMMARY . . . . . 25
Channel Summary . . . . . . . 25
VCHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
US VChip Ratings . . . . . . . 27
Setting US VChip Ratings . . . 28
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Set Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . 30
Directions for Movie Settings . 30
Canadian VChip Ratings . . . 31
Canadian VChip Directions . . 31
Unrated Programs . . . . . . . 32
Set Lock Code . . . . . . . . . 33
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 6
Two AA
Batteries 1 Television
1 Remote
Control
Thank you for your purchase of a JVC Color Television. Before you begin setting up your new
television, please check to make sure you have all of the following items. In addition to this
guide, your television box should include:
Once you have unpacked your television, the next step is to connect it to your antenna/cable
or satellite system and to connect the audio/video devices you want to use with your televi-
sion. To make these connections you will use plugs like the ones illustrated below.
A/V Input Plug
RF Connectors
Used to connect a
coaxial cable from an
external antenna or Cable
TV system.
A matching TV stand
is also available
(optional).
Used to make video con-
nections with VCRs,
DVDs, Camcorders, etc
(optional).
Used to connect JVC AV
Compu Link
capable components for
an automated home the-
ater.
Used to connect
audio/video devices like
VCRs, DVD players, stereo
amplifiers, game consoles,
etc.
S-Video Plug
AV Compu Link Cable
We recommend that before you start using your new television, you read your entire Users
Guide so you can learn about your new televisions many great features. But if youre anxious
to start using your television right away, a quick setup guide follows on the next three pages.
Unpacking Your Television
7
Note: Your remote
control may differ from
the example illustrated
here.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 7
8
Slide the cover on the back of the remote down towards the bottom of the remote control.
Insert two batteries (included) carefully noting the +and markings, placing the end in
the unit first. Slide the cover back into place.
Getting Started
These quick setup pages will provide you, in three easy steps, with the basic information you
need to begin using your new television right away. This information includes basic instructions
on operating your remote control, making a simple cable/antenna and optional VCR connection
and, finally, information on programming your television's Auto Tuner.
If you have questions, or for more detailed information on any of these steps, please consult
other sections of this manual.
Step One - The Remote Control
The remote control is the key to operating your television's many great features. Before you
can operate your remote control, you first need to install the batteries (included).
Basic Operation
Turn the television on and off by pressing the POWER button at the top right corner of the
remote.
The four key feature buttons at the center of the remote can be used for basic operation of the
television.The top and bottom buttons will scan forward and back through the available chan-
nels. The right and left buttons will turn the volume up or down.These buttons are also marked
with four arrows and are also used with JVC's onscreen menu system. You will need to use
these buttons later in the Quick Setup.
The next step is to connect your television to an antenna or cable.
Power Button
Key Feature Buttons
+
Proceed to Step Two
Quick Setup 1
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 8
9
Cable/RF connector
Step Two - Making Basic Connections
Next you will need to connect your television to an antenna or cable system. The most basic
antenna/cable connection is shown below. For more detailed connections, such as ones where
a cable box is required, see pages 11 to 13.
1) Connect the yellow video cable out from the VCRs Video Output, in to the TVs Video
Input jack, OR connect an S-Video cable from the VCRs S-Video output, to the TVs
S-Video input.
Audio Input Jack.
Audio Input jack.
Finally, once you have finished your connections, plug the power cord into the nearest power
outlet and turn on the television.
1) Connect an RF cable out from the wall outlet in to the RF Input on the back of the TV.
+
Proceed to Step Three
Quick Setup 2
You may also wish to connect a VCR at this point. A basic VCR connection is shown below.
For detailed instructions on connecting a other components or a home theater system, see
pages 14 to 16.
NOTE: A VCRis not required to operate your television.
AV Cables/Plugs
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 9
10
Press the buttons to move to AUTO TUNER SETUP
Press the buttons to begin AUTO TUNER SETUP
To choose CABLE (if you are connected to a cable system) or AIR (if you use
an antenna)
To move to START
The Auto Tuner will now memorize all of the clear, active channels your television can
receive. This will take one or two minutes.
NOW
PROGRAMMING!
48
TUNER MODE : CABLE AIR
START
Step Three - The Plug In Menu
When you turn your television on for the first time the Plug In Menu will appear. This menu
sets some of the basic settings for your television. A complete description of the Plug In Menu
can be found starting on page 22. We recommend you complete the Plug In Menu items
before you start using your television. But to begin watching your television right away you only
need to run the Auto Tuner Setup. This lets your television learn the channels it is able to
receive. To run the Auto Tuner Setup follow the steps below.
The Auto Tuner is finished when the message PROGRAMMING OVER! appears onscreen.
Your Quick Setup is now complete. You can now begin watching your television, or you can
continue on in this guide for more information on connecting audio/video devices, programming
your remote control, or using the JVC onscreen menu system to customize your television
viewing experience.
PLUG IN MENU
AUTO TUNER SETUP
SET CLOCK
FINISH
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY EXIT BY
EX
IT
The Quick Setup
is complete
Quick Setup 3
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 10
Connections
splitter.
2) Connect an RFcable from the one of the RF Outputs on the splitter, in to the RF Input on
the back of the VCR.
back of the TV.
input.
Audio Input Jack.
Audio Input jack.
There are three basic types of antenna or cable connections:
If you have an antenna or have a cable system that does not require you use a cable box
to select channels, please refer to Diagram #1.
If you have a cable system that requires the use of a cable box to access all the chan-
nels, please refer to Diagram #2. If you cannot operate your Picture-In-Picture
function using Diagram #2, try the connection shown in Diagram #3. It is possible yo
cable box allows the signal of only one channel at a time to be sent to your television.
If you have a cable system that requires the use of a cable box to access certain
premium channels, but not basiccable channels, please refer to Diagram #3.
For your convenience, connection to a VCR is also shown in the following diagrams. A
VCR is not necessary for operation of the television or Picture-In-Picture (PIP) function.
You may omit the VCR from your connections if you wish.
For instructions on connecting a VCR only, please see the Quick Setup on page 9.
For information on using PIP, please see page 44.
The PIP feature is available on models AV-36F802, AV-32F802 and AV-27F802 only.
Cable and VCR Connections
11
Diagram #1
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 11
Connections
12
1) Connect the antenna or cable TV wire from the wall outlet, in to the RFInput of the cable
box.
2) Connect an RF cable from the RFOutput of the cable box, in to the RFInput on the back of
the VCR.
3) Connect an RF cable from the RF Output of the VCR, in to the RF Input on the back of the
TV.
input.
Audio Input Jack.
Audio Input jack.
If your VCRis a mono sound unit, it will have only one Audio Out jack. Connect it to the TVs
Left Audio Input.
Diagram #2
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 12
Connections
13
The connection diagrams are intended to show some basic general connections.
Some cable companies may require special connections to properly use your televi-
sion or 2-tuner PIP function. If you follow these diagrams and either the television or
PIPdoes not work properly, contact your local cable operator for more connection
information. Please see page 44 for more information on the PIP feature.
splitter.
2) Connect an RFcable from the one of the RFOutputs on the splitter, in to the cable box RF
Input.
3) Connect an RF cable from the Cable Box Output, in to the VCR RF Input.
back of the TV.
input.
Audio Input jack.
Audio Input jack.
Diagram #3
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 13
Connections
14
1) Connect Green cable out from DVD player YComponent Output, in to TVY Component
Input.
2) Connect Blue cable out from DVDplayer PB Component Output, in to TV PB Component
Input.
3) Connect Red cable out from DVD Player PR Component Output, in to TV PR Component
Input.
4) Connect White Audio cable out from DVDLeft Audio Output, in to TV Left Audio Input 2.
5) Connect Red Audio cable out from DVDRight Audio Output, in to TVRight Audio Input 2.
Green, blue and red are the most common colors for DVD cables. Some models may vary
colors. Please consult the users manual for your DVD Player for more information.
Be careful not to confuse the red DVD cable with the red audio cable. It is best to complete
one set of connections (DVDor Audio Output) before starting the other to avoid accidentally
switching the cables.
See page 20 for instructions on programming your remote control to operate the basic func-
tions of your DVD player.
AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802: You may also connect the DVD player to Input 4. If
you use Input 4 for the DVD connection, you must set the V4 COMPONENT-IN on the initial
Setup Menu to YES for proper display of the DVD signal.
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702: If you use Input 2 (Component-In) for the DVDcon-
nection, you must set the V2 COMPONENT-IN on the initial Setup Menu to YES for prop-
er display of the DVD signal.
NOTE: Progressive DVDPlayers (players with an output scan of 31.5 KHz) will not work prop-
erly with this television.
Connecting to a DVD player
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 14
Connections
1) Connect the yellow video cable out from the Camcorders Video Output, in to the TVs Video
Input jack, OR connect an S-Video cable from the Camcorders S-Video output, to the TVs
S-Video Input.
2) Connect the white audio cable out from the Camcorders Left Audio Output, in to the TVs
Left Audio Input jack.
3) Connect the red audio cable out from the Camcorders Right Audio Output, in to the TVs
Right Audio Input jack.
If your Camcorder is a mono sound model it will have only one audio jack. Connect it to the
TVs Left Audio jack.
Connecting to an External Amplifier
Connecting to a Camcorder
1) Connect the white audio cable from the TVs Left Audio Output jack to the Amplifiers Left
Audio Input jack.
2) Connect the red audio cable from the TVs Right Audio Output jack to the Amplifiers Right
Audio Input jack.
See also TV Speaker and Audio Outon page 38 for more information on using external
speakers.
You may connect a camcorder to your television by using the front Input Jacks (Input 3)
located under the front panel door. To access, press lightly on the door to open it. You may
also connect a game console or other equipment using these jacks. Camcorders may also
be connected to the televisions rear input jacks.
15
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 15
Connections
16
To Connect: Plug one end of the AV Compu Link cable into the AV Compu Link input on your
VCR, DVD, or other Compu Link device. Plug the other end of the AV Compu Link cable into
the AV Compu Link input at the rear of the television.
Connecting to JVC AV Compu Link
JVCs AV Compu Link feature makes playing video tapes or DVDs totally automatic. Simply
insert a pre-recorded tape into your JVC-brand VCR or DVD into your JVC DVD player and
the device will automatically turn on and begin playback. At the same time, using the AV
Compu Link, the VCR or DVD player sends a signal to the television telling it to turn on and
switch to the proper video input.
The AV Compu Link cable may be included with the JVC AV Compu Link accessory you
wish to connect. If it is not, contact an authorized JVCService Center for
part # EWP 805-012.
AV Compu Link can only be used with JVC-brand products.
NOTE:
In order for the VCR playback to begin automatically, the recording tabs must be remove from
the VHS tape. If the tab is in place, automatic switching will occur when you push the VCRs
PLAY button.
The AV Compu Link cable has a male 3.5 mm (mono) plug on each end.
If your JVC-brand VCR has A Code/B Code Remote Control Switching(see your VCRs
instruction book), using VCR A Code will switch the TV to input 1.
To connect a JVC HiFi receiver or amplifier for a completely automated home theater, see
the HiFis connection instructions for detailed connection information.
AVCOMPU LINK EX is compatible with the following receivers:RX-664V, RX-665V,
RX-668VBK, RX-774V, RX-778VBK, RX-884V, RX-888VBK, RX-1024V, RX-1028VBK, and
later receiver models.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 16
Remote Control
Before you can operate the remote control, you must first
install the batteries (included). See Changing the
Batteries at the bottom of this page for instructions. (For
an illustration, please see page 8.)
Press the POWER button to turn the television on or off.
Make sure the TV/CATV switch is set to TV. Move the
switch to CATV only if you need to operate a cable box.
Slide the VCR/DVD selector switch to VCR to control a
VCR, slide to DVD to control a DVD player. Please see
pages 18 to 20 for instructions on programming your
remote control to operate a Cable box, VCR or DVD player.
Press the CH+ and CH buttons to scan through the chan-
nels. Tap the CH+ or CH button to move through the
channels one channel at a time.
To move rapidly through the channels using JVCs
Hyperscan feature, press and hold CH+ or CH. The
channels will zip by at a rate of five channels per second.
Press VOL+ or VOL to raise or lower the volume. An indi-
cator bar will appear onscreen to show you the television
volume level.
The CH+/ and VOL+/ buttons are also used to navigate
JVCs onscreen menu system.
You can directly access specific channels using the 10-key
pad.
For more information on remote control button features,
see pages 40 to 45. For information on using the
onscreen menus, see page 21.
Changing the Batteries
Push down on the remotes back cover and slide towards the bottom to remove it.
Insert two AA batteries (supplied), carefully noting the "+" and "" markings on the batteries
and on the remote control. To avoid a potential short circuit, insert the "" end first. Be sure to
use only size AA batteries.
When batteries are installed, slide the cover back into place (until it clicks into position).
If the remote control acts erratically, replace the batteries. Typical battery life is six months to
one year. We recommend using alkaline batteries for longer battery life. When you change
the batteries, try to complete the task within three minutes. If you take longer than three min-
utes, the remote control codes for your VCR, DVD, and/or Cable Box may have to be reset
(see pages 18-20).
Remote Control Basics
NOTE: Remote control model RM-C301G is shown at the
left. A different model remote control may have come with
your television.
17
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 17
Remote Programming
Setting the CATV, VCR and DVD Codes
You can program your remote to operate your cable box, satellite receiver, VCR or DVD
player by using the instructions and codes listed below. If the equipment does not respond
to any of the codes listed below or to the code search function, use the remote control sup-
plied by the manufacturer.
Cable Box or Satellite codes
The remote control is programmed with CATV and/or Satellite codes for power on, power off,
channel up, channel down, and 10 key operation.
1) Find the CATV/Satellite brand from the list of codes shown below.
2) Slide the 2-way selector switch to CATV.
4) With the DISPLAY button held down, enter the first code number listed using the 10 key pad.
6) Confirm the operation of the Cable Box/Satellite receiver.
If your CATVor Satellite box does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it
does not respond to any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
18
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 18
Remote Programming
VCR codes
The remote control is programmed with VCR codes for power on, power off, play, stop,
fast-forward, rewind, pause, record, channel up, and channel down operation.
1) Find the VCR brand from the list of codes shown below.
6) Confirm the operation of the VCR.
If your VCR does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it does not respond to
any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
Some manufacturers VCRs may not respond to the TV/VCR button, even if other buttons
work properly.
To record, hold down the REC button on the remote and press PLAY.
19
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 19
Remote Programming
20
DVD codes
The remote control is programmed with DVD codes for power on, power off, play, stop,
fast-forward, rewind, previous chapter, next chapter, tray open/close, and still/pause operation.
1) Find the DVD player brand from the list of codes shown below.
6) Confirm the operation of the DVD player.
If your DVD player does not respond to the first code, try the others listed. If it does not
respond to any code, try the Search Codes Function, on page 50.
After you program your remote, some DVD buttons may not work properly. If some buttons
do not work properly, use the remote control which came with your DVD player.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 20
To bring up the onscreen menu, press the MENU button on the remote control. The item that
appears in yellow is the one currently selected. If you press the MENU button again, the
onscreen display will skip to the next menu screen. If you use the Menu button on the TV s
front panel instead of the remote, an additional menu screen showing channel number and
input will appear. The Plug In Menuwill appear the first time the TV is plugged in.
NOTE: Menus shown in this book are illustrations, not exact replications of the televisions
onscreen displays.
Onscreen Menus
21
Using the Guide
The Onscreen Menus
PLUG IN MENU
AUTO TUNER SETUP
SET CLOCK
FINISH
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY EXIT BY
EX
IT
Certain symbols are used throughout this guide to help you learn about the features of your
new television. The ones you will see most frequently are:
Up and Down arrows mean press the CH+ or CH buttons. Pressing the CH+ or CH
buttons let you:
Move vertically in a main menu screen
Move through a submenu screen
Move to the next letter, number, or other choice in a submenu
Back up to correct an error
Scan through TVchannels (when not in a menu screen)
Left and right arrows mean press the VOLUME+ or VOLUME buttons to move left or right
to:
Select a highlighted menu item
Select an item in a submenu
Select numbers in certain menu options
Turn the volume up or down (when not in a menu screen)
The Press Button icon means you should press the button named on your remote
control. (Button names appear in SMALL CAPITAL LETTERS.)
The Helping Handicon points to the highlighted or selected item in a menu.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 21
Plug In Menu
Introduction
Auto Tuner Setup
Language
You can choose to view your onscreen menus in three languages:English, French, or Spanish.
To LANGUAGE
To choose a language
In Auto Tuner Setup, the TV automatically scans through all available channels, memorizing the
active ones and skipping over blank ones or channels with weak signals. This means when you
scan (using the CHANNEL +/ buttons) you will receive only clear, active channels.
To AUTO TUNER SETUP
To operate
To choose CABLEor AIR
To move to START
Noise Muting will not work during Auto Tuner Setup.
NOW
PROGRAMMING !
PROGRAMMING OVER!
48
Programming will take approximately 1 to 2
minutes.
The Plug In Menu comes up automatically when you first turn on the TV after plugging it in.
The Plug In Menu helps you to get your TV ready to use by letting you set your preferences for:
The Language in which you want the onscreen menus to appear,
The Auto Tuner Setup of which channels you wish to receive,
Setting the TVs clock to the correct time so your timer functions will work properly.
Descriptions of each of the Plug In Menu features appear on this page and the next. We rec-
ommend you complete the Plug In Menu setup first so your TV is set up just the way you want,
right away.
22
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 22
Plug In Menu
23
Auto Clock Set
Before you use any of your TVs timer functions, you must first set the clock. You may precisely
set your clock using the XDS time signal broadcast by most Public Broadcastingstations.To
set the clock using the XDS signal:
Enter the channel number of your local PBS station
Press MENU
To SETCLOCK
To operate
To AUTO
ToTIME ZONE
To select your time zone
To move to Daylight Savings Time (D.S.T.)
To turn D.S.T. ON or OFF
To FINISH
If you do not have a PBS station in your local area, you will have to set the clock manually.
See Manual Clock Seton the next page for instructions.
The Daylight Savings Time feature automatically adjusts your TVs clock for Daylight Savings.
The clock will move forward one hour at 2:00 am on the first Sunday in April.The clock will
move back one hour at 2:00 am on the last Sunday in October.
MODE AUTO MANUAL
TIME ZONE EASTERN
D.S.T. ON OFF
FINISH
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 23
Plug In Menu
24
Once you have the items in the Plug In Menu set to your personal preferences, move to the
Finish option to save your settings.
To FINISH
You can change the preferences you set in the Plug In Menu at any time using the regular
JVC onscreen menu system.
Manual Clock Set
Finish
NOTE:
You will have to reset the clock after a power interruption. You must set the clock before operat -
ing any timer functions.
To set your clock manually (without using the XDS signal), choose MANUAL from the Set Clock
menu and follow the steps below.
To SET CLOCK
To operate
To MANUAL
To move to the hour
To set the hour
To move to minutes
To set the minutes
To move to START CLOCK
To start clock and exit
MODE AUTO MANUAL
TIME --:-- --
START CLOCK
THANK YOU !!
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 24
Channel Summary
Channel Summary
Channel Summary allows you to customize the line-up of channels received by your TV. You
can add or delete channels from the line-up or prevent any unauthorized viewers from watching
any or all 181 channels.
To CHANNEL SUMMARY
To operate
The Channel Summary screen (above) will now be displayed with the channels set to scan
marked with an "". You can delete channels from the scan by removing the "". If any chan-
nels were missed during Auto Tuner Setup and you wish to add them, you may by placing an
"" next to the channel number.
To the SCAN column
To include or delete from scan
EXIT when finished
You can block access to a channel by activating the Channel Lock.
To CHANNELSUMMARY
To operate
To the Lock Column
ZERO to lock or unlock that channel
EXIT when finished
Channel Guard Message
When a viewer attempts to watch a guarded channel, the following message appears:
To watch a channel that you have locked,
enter the Lock Code using the 10 key pad.
If the wrong code is entered, the message
INVALIDLOCK CODE!will flash on the
screen:
The channel cannot be accessed until the
correct code is entered.
Once a channel has been unlocked, it will remain unlocked until the television is turned off.
See also Set Lock Code, page 33.
C H NO. S C A N C H NO. SCAN
0 1 06
0 2 07
0 3 08
0 4 09
0 5 10
THIS CHANNEL IS LOCKED BY
CHANNEL GUARD.
NO. - - - -
25
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 25
26
V-Chip
Your TV is equipped with V-Chip technology which enables TV Parental Guidelines (for United
States and Canada) and Movie (MPAA) Guideline controls. V-Chip technology allows you to
program your TV to receive, or not to receive, programs based on content according to the
guidelines. Programs which exceed the ratings limits you set will be blocked. When a viewer
attempts to watch a blocked channel, this message appears:
The channel will remain blocked until the correct lock code is entered (see page 33 for informa-
tion on setting your lock code).
You can customize the V-Chip settings of your television to match your personal tastes. The
V-Chip menu below is the starting point for your V-Chip settings.
You can use US V-Chip settings (for programming broadcast from the United States), Canadian
V-Chip settings (for programming broadcast from Canada), and movie ratings. You may use
any or all of the settings (US V-Chip, Canada V-Chip, Movie ratings). Descriptions for setting
each of the three V-Chip formats appear in the next seven pages along with descriptions of the
rating categories.
To access the rating categories:
THIS PROGRAMMING EXCEEDS
YOUR RATING LIMITS.
NO. - - - -
V-CHIP ON OFF
SET USTV RATINGS
SET MOVIE RATINGS
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
FINISH
Special Note about Ratings
Some programs are not broadcast with a ratings signal. Therefore, even if you setup V-Chip
ratings limits, these programs will not be blocked. Parents are cautioned to preview the con-
tents of these programs or movies.
ToV-CHIP
To turn V-Chip ON or OFF (V-Chip must be turned ON for rating settings to operate)
To move to SET US TV RATINGS, SETMOVIE RATINGS, or SETCANADIAN
RATINGS (see following pages for descriptions of each item)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 26
27
V-Chip
US V-Chip Ratings
U.S. PARENTAL RATING SYSTEMS
Programs with the following ratings are appropriate for children.
TV Y is Appropriate for All Children.
Programs are created for very young viewers and should be suitable for all ages, including
children ages 2 - 6.
TV Y7 is for Older Children.
Most parents would find such programs suitable for children 7 and above. These programs
may contain some mild fantasy violence or comedic violence, which children should be able
to discern from reality.
Programs with the following ratings are designed for the entire audience.
TV G stands for General Audience.
Most parents would find these programs suitable for all age groups. They contain little or no
violence, no strong language, and little or no sexual dialog or situations.
TV PG Parental Guidance Suggested.
May contain some, but not much, strong language, limited violence, and some suggestive
sexual dialog or situations. It is recommended that parents watch these programs first, or
with their children.
TV 14 Parents Strongly Cautioned.
Programs contain some material that may be unsuitable for children under the age of 14
including possible intense violence, sexual situations, strong coarse language, or intensely
suggestive dialog. Parents are cautioned against unattended viewing by children under 14.
TV MA Mature Audiences Only.
These programs are specifically for adults and may be unsuitable for anyone under 17 years
of age. TV MA programs may have extensiveV, S, L, or D.
Viewing Guidelines
In addition to the ratings categories explained above, information on specific kinds of content
are also supplied with the V-Chip rating. These types of content may also be blocked.The
content types are:
V/FV is for VIOLENCE/FANTASY VIOLENCE
S stands for SEXUALCONTENT
L stands for strong LANGUAGE
D stands for suggestive DIALOG
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 27
V-Chip
28
Line up the cursor in the column (TV PG, TV G, etc.) with the content row (V/FV, S, etc.) and
press the or to move the cursor to the correct location. Press or to turn the locking
feature on or off . An item is locked if the icon appears instead of a .
For example: To block viewing of all TV 14 shows, move the cursor to the top row of that
column and add a lock icon. Once you've put a lock on the top row, everything in that column
is automatically locked.
To the TV 14 Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
If you want to change the setup, move the cursor to the top column and change the lock icon
to by pressing or again. You may then select individual categories to block.
ToV-CHIP
To turnV-Chip ON or OFF
To move to SET US TV RATINGS
To operate
V-CHIP ON OFF
SET USTV RATINGS
SET MOVIE RATINGS
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
FINISH
Setting US V-Chip Ratings
Directions to set US V-Chip Ratings:
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 28
V-Chip
29
Setting ratings with the V-Chip button
Example 2:
If you want to set your V-Chip settings to block all programming above a current setting such as
TV PG-V (with violence):
Press ZERO when TV-PG - V is displayed
To access Rating information about a certain program, press the V-CHIP button while viewing
that program. A display like this will appear :
If you decide you want to block this category of viewing, press "0" while the above screen is
visible, and all programs from that category will be blocked.
Example 1:
If you want to set your V-Chip settings to block all programming above TV PG:
For Children's programming you can block TV-Y and Y7 programs by Pressing 0 when Y is
displayed during a program. Programming for audiences other than childrens audiences will
not be affected.
PROGRAM IS RATED :
TV-PG - V
All Programming above TV PG will be blocked.
Press ZERO when TV-PG is displayed
All Programming above TV PG - V (with Violence) will be blocked.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 29
V-Chip
NR Not Rated.
This is a film which has no rating. In many cases these films were imported from countries
which do not use the MPAA ratings system. Other NR films may be from amateur producers
who didnt intend to have their film widely released.
NR (Not Rated) Programming may contain all types of programming including children's
programming, foreign programs, or adult material.
In the opinion of the review board, these films contain nothing in the way of sexual content,
violence, or language that would be unsuitable for audiences of any age.
PG Parental Guidance .
Parental Guidance means the movie may contain some contents such as mild violence,
some brief nudity, and strong language. The contents are not deemed intense.
PG-13 Parents Strongly Cautioned.
Parents with children under 13 are cautioned that the content of movies with this rating may
include more explicit sexual, language, and violence content than movies rated PG.
R - Restricted.
These films contain material that is explicit in nature and is not recommended for
unsupervised children under the age of 17.
NC-17 - No One Under 17.
These movies contain content which most parents would feel is too adult for their children to
view. Content can consist of strong language, nudity, violence, and suggestive or explicit
subject matter.
X - No One under 18.
Movie Ratings
ToV-CHIP
To SET MOVIE RATINGS
To enter movies menu
For example, to block viewing of X and NC-17 rated from shows:
To the X Column
To turn on the lock
To the NC-17 Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
Directions to set Movie (MPAA) Ratings:
30
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 30
V-Chip
E Exempt.
Exempt programming includes:news, sports, documentaries and other information
programming, talk shows, music videos, and variety programming.
C Programming Intended for Children.
Violence Guidelines:There will be no realistic scenes of violence. Depictions of aggressive
behavior will be infrequent and limited to portrayals that are clearly imaginar y, comedic or
unrealistic in nature.
C8+ Programming Intended for Children 8 and Over .
Violence Guidelines: Any realistic depictions of violence will be infrequent, discreet, of low
intensity and will show the consequences of the acts. There will be no offensive language,
nudity or sexual content.
Programming will contain little violence and will be sensitive to themes which could affect
younger children.
PG - Parental Guidance.
Programming intended for a general audience, but which may not be suitable for younger
children. Parents may consider some content not appropriate for children aged 8-13.
14+ - 14 Years and Older.
Parents are strongly cautioned to exercise discretion in permitting viewing by pre-teens and
early teens. Programming may contain mature themes and scenes of intense violence.
18+ - Adult.
Material intended for mature audiences only.
Canadian V-Chip Ratings
Directions to set Canadian V-Chip Ratings:
ToV-CHIP
To SET CANADIAN RATINGS ENG (for English)
To enter ratings menu
For example, to block viewing of programming rated 14+ and 18+:
To the 18+ Column
To turn on the lock
To the 14+ Column
To turn on the lock
To FINISH
For instructions on Set Canadian Ratings FRE (in French), please see page 31 in the
French side of this users guide.
31
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 31
32
V-Chip
Unrated Programs
Notes About Unrated Programs:
Unrated programming refers to any programming which does not contain a rating signal.
Programming on television stations which do not broadcast rating signals will be placed in the
Unrated Programming" category.
Examples of Unrated programs:
Emergency Bulletins
Locally Originated Programming
News
Political Programs
Public Service Announcements
Religious Programs
Sports
Weather
Some Commercials
TV programs or movies that do not have rating signals will be blocked if the Unrated
Category is set to BLOCK.
Directions to Block Unrated Programs:
You can block programs that are not rated.
ToV-CHIP
To operate (The lock icon appears)
To UNRATED
ToVIEW or BLOCK
Press EXIT when done
UNRATED VIEW BLOCK
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 32
V-Chip
Set Lock Code
Channel Guard and V-Chip settings are protected by a four-digit Lock Code. Your TV comes
pre-set with a Lock Code of "0000". You may change the code to any four-digit number you
wish. To change the Lock Code, follow the steps below.
To SETLOCK CODE
To operate
The lock icon appears.
Press ZERO to access the Lock Code
The first digit will be highlighted
To select the number
To move to the next digit
Continue to follow these directions for all four numbers.
To FINISH
Your Lock Code is now set..
LOCK CODE 0 0 0 0
FINISH
0
After a power interruption you must reset the Lock Code.
Write your Lock Code number down and keep it hidden from potential viewers.
If you forget the Lock Code, a new code may be set using the steps listed above.
NOTE:
33
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 33
Picture Settings
34
Tint
Color
Picture
Bright
Detail
Tint allows you to adjust the levels of red and green in your TV picture.
ToTINT
To increase the levels of green
To increase the levels of red
The color function lets you make all the colors in the TV picture appear either more vivid or
subtle.
To COLOR
To make the colors more vivid
To make the colors more subdued
Picture allows you to adjust the levels of black and white on the TV screen, giving you a darker
or brighter picture overall.
To PICTURE
To increase the level of contrast
To decrease the level of contrast
You can adjust the overall brightness of the TV picture with the Bright control.
To BRIGHT
To lighten the picture
To darken the picture
The Detail feature adjusts the level of fine detail displayed in the picture.
To DETAIL
To make the picture sharper (more details)
To make the picture smoother (less detail)
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 34
Picture Settings
35
Noise Muting
Set Video Status
With Set Video Status, you can save your own set of picture quality adjustments as Choice
and have access to them at the touch of a button.
To SETVIDEO STATUS
To operate
To set the TINT levels
To move to the next option
Repeat these steps until all levels are set.
To SAVEAS CHOICE
You must use SAVE AS CHOICE to exit the Set Video Status menu, otherwise your prefer -
ences will not be saved.
You can access your Choicesettings at any time by pressing the VIDEO STATUS button on
the remote control.
TINT
COLOR
PICTURE
BRIGHT
DETAIL
SAVE AS CHOICE
The setting screen will disappear if you do not make any adjustments or move to the next set-
ting in approximately three seconds. Any changes you have made to picture settings up to that
point will be stored. You can exit the Picture Settings menu at any time by pressing the EXIT
button on the remote control.
NOTE:
This feature inserts a blank blue screen over channels which are not broadcasting or are too
weak to be received clearly.
To NOISE MUTING
To turn Noise Muting ON or OFF
Noise Muting will not work during Auto Tuner Setup or when you operate Channel Summary.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 35
Sound Settings
You can increase or decrease the level of low-frequency sound in the TVs audio with the Bass
adjustment.
To BASS
To increase the bass
To decrease the bass
Use Treble to adjust the level of high-frequency sound in your TVs audio.
Press the ME N U bu t t o n
ToTREBLE
To increase the treble
To decrease the treble
Adjust the level of sound between the TVs two speakers with the Balance setting.
To BALANCE
To shift the balance towards the right speaker
To shift the balance towards the left speaker
MTS technology allows several audio signals to be broadcast at once, giving you a choice in
what you wish to hear with a TV program. In addition to mono or stereo sound, an MTS broad-
cast may also include a Second Audio Program (SAP).
To MTS
Select the mode
(The ON AIR arrow tells you if a broadcast is in Stereo and/or contains an SAP).
Keep the TV in STEREO mode to get the best sound quality. The sound will work in
STEREO mode even if a certain broadcast is in MONO sound only.
Choose the MONO setting to reduce excessive noise on a certain channel or broadcast.
Selecting SAP will allow you to hear an alternative soundtrack, if one is available.
MTS (Multi-Channel Television Sound)
Treble
Balance
Bass
You can leave the Sound Settings menu at any time by pressing the EX I T button on the
remote control.
NOTE:
36
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 36
General Items
The On/Off timer lets you program your television to turn itself on or off. You can use it as an
alarm to wake up, to help you remember important programs, or as a decoy when you're not
home.
To ON/OFFTIMER
To operate (begins with ON TIME)
To set the hour (AM/PM) you want the TV to turn on
To move to minutes
To set the minutes
To accept ON TIME and move to OFF TIME (the time the TV will turn off). Set the
OFF TIMEthe same way as ON TIME
To accept OFFTIME and move to CHANNEL
To select channel
To move to MODE
Choose ONCE or EVERYDAY
To ON/OFFTIMER
Choose YES to accept the timer setting, choose NOif you don't wish to accept
To FINISH
To save settings
On/Off Timer
On/Off Timer Note for PIP (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802) only.
The On/Off time cannot be set to locked or guarded channels.
In order for the On/Off timer to work, the clock must be set.
After a power interruption, the Timer settings must be reset.
NOTE:
If the television is on when a timed event is about to start a Timer Preview window will appear.
The Timer Preview window will appear in the lower right corner of the screen seven seconds
before the timer is programmed to begin. When the timer activates, the Preview picture will
become the main picture.
37
Purity
This helps clean up the picture so that it may not contain any snow.
To PURITY
To enter
To adjust purity
N S
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 37
General Items
38
If your TV is connected to a stereo system, you can turn off the TV speakers and listen to the
audio through your stereo.
ToTVSPEAKER
To turn the TV's speakers ONor OFF
EXIT when finished
Before you turn the TV Speaker setting from OFF to ON, make sure that the TV volume
level is low! If the TV volume is set too high, the sound level will be extremely loud.
After a power interruption, the TVSpeaker settings will return to ON.
TV Speaker
External Speakers: When using external speakers or amplifiers, shut off the TV Speakers
(see TV Speaker) above.
NOTE:
If your television is connected to an external speaker source, Audio Out gives you the option of
controlling the volume level with your TVs remote control.
To AUDIO OUT
ToVARI or FIX
EXIT when finished
VARI: Lets you adjust the volume of the external speakers using the VOLUME +/ buttons on
your TVs remote control.
FIX: The volume of the external speakers is adjusted using the audio devices remote control.
Audio Out
TV SPEAKER ON OFF
AUDIO OUT VARI FIX
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 38
General Items
Get the best quality video from your DVD player by using this setting and the DVD inputs at the
rear of the television. Set either to YES for component input (for DVD) or to NO for composite
video input (for a regular VCR).
ToV4 COMPONENT-IN (or V2 COMPONENT-IN for models AV-36F702, AV-32F702
and AV-27F702)
To turn the input ON or OFF
EXIT when finished
This option should be used with DVD players only. For information on connecting VCRs see
page 11. For more information on connecting a DVD player, see page 14.
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702 note: These models do not have Input 4.
V4 Component-In (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802) /
V2 Component-In (AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702)
V4 COMPONENT-IN YES NO
Many broadcasts now include an onscreen display of dialog called Closed Captions. Some
broadcasts may also include displays of additional information in text form. Your television can
access and display this information using the Closed Caption feature. To activate the Closed
Caption feature, follow the steps below.
To CLOSED CAPTION
To operate
To select CAPTION (for Closed Captions), TEXT (for text display), or OFF
(for no display)
To move to CAPTION or TEXT
To select a caption (CC1 to CC4) or text channel (T1 to T4)
To accept that selection and move to FINISH
MODE : CAPTION
CAPTION : CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4
TEXT : T1 T2 T3 T4
FINISH
Closed Caption
Closed Caption subtitles are usually found on closed caption channel CC1. Some programs
may include additional text information which is usually found on text channel T1. The other
channels are available for future use.
Closed captioning may not work correctly if the signal being received is weak or if you are
playing a video tape.
Most broadcasts containing Closed Captioning will display a notice at the start of the
program.
NOTE:
39
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 39
Button Functions
The MENU button allows you to access JVCs onscreen menu system. Press MENU to activate
the onscreen menu system.
See individual topics (like Sound Settings) for specific information on using menus.
Press the EXIT button to leave a menu screen. On the RM-C301G this button is also labeled
PIP OFF. Press EXIT/PIP OFF to turn off the Picture-in-Picture function (please see page 44
for more information on the PIP feature).
PIP is available only on AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802.
Menu
Exit and PIP Off
Display
Please note that if the Clock, Sleep Timer or On/Off Timer are not set, the Display screen will
show:"CLOCK NOT SET", "SLEEP TIMER OFF", and "ON/OFF TIMER OFF" respectively.
NOTE:
The Display screen shows the current status of timers and inputs.
Press the DISPLAY button
The screen above shows the following information:
The current channel or AV input (Channel 07)
The current time (12:20 pm)
Sleep Timer status/minutes remaining (The Sleep Timer is off)
On/Off Timer status (Set to turn on everyday at 7:00 PM, off at 10:00 PM)
Each Press of the DISPLAY button changes the display mode:
Display Full screen shown above
Time Shows the current time only
Channel Shows the current channel
Off Turns Display off
You may also turn off the Display at any step by pressing EXIT.
07
NOW 12:20 PM
SLEEP TIMER OFF
ON/ OFF TIMER EVERYDAY
ON TIME 7:00 PM
OFF TIME 10:00 PM
40
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 40
Button Functions
Video Status
Muting
The VIDEO STATUS button gives you a choice of three TV picture display settings, including a
display of your own preferences.
Standard Resets the picture display to the factory settings.
Choice Displays the setting levels you specified on the "Set Video Status"Menu
(see page 35).
Theater Gives a rich, film-like look to video.
Press the VIDEO STATUS button
The Sleep Timer can turn the TV off for you after you fall asleep. Program it to work in intervals
of 15 minutes, for a total time of up to 180 minutes.
Sleep Timer Message
20 seconds before the automatic shutoff, this message will appear:
GOOD NIGHT!!
PUSH SLEEP TIMER BUTTON
TO EXTEND.
Creates a deep, three-dimensional sound effect by channeling the audio through the TV's front-
firing speakers. Press the HYPER SURROUND button to turn the effect on or off.
The MUTING button instantly turns the volume down completely when you press it. Press
MUTING and the volume level will instantly go to zero. To restore the volume to its previous
level, press MUTING again.
HYPER SURROUND ON OFF
Hyper Surround
Sleep Timer
41
Press the SLEEP TIMER button
You then have 20 seconds to press the Sleep Timer button to delay the shutoff for another
15 minutes.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 41
Button Functions
Use the 100+ button to directly access channels above Channel 99. For example to move to
channel 124, press100+, 2 (two), 4 (four).
100+ Button
Return+
Input
Selects the signal input source for the television:TV (for Antenna or Cable) or Video-1, 2, 3, or 4
for video devices like VCRs, DVD players, or camcorders.
IN P U T
BBE
BBE high definition audio adds natural, clear and extraordinary sound quality to any program.
Turn BBE On or Off using the BBE button.
BBE ON OFF
The RETURN+ button has two functions:
Return Returns to the channel viewed just before the channel currently onscreen.
Return+ Lets you program a specific channel to return to while scanning through the chan-
nels using the CH+ and CH buttons.
RETURN+ and hold for three seconds
The channel currently active has been programmed as your Return+ channel. Now scan
through the channels using the CHANNEL+/ buttons
RETURN+
You will return to your programmed channel.
To cancel your Return+ channel, press and hold the RETURN+ button for three seconds. The
message RETURN CHANNEL CANCELLED!will appear.
Return+ works only with the CHANNEL+/ buttons. Pressing any number key will cancel
Return+.
Return+ does not affect the PIPchannel (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802 only).
RETURN CHANNEL
PROGRAMMED !
BBE is a registered trademark of BBESound, Inc. For U.S., licensed from BBE Sound, Inc.
under USP 4638258, 4482866 and 5510572. For Canada, licensed from BBE Sound, Inc.
BBE is a registered trademark of BBESound, Inc.
NOTE:
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 & AV-27F702 do not have a Video-4 input.
42
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 42
Button Functions
43
Light
Your remote control includes illuminated buttons for key features like CHANNEL +/ and
VOLUME +/. Press the LIGHT button to turn the illumination on.
DVD Buttons
VCR Buttons
TV/CATV Switch
VCR/DVD Switch
You can also use this remote control to operate the basic functions of your DVD player. These
functions include:play, rewind, fast-forward, stop, still/pause, previous/next, tray open/close,
power on, and power off.
Move the selector switch to DVD to operate.
The remote is preset with the code 000 to control JVC-brand DVD players. For any other
manufacturers brand DVD player, please see the code chart and instructions on page 20.
Use either the televisions own tuner or a cable box to select channels. Set this switch to TV to
operate the televisions built-in tuner. Move the switch to CATV to operate a cable box.
See page 18 for information on programming your remote for cable box operation.
You can control a VCR or DVDplayer with the buttons on the lower part of the remote control.
Use the VCR/DVD selector switch to choose either VCR or DVD operation.
See pages 19 and 20 for information on programming your remote with VCR and DVD oper-
ating codes.
You can use this remote control to operate the basic functions of your VCR. These functions
include:play, record, rewind, fast-forward, stop, pause, channel scan, TV/VCR, power on, and
power off.
Move the selector switch to VCR to operate.
The remote is preset with the code 000 to control JVC-brand VCRs. For any other manufac-
turers brand VCR, please see the code chart and instructions on page 19.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 43
PIP displays two separate pictures on screen. Your television has 2-Tuner PIP, meaning you
can view pictures from two different channels simultaneously. A special set of PIP control but-
tons are located on the upper part of the remote control. Descriptions of each button appear
on this page.
The PIP feature is available on models AV-36F802, AV-32F802 & AV-27F802 only.
On/Move
Turn PIP on by pressing the ON/MOVE button.
02
07
Cable Box Note
The 2-Tuner PIP function may not operate when used with certain cable boxes. This is
because while some models of cable box may receive up to 181 channels, they may only send
the signal from one channel to your television (please also see diagram on page 11). For the
PIPtuner to operate correctly, it must have access to all available channels. Since the televi-
sion is receiving the signal of only one channel from the cable box, it is impossible for the 2-
Tuner PIP to display a second, different channel.
Because there are many different models of cable boxes in use today, if you are having prob-
lems operating your PIP feature with your cable box, we recommend you contact your local
cable company for connection advice.
44
PIP OFF to turn PIP off
(PIP) ON/MOVE
NOTE:
Each press of ON/MOVE will shift the PIP window to a different corner.
ON/MOVE
Once PIP is turned on, you can move the PIP window to any of the TVs main pictures
four corners with the ON/MOVE button
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 44
Freeze
Swap
Channel +/for PIP
Source
Use the FREEZE button to lock a single, still image onto the PIP window.
If PIP is off when FREEZE is pressed, a snapshot of the main screen is taken and placed in
the PIP window.
If PIP is on when FREEZE is pressed, the image in the window when the button was pressed
is held.
You can exchange the channel displayed on the main screen for the one shown in the PIP win-
dow by pressing SWAP.
Like the main CHANNEL +/ buttons, CHANNEL +/ for PIP lets you scan through the channels in
the PIP window.
Direct channel selection with the 10 key pad for PIPis not possible.
You can select the signal source for the PIP window image.
If the PIP does not have a signal, the window will be blue.
If you connect a DVD to Video-2 or Video-4, the PIP window will be blue.
The PIP window is
1
/
9
the size of the full screen.
PIP will not display blocked channels or programs. A blue screen will display instead.
NOTE:
45
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 45
Troubleshooting
46
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 46
47
Warranty
For Canadian model televisions, see the separate sheet for Canadian
Warranty information.
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA warrants this product and all parts thereof, except as set forth
below ONLY TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER AT RETAIL to be FREE FROM DEFECTIVE
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP from the date of original retail purchase for the period shown
below (the Warranty Period) (PICTURE TUBE is covered for Two (2) years.)
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS VALID ONLY IN THE FIFTY (50) UNITED STATES, THE
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AND COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO RICO.
WHAT WE WILL DO:
If this product is found to be defective within the warranty period,JVC will repair or
replace defective parts at no charge to the original owner. Such repair and replacement
services shall be rendered by JVC during regular business hours at JVCauthorized
service centers. Parts used for replacement are warranted only for the remainder of this
Warranty Period. All products and parts thereof may be brought to a JVCauthorized
service center on a carry-in basis. Televisions with a screen size of 25 inches and larger
may be covered on an in-home basis where such service is available.
WHATYOU MUST DO FOR WARRANTY SERVICE:
To determine if in-home service is ava i l a ble in your area, either contact the selling dealer (retail-
er) or call 1-800-537-5722 to locate the nearest JVC authori zed service center. S e rvice loca-
tions can also be obtained from our website h t t p : / / w w w. j v c s e rv i c e. c o m.In-home serv i c e, if ava i l-
a bl e, will require clear access to the Te l evision by the service representative s.If in-home serv i c e
is not ava i l a bl e, carry in service will be prov i d e d .
If service is not locally available, box the product carefully, preferably in its original car-
ton, and ship, insured, with a copy of your bill of sale plus a letter of explanation of the
problem to the nearest JVC Factory Service Center, the name and location which will be
given to you by the toll free number.
If you have any questions concerning your JVC Product, please contact our Customer
Relations Department.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED:
This limited warranty provided by JVC does not cover:
1) Products which have been subject to abuse, accident,alteration,modification,tam-
pering,negligence, misuse, faulty installation,lack of reasonable care, or if repaired
or serviced by anyone other than a service facility authorized by JVC to render such
service, or if affixed to any attachment not pr ovided with the products,or if the model
or serial number has been altered, tampered with,defaced or removed;
2) Initial installation, installation and removal from "built-in" entertainment centers and
other mounting systems;
3) Operational adjustments covered in the Owners Manual, normal maintenance, video
and audio head cleaning;
4) Damage that occurs in shipment, due to an act of God,and cosmetic damage;
5) Signal reception problems and failures due to line power surge;
6) Video Pick-up Tubes/CCD Image Sensor, Cartridge, Stylus (Needle) are covered for 90
days from the date of purchase;
Parts Labor
1 YEAR 1 YEAR
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 47
48
Warranty
REFURBISHED PRODUCTS CARRY A SEPA R ATE WA R R A N T Y. THIS WA R R A N T Y
DOES NOT APPLY FOR DETAILS OF REFURBISHED PRODUCT WA R R A N T Y.
PLEASE REFER TOTHE REFURBISHED PRODUCT WARRANTY INFORMATION
PACKAGED WITH EACH REFURBISHED PRODUCT.
For customer use:
Enter below the Model No. and Serial No.which is located either on the rear, bottom or
side of the cabinet.
Retain this information for future reference.
Model No.: Serial No.:
Purchase Date: Name Of Dealer:
7) Accessories;
8) Batteries (except that Rechargeable Batteries are covered for 90 days from date of pur-
chase.)
There are no express warranties except as listed above.
THE DURATION OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILTY, IS LIMITED TOTHE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY
HEREIN.
JVC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT, INCONVENIENCE,
OR ANY OTHER DA M AG E S , WHETHER DIRECT, I N C I D E N TAL OR CONSEQU E N T I A L
(INCLUDING,WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGE TOTAPES, RECORDS OR DISCS) RESULT-
ING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WAR-
RANTY, ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE
WARRANTY PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.
Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages or limita-
tions on how long the warranty lasts,so these exclusions or limitations may not apply to
you.This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights
which vary state to state.
JVCCOMPANYOF AMERICA 1700 Valley Road
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP. Wayne, New Jersey 07470
h t t p : / / w w w. j v c s e rv i c e. c o m
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 48
49
Authorized Service Centers
QUALITY SERVICE
TOLL FREE: 1 (800) 537-5722
http://www.jvc.com
HOWTO LOCATE YOUR JVC SERVICE CENTER
Dear Customer,
In order to receive the most satisfaction from your purchase, please read the
instruction booklet before operating the unit. In the event that repairs are neces-
sary, or for the address nearest your location within the Continental United
States, please call 1 (800) 537-5722 for your nearest authorized servicer or visit
our website at www.JVC.com.
Remember to retain your Bill of Sale for Warranty Service.
Caution
To prevent electrical shock, do not open the cabinet.There are no user serviceable
parts inside. Please refer to qualified service personnel for repairs.
Accessories
To purchase accessories for your JVC product, you may contact your local JVC
Dealer. From the 48 Continental United States call toll free: 1 (800) 882-2345 or on
the web at www.JVC.com
For service in Canada
To locate your local JVC service center or dealer in Canada please call:
Or visit us on the web at www.JVC.ca
Do not service the television yourself
In Eastern Canada:
1 (416) 293-1311
In Western Canada:
1 (604) 270-1311
1 (514) 871-1311
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 49
50
Search Codes
Cable/Satellite Search Codes Function:
1) Slide the first 2-Way Mode Selector switch to CATV.
2) Press the TV POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press TV POWER, see if the CATV or Satellite box responds.
remote control which came with the equipment.
VCR Search Codes Function:
2) Press the VCR POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press VCR POWER, see if the VCR responds.
response, repeat Step 3. If you repeat Step 3 a total of 80 times without a response, use the
manufacturers remote control which came with the VCR.
DVD Player Search Codes Function:
2) Press the DVD POWER and RETURN+ buttons. Hold for at least three seconds and release.
3) Press DVD POWER, see if the DVDplayer responds.
4) If there was a response, press RETURN+. The operating codes are now set. If there was no
manufacturers remote control which came with the DVDplayer.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 50
Specifications
51
Specifications subject to change without notice.
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 51
1700 Valley Road
JVC CANADA, INC.
21 Finchdene Square
Canada, M1X 1A7
AV-27,32,36F7/802 A 9/4/01 9:44 AM Page 52
MANUEL D INSTRUCTIONS
POUR TLVISEUR
EN COULEURS
Pour l e modl es:
AV-36F802
AV-36F702
AV-32F802
AV-32F702
AV-27F802
AV-27F702
Illustration du modle AV-27F802 et RM-C301G
REMARQUE :
Veuillez inscrire dans les espaces ci-dessous le modle et le numero de srie de
votre tlviseur (situs larrire du tlviseur). Agrafez votre reu ou votre fac-
ture la page intrieure de ce guide. Rangez ce manuel dans un lieu o vous
le retrouverez rapidment pour vous y rfrer. Gardez le carton et lemballage
dorigine pour une utilisation ultrieure.
Numro de srie
LCT0821-001E-A
0901-TN-FAA-JIM
Numro de modle
802 french CuRrEnT 1 9/4/01 9:45 AM Page 1
ATTENTION
ATTENTION: AFIN DE DIMINUER LES RISQUES DLECTRO-
CUTION, NE RETIREZ PAS LE CAPOT OU LE PANNEAU
ARRIRE. AUCUNE PICE LINTRIEUR NEST RPARABLE
PAR LUTILISATEUR.ADRESSEZ-VOUS UN RPARATEUR
QUALIFI POUR LA MAINTENANCE.
Le symbole de lclair flch dans un triangle
quilatral prvient lutilisateur de la prsence de
tensions dangereuses non protges, lin-
trieur de lappareil, suffisamment leves pour
constituer un risque dlectrocution.
Le symbole du point dexclamation dans un trian-
gle quilatral prvient lutilisateur de la
prsence dimportantes instructions dutilisation
et dentretien dans la documentation accompag-
nant cet appareil.
RISQUE DLECTROCUTION
NE PAS OUVRIR
IMPORTANTES PRCAUTIONS
DE SCURIT
ATTENTION! POUR VITER UN INCENDIE OU UNE LECTROCUTION,
NEXPOSEZ PAS CE TLVISEUR LA PLUIE OU LHUMIDIT.
AVERTISSEMENT! AFIN DASSURER LA SCURIT DES PERSONNES,
OBSERVEZ LES RGLES SUIVANTES CONCERNANT LUTILISATION DE
CET APPAREIL.
1) Faites fonctionner cet appareil avec la tension secteur spcifie sur cet appareil.
2) vitez dendommager la prise et le cordon secteur.
3) Installez correctement lappareil et placez-le dans un lieu correctement ventil.
4) Ne laissez aucun objet ou liquide pntrer lintrieur de lappareil.
5) En cas de problme, dbranchez lappareil et appelez un technicien qualifi.
Nessayez pas de rparer vous-mme ou de retirer le panneau arrire.
Les modifications ou changements non approuvs par JVC peuvent annuler la
garantie.
* Pour votre scurit, quand vous nutilisez pas ce tlviseur pendant une longue pri-
ode, dconnectez-le du secteur et dbranchez lantenne.
* Pour viter une lectrocution, nutilisez pas cette fiche polarise avec un prolongateur,
avec une prise ou toute autre alimentation, sauf si les lames peuvent tre entirement
insres sans tre visibles.
IMPORTANTES RGLES DE SCURIT
AVERTISSEMENT:
Veuillez lire et retenir ce qui suit pour votre scurit.
Lnergie lectrique autorise de nombreuses applications utiles. Ce tlviseur a t conu et
fabriqu pour assurer la scurit de lutilisateur. Mais une utilisation incorrecte peut produire
une lectrocution ou un incendie. Afin de ne pas aller lencontre des scurits incluses dans
ce tlviseur, conformez-vous aux rgles de base de son installation, de son utilisation et de
son entretien.
Conformez-vous aussi aux avertissements et aux instructions inscrites sur votre tlviseur.
INSTALLATION
1 Le tlviseur est quip dune fiche secteur polarise (une lame de la fiche est plus large
que lautre).
Cette scurit permet la fiche de pntrer dans une prise secteur seulement dans un sens.
Si la fiche ne peut pas tre insre entirement dans la prise, insrez-la dans lautre sens. Si
vous ne pouvez toujours pas linsrer, appelez un lectricien.
2 Utilisez votre tlviseur en lalimentant avec la tension indique sur le tlviseur ou reportez-
vous aux instructions dutilisation pour vous en assurer. Si vous ntes pas certain de la ten-
sion utilise chez vous, consultez votre revendeur ou la compagnie dlectricit. Pour un
fonctionnement sur piles, reportez-vous aux instructions dutilisation.
3 Surcharger les prises de courant et utiliser des prolongateurs reprsentent un danger au
mme titre que des cordons usags et des prises casses. Elles sont lorigine dincendies
et dlectrocutions. Appelez un technicien qualifi pour oprer les remplacements.
4 Ne laissez aucun objet sur le cordon ou rouler dessus. Ne placez pas le tlviseur l o le
cordon dalimentation se trouve sur un passage frquent ou pouvant tre abm afin dviter
un risque dlectrocution ou dincendie.
5 Nutilisez pas le tlviseur prs de leau, d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un vier, d'une
cuvette, dans un sous-sol humide ou prs dune piscine, par exemple.
6 Si une antenne extrieure est relie au tlviseur, assurez-vous de la bonne mise la terre
de celle-ci afin de fournir une protection contre les surtensions et llectricit statique. La sec-
tion 810 du NEC fournit les informations ncessaires une bonne mise la terre du tube
dantenne et de son support ainsi que de la descente du cble qui doit transiter par un dis-
positif de dcharge, de la taille des conducteurs de mise la terre, de lemplacement du dis-
positif de dcharge et sur les impratifs lis aux prises de terre.
(TYPE POLARISE)
7 Une antenne extrieure ne doit pas se trouver proximit dune ligne lectrique, de poteaux
dclairage public ou autres circuits lectriques ou encore un endroit o elle peut tomber
sur de telles lignes ou de tels circuits. Au cours de linstallation dune antenne extrieure,
faites particulirement attention ne pas entrer en contact avec ces lignes car un tel contact
est mortel.
8 Les tlviseurs sont quips avec des ouvertures de ventilation afin dvacuer la chaleur
gnre pendant leur utilisation.
ll ne faut :
jamais obstruer les ouvertures de ventilation sous le tlviseur portatif en le plaant sur
un lit, un canap, un tapis ;
jamais placer le tlviseur dans une enceinte encastre et sans ventilation suffisante ;
jamais obturer les ouvertures avec un vtement ou tout autre matriel ;
jamais placer le tlviseur sur un radiateur ou proximit dune source de chaleur.
9 Pour viter de blesser quelquun :
ne placez jamais le tlviseur sur une tagre en pente sans lavoir parfaitement arrim ;
utilisez seulement une table roulante recommande par le fabricant du tlviseur ;
ne faites pas passer la table roulante sur un seuil de porte ou sur une moquette paisse
;
une installation sur un mur ou sur une tagre doit prendre en compte les instructions du
fabricant et doit utiliser un kit de montage approuv par ce dernier.
UTILISATION
10 Prvenez les enfants de ne rien introduire dans le tlviseur par les ouvertures de ventila-
tion.Certains composants lintrieur sont sous tension et un contact peut provoquer un
incendie ou une lectrocution.
11 Dbranchez la fiche secteur du tlviseur avant tout nettoyage. Nutilisez aucun nettoyant
liquide ou en arosol.
12 Najoutez aucun accessoire au tlviseur qui nait pas t conu pour cet usage. Certains
ajouts peuvent tre dangereux.
EXEMPLE DE MISE LA TERRE D UNE
ANTENNE SELON LES PRESCRIPTIONS DU NEC
13 Pour encore mieux protger votre tlviseur pendant un orage ou si vous ne lutilisez pas
pendant une longue priode de temps, dbranchez la prise secteur et dconnectez lan-
tenne. Vous vitez ainsi dendommager le tlviseur en cas de foudre ou
de surtensions.
14 Un tlviseur sur meuble roulant doit tre dplac avec prcautions. Des
arrts soudains, une force excessive ou une surface irrgulire peuvent
renverser le tlviseur et son meuble roulant.
ENTRETIEN
15 Dbranchez le tlviseur de la prise secteur et faites appel un rparateur qualifi pour un
dpannage dans les conditions suivantes :
A Quand le cordon ou la fiche sont endommags ou uss.
B. Si un liquide a pntr lintrieur du tlviseur.
C. Si le tlviseur a t expos la pluie ou leau.
D. Si le tlviseur ne fonctionne pas normalement en respectant les instructions du
manuel.Procdez seulement aux rglages des commandes dcrites dans le manuel. En
effet, si vous drglez dautres commandes, des dommages peuvent se produire qui
demanderont de longues rparations un technicien qualifi pour refaire fonctionner
normalement lappareil.
E.Si le tlviseur est tomb ou a t endommag.
F. Quand les performances du tlviseur sont dtriores en permanence, ce qui indique
quil a besoin dtre rpar.
16 Nessayez pas de rparer vous-mme en ouvrant le tlviseur ou en le retirant du botier,
vous vous exposez des tensions dangereuses. Faites rparer par un technicien agr.
17 Sil est ncessaire de remplacer des composants, vrifiez avec le technicien quil utilise des
pices dtaches ayant les mmes caractristiques de scurit que celles dorigine. Vous
viterez ainsi un incendie, une lectrocution ou tout autre problme.
18 Aprs une rparation ou une maintenance, demandez au technicien de raliser un test de
scurit tel quil est dcrit dans le manuel dinstructions.
19 Quant un tlviseur atteint la fin de sa vie utile, il faut vous en dbarrasser sans faire
imploser le tube cathodique. Demandez un technicien de faire jeter le tlviseur.
20 Remarque pour linstallateur du systme de tlvision par cble (CATV):
Ce rappel a pour but dattirer lattention de linstallateur du systme de tlvision par cble
sur larticle 820-40 du NEC qui fournit les indications pour une mise la terre correcte et qui
spcifie en particulier que le cble de terre doit tre connect au systme de mise la terre
du btiment aussi prs que possible du point dentre du cble.
Table des Matires
DBALLAGE DE VOTRE
TLVISEUR . . . . . . . . . . 7
CONFIGURATION RAPIDE . . . 8
Pour dbuter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Premire tape La tlcommande . . . . . 8
Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fonctionnement de base . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ralisation des connexiones de base . . . . 9
Le Plug In Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CONNEXIONS . . . . . . . . . 11
Connexions de cble et magntoscope . . . 11
Connexion un lecteur de DVD . . . . . . . 14
Connexion un amplificateur extrieur . . . 15
Connexion un Camscope . . . . . . . . . 15
Connexions au liaison
informatique AV de JVC . . . . . . . . . . . 16
TLCOMMANDE . . . . . . . 17
Tlcommande bases . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Changement des Piles . . . . . . . . . . 17
PROGRAMMATION DE LA
TLCOMMANDE . . . . . . . 18
Codes de bote de cble ou
dantenne parabolique . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Codes de magntoscope . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Codes de Lecteur DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Les Menus lcran . . . 21
Utilisation de ce Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Les Menus lcran . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
PLUG IN MENU . . . . . . . . . 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n. . . . . . . . . . 2 2
L a n g u e. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2
Rgler Auto Tune . . . . . . . . . 22
Rgler Horloge Automatique . . . 23
Rgler Horloge Manuel . . . . . . 24
Te rm i n e r. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4
Sommaire Canaux . . . . . . . 25
Sommaire Canaux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
VChip . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rgler Code Verrouiller . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
RGLAGES DE IIMAGE . . . . . 34
Teinte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Couleur . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
I m a g e. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4
Clart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dtail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bruit rduit . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rgler statut vido . . . . . . . . 35
RGLAGES DU SON . . . . . . . 36
Basse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Aigu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
MTS(Son multi canaux) . . . . . . 36
LMENTS GNRAUX . . . . . 37
Purete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Minuterie On/Off . . . . . . . . . . 37
Haut-parleur TV . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sans Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Entre de Composant . . . . . . . . 39
Soustitres . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FONCTIONS DES BOUTONS . . 40
Menu (Bouton Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Exit (Sortie) et PIP Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Display (Affichage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Video Status (Statut Vido) . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sleep Timer (Minuterie Sommeil) . . . . . . . 41
Hyper Surround (Hyper Quadrosound) . . . . . 41
Muting (Mise en sourdine du son) . . . . . . . 41
BBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
100+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
R e t u rn +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2
I n p u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2
Boutons Magntoscope . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Boutons DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Interrupteur TV/CATV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Interrupteur VCR/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Light (Eclairage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PIP (Image-sur-Image) . . . . . . 44
I n t r o d u c t i o n. . . . . . . . . . 4 4
O n / M ove . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4
Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
S wa p. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5
Channel +/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ANNEXES . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Guide de dpannage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Garantie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Centres de rparations agrs . . . . . . . . 49
Codes de Recherche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
S p c i f i c a t i o n s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1
Deux Piles
AA
1 Tlviseur 1 Tlcommande
Merci davoir achet un tlviseur en couleur JVC. Avant de commencer linstallation de votre
nouveau tlviseur, assurez-vous davoir les pices suivantes. Outre ce guide, le carton de
votre tlviseur doit comprendre :
Lorsque vous aurez dball votre tlviseur, ltape suivante consiste le raccorder votre
antenne, cble ou antenne parabolique, et raccorder les appareils audio/vido que vous
dsirez utiliser avec votre tlviseur. Pour raliser ces connexions, vous utiliserez des fiches
telles que celles illustres ci-aprs.
Fiche dentre A V
Connecteurs HF
Servent raccorder un cble
coaxial provenant dune antenne
externe ou dun
systme de cblovision.
Un support de tlviseur
est galement offert
(vendu sparment).
Sert raliser les connexions
vido avec certains magnto-
scopes, lecteurs de DVD,
camscopes, etc.
Sert raccorder les appareils
audio/vido tels que magnto-
scopes, lecteurs de DVD, amplifica-
teurs strophoniques, consoles de
jeux, etc.
Fiche S-Vido
Sert raccorder les composants per-
mettant la liaison informatique AV
JVC en vue dun cinma automatis
en famille.
Cble de lien A V
informatique
Avant de commencer utiliser votre nouveau tlviseur, nous vous recommandons de lire ce
guide en entier pour apprendre connatre les nombreuses fonctions utiles de votre nouveau
tlviseur. Toutefois, si vous tes impatient de commencer utiliser votre tlviseur immdi-
atement, un guide de configuration rapide suit sur les trois prochaines pages.
Dballa ge de votre tlviseur
7
Remarque :IIse peut
quune tlcommande
de modle diffrent ait
t fournie avec votre
tlviseur.
8
Faites glisser le couvercle larrire de la tlcommande vers le bas de la tlcommande.
Insrez deux piles en notant soigneusement les marquages + et et en plaant lex-
trmit dans lappareil en premier. Remettez le couvercle en place.
Pour dbuter
Ces pages de configuration rapide vous donneront, en trois tapes faciles, les informations de
base dont vous avez besoin pour commencer utiliser immdiatement votre nouveau
tlviseur. Ces informations comprennent des instructions de base sur lutilisation de votre
tlcommande, la ralisation dune connexion simple votre cble/antenne et dune connexion
facultative un magntoscope, et, enfin, des informations sur la programmation du slecteur
Auto Tuner de votre tlviseur. Si vous avez des questions, ou pour obtenir des informations
plus dtailles sur lune quelconque de ces tapes, veuillez consulter dautres sections de ce
guide.
Premire tape La tlcommande
La tlcommande est essentielle lutilisation des nombreuses fonctions utiles de votre
tlviseur. Avant de pouvoir utiliser votre tlcommande, vous devez dabord poser les piles
(fournies).
Fonctionnement de base
Mettez le tlviseur en marche et larrt en appuyant sur le bouton POWER situ dans le coin
suprieur droit de la tlcommande.
Vous pouvez utiliser les quatre boutons des fonctions principales au centre de la tlcom-
mande pour le fonctionnement de base du tlviseur. Les boutons suprieur et infrieur feront
un balayage vers lavant et vers larrire travers les canaux disponibles. Les boutons droit et
gauche augmenteront ou baisseront le volume. Ces boutons sont galement marqus de qua-
tre flches et ils sutilisent galement avec le systme JVC de menus lcran. Vous devrez
utiliser ces boutons plus tard dans la Section de configuration rapide.
Ltape suivante consiste raccorder votre tlviseur une antenne ou un cble.
Bouton marche/arrt
sur la tlcommande
Bouton des fonctions principales sur la tlcommande
+
Procdez la deuxime tape
Configuration rapide 1
9
Cble/connecteur HF
Cbles/Fiches AV
Deuxime tape Ralisation des connexiones de base
Vous devrez ensuite raccorder votre tlviseur une antenne ou un systme de cblovision.
La connexion la plus simple une antenne ou un systme de cblovision est illustre ci-
aprs. Pour des connexions plus dtailles, telles que celles faisant appel une bote de cble,
reportez-vous aux pages 11 et 13.
Il vous sera peut-tre opportun de raccorder galement un magntoscope ce stade. Une
connexion de base est illustre ci-aprs pour un magntoscope. Reportez-vous aux pages 14
16 pour des instructions dtailles sur le raccordement dautres composants ou dun systme
de cinma en famille.
Remarque : Vous navez pas besoin de magntoscope pour utiliser votre tlviseur.
1) Raccordez le cble vido jaune sortant de la sortie vido du magntoscope dans le jack
dentre vido du tlviseur, OU raccordez un cble S-Vido depuis la sortie S-Vido du
magntoscope dans lentre S-Vido du tlviseur.
2) Raccordez le cble audio blanc sortant de la sortie audio gauche du magntoscope dans le
jack dentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
3) Raccordez le cble audio rouge sortant de la sortie audio droite du magntoscope dans le
jack dentre audio droit du tlviseur.
Enfin, lorsque vous aurez termin vos connexions, branchez le cordon dans la prise de courant
la plus proche et mettez le tlviseur en marche.
1) Raccordez un cble HF depuis la sortie murale jusqu lentre HF larrire du tlviseur.
+
Procdez la troisme tape
Illustration du modle AV-27F802
Illustration du modle
AV-27F802
10
Troisime tape - Le Plug In Men u
La Configuration rapide
est maintenant termine.
Appuyez sur les boutons et faites dfiler jusqu RGLER AUTO TUNER
Appuyez sur les boutons pour commencer RGLER AUTO TUNER
Pour choisir CBLE (si vous tes raccord un systme de cblovision) ou ANT. (si
vous utilisez une antenne)
Pour passer la position COMMENCER
Pour commencer configuration automatique du slecteur
LAuto Tuner mettra maintenant en mmoire tous les canaux actifs et clairs que votre tlviseur
peut recevoir. Ceci prendra une ou deux minutes.
PROGRAMMATION
ENCOURS
48
MODE TUNER : CBLE ANT.
COMMENCER
Le Plug In Menu apparat lorsque vous mettez votre tlviseur en marche pour la premire fois.
Ce menu permet deffectuer quelques-uns des rglages de base de votre tlviseur. Vous
trouverez, compter de la page 22, une description complte du Plug In Menu. Nous vous
recommandons deffectuer les slections du Plug In Menu avant de commencer utiliser votre
tlviseur. Toutefois, pour commencer utiliser immdiatement votre tlviseur, il vous suffit
deffectuer la configuration du slecteur Auto Tuner. Votre tlviseur pourra ainsi apprendre les
canaux quil peut recevoir. Reportez-vous aux tapes ci-aprs pour configurer le slecteur
Auto Tuner.
La configuration du slecteur Auto Tuner est termine lorsque le message PROGRAMMATION
TERMINE apparat lcran.
Votre Configuration rapide est maintenant termine. Vous pouvez commencer regarder la
tlvision, ou vous pouvez poursuivre la lecture de ce guide pour plus de renseignements sur
le raccordement des appareils audio/vido, la programmation de votre tlcommande ou lutili -
sation du systme JVC de menus lcran pour particulariser votre exprience dcoute.
PLUG IN MENU
LANGUE ANG. FRAN. ESP.
RGLER AUTO TUNER
RGLERHORLOGE
TERMINER
CHOIX PAR
OPRE PAR
SORTIR
PAR
EX
IT
Connexions
Connexions de cble et magntoscope
Schma No. 1
Il existe trois types de base de connexion dantenne ou de cble:
Si vous avez une antenne ou un systme de cble qui ne vous oblige pas utiliser une
bote de cble pour slectionner les canaux, veuillez vous reporter au schma No. 1.
Si vous avez un systme de cble qui ncessite lutilisation dune bote de cble pour
accder lensemble des canaux, veuillez vous reporter au schma No. 2. Si vous ne
pouvez utiliser votre fonction PIP (image sur image) en vous reportant au schma No. 2,
essayez la connexion illustre dans le schma No. 3. Il se peut que votre bote de cble
permette la transmission, votre tlviseur, du signal dun seul canal la fois.
Si vous avez un systme de cble qui ncessite lutilisation dune bote de cble pour
accder certains canaux de premier choix, mais non aux canaux de cble de base,
veuillez vous reporter au schma No. 3.
Pour votre commodit, la connexion un magntoscope est galement illustre dans les
schmas suivants. Un magntoscope nest pas ncessaire lutilisation du tlviseur ni
de la fonction PIP. Vous pouvez omettre le magntoscope de vos connexions si vous le
dsirez.
Pour obtenir des instructions sur le raccordement dun magntoscope seulement, veuillez
vous reporter au Guide de configuration rapide, la page 9.
Pour obtenir des instructions sur lutilisation de limage sur image (PIP), veuillez vous
reporter la page 44.
La fonction PIP est disponible uniquement sur les modles A V-36F802, AV-32F802 et
AV-27F802.
AV-27F802
1) Raccordez le fil de cblovision ou dantenne provenant de la sortie murale dans lentre HF
du rpartiteur deux voies.
2) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de lune des sorties HF du rpartiteur dans lentre HF
larrire du magntoscope.
3) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de lautre sortie HF du rpartiteur dans lentre HF lar-
rire du tlviseur.
4) Raccordez le cble vido jaune provenant de la sortie vido du magntoscope dans le jack
dentre vido du tlviseur, ou raccordez un cble S-Vido depuis la sortie S-Vido du
magntoscope lentre S-Vido du tlviseur.
5) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant de la sortie audio gauche du magntoscope
dans le jack dentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
6) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant de la sortie audio droite du magntoscope dans
le jack dentre audio droit du tlviseur.
Si votre magntoscope est un appareil monophonique, il naura quun jack de sortie audio.
Raccordez le lentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
11
Connexions
12
Connexions de cble et magntoscope suite
Schma No. 2
de la bote de cble.
2) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de la sortie HF de la bote de cble dans lentre HF
larrire du magntoscope.
3) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de la sortie HF larrire du magntoscope dans lentre
HF larrire du tlviseur.
4) Raccordez le cble vido jaune provenant de la sortie vido du magntoscope dans le jack
dentre vido du tlviseur, ou raccordez un cble S-Vido depuis la sortie S-Vido du
magntoscope lentre S-Vido du tlviseur.
5) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant de la sortie audio gauche du magntoscope dans
le jack dentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
6) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant de la sortie audio droite du magntoscope dans
le jack dentre audio droit du TV.
Reportez-vous la page 44 pour obtenir des info rmations surutiliser le fonction PIP avec un
bote de cbl e.
Raccordez-le lentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
Pour plus de renseignements sur son fonctionnement, veuillez vous reporter au manuel
dinstructions du magntoscope.
Connexions
13
Les schmas de connexion ont pour but de montrer quelques connexions gnrales
de base. Certaines compagnies de cble peuvent exiger des connexions particulires
en vue dune utilisation approprie de votre tlviseur . Si vous suivez ces schmas
et que le tlviseur ne fonctionne pas adquatement,contactez votre compagnie de
cble locale pour plus de renseignements concernant les connexions.
Connexions de cble et magntoscope suite
Schma No.3
AV-27F802
du rpartiteur deux voies.
2) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de lune des sorties HF du rpartiteur lentre HF de la
bote de cble.
3) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de la sortie de la bote de cble dans lentre HF du
magntoscope.
4) Raccordez un cble HF provenant de lautre sortie HF du rpartiteur lentre HF larrire
du tlviseur.
5) Raccordez le cble vido jaune provenant de la sortie vido du magntoscope au jack den-
tre vido du tlviseur, ou raccordez un cble S-Vido depuis la sortie S-Vido du magn-
toscope lentre S-Vido du tlviseur.
6) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant de la sortie audio gauche du magntoscope au
jack dentre audio gauche du TV.
7) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant de la sortie audio droite du magntoscope au
jack dentre audio droit du tlviseur.
Reportez-vous la page 44 pour obtenir des info rmations surutiliser le fonction PIP avec un
bote de cbl e.
Raccordez-le lentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
Pour plus de renseignements sur son fonctionnement, veuillez vous reporter au manuel
dinstructions du magntoscope.
Connexions
14
Connexion un Lecteur de DVD
1) Raccordez le cble vert provenant de la sortie composant Y du lecteur de DVD len-
tre du composant Y du tlviseur.
2) Raccordez le cble bleu provenant de la sortie composant PB du lecteur de DVD len-
tre du composant PB du tlviseur.
3) Raccordez le cble rouge provenant de la sortie composant PR du lecteur de DVD
lentre du composant PR du tlviseur.
4) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant de la sortie audio gauche du lecteur de DVD
lentre audio gauche 2 du tlviseur.
5) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant de la sortie audio droite du lecteur de DVD
lentre audio droite 2 du tlviseur.
Le vert, le bleu et le rouge sont les couleurs les plus rpandues pour les cbles de DVD. Les
couleurs peuvent diffrer sur certains modles ; veuillez vous reporter au manuel dinstruc-
tions pour de plus amples renseignements sur votre lecteur de DVD.
Veillez ne pas confondre le cble DVD rouge avec le cble audio rouge. Il est prfrable
de terminer une srie de connexions (sortie audio ou DVD) avant de commencer lautre afin
dviter de changer accidentellement les cbles.
Reportez-vous la page 20 pour des instructions sur le faon de programmer votre tlcom-
mande pour utiliser les fonctions de base de votre lecteur de DVD.
AV-36F802, AV-32F802 et AV-27F802 : Vous pouvez galement raccorder le lecteur de DVD
lentre 4.Si vous utilisez lentre 4 pour la connexion DVD, vous devez mettre le V4 COM-
PONENT-IN sur le Menu de configuration initiale la position OUI pour un affichage
appropri du signal DVD.
AV-36F702, AV-32F702 et AV-27F702 : Si vous utilisez lentre 2 (Component-In) pour la
connexion DVD, vous devez mettre le V2 COMPONENT-IN sur le Menu de configuration ini-
tiale la position OUI pour un affichage appropri du signal DVD.
Remarque : Les lecteurs de DVD progressifs (lecteurs avec un balayage de sortie de
31,50 KHz) ne fonctionneront pas adquatement avec ce tlviseur.
Connexions
1) Raccordez le cble vido jaune provenant de la sortie vido du camscope au jack dentre
vido du tlviseur, OU raccordez un cble S-Vido depuis la sortie S-Vido du
Camscope lentre S-Vido du tlviseur.
2) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant de la sortie audio gauche du camscope au jack
dentre audio gauche du tlviseur.
3) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant de la sortie audio droite du camscope au jack
den tre audio droit du tlviseur.
Si votre camscope est un modle monophonique, il naura quun jack audio. Raccordez-le
au jack audio gauche du tlviseur.
Connexion un Amplificateur Extrieur
Connexion un Camscope
1) Raccordez le cble audio blanc provenant du jack de sortie audio gauche du tlviseur au
jack dentre audio gauche de lamplificateur.
2) Raccordez le cble audio rouge provenant du jack de sortie audio droit du tlviseur au
jack dentre audio droit de lamplificateur.
Reportez-vous galement H. Parleur TV et Sans audio la page 38 pour de plus
amples renseignements sur lutilisation des haut-parleurs externes.
Vous pouvez raccorder un camscope votre tlviseur en utilisant les jacks dentre avant
(entre 3) situs sous la porte du panneau avant. Pour y avoir accs, appuyez doucement
sur la porte pour louvrir. Vous pouvez galement raccorder une console de jeu ou un autre
appareil laide de ces jacks. On peut galement raccorder les camscopes aux jacks den-
tre arrire du tlviseur.
15
Connexions
Pour raccorder : Branchez une extrmit du cble de la liaison informatique AV dans lentre
de liaison informatique AV de votre magntoscope ou lecteur DVD liaison informatique.
Branchez lautre extrmit du cble de la liaison informatique AV dans lentre de la liaison
informatique AV larrire du tlviseur.
Connexions au Liaison informatique AV de JVC
Le Lien AV informatique JVC automatise entirement la lecteur des bandes vido ou des
DVD. Il vous suffit dinsrer une bande pr-enregistre dans votre magntoscope de mar-
que JVC ou un DVDdans votre lecteur de DVD JVC et lappareil se mettra automatiquement
en marche et commencera la lecteur. Au mme moment, grce au Lien AV informatique, le
magntoscope ou le lecteur de DVD envoie un signal au tlviseur lui disant de se mettre
en marche et de passer lentre vido approprie.
Il se peut que le cble de la liaison informatique AV soit inclus avec laccessoire de la liai -
son informatique AV JVC que vous dsirez raccorder. Sinon, contactez un centre de serv-
ice JVC agr pour vous procurer la pice No. EWP 805-012.
La liaison informatique AV ne peut tre utilise quavec les produits de marque JVC.
REMARQUE :
La lecture de la bande vido ne pourra commencer automatiquement que si les languettes
denregistrement ont t retires de la bande VHS. Si la languette est en place, il y aura
commutation automatique lorsque vous appuierez sur le bouton PLAY du magntoscope.
Le cble de la liaison informatique AV possde une fiche mle (mono) de 3,5 mm chaque
extrmit.
Si votre magntoscope de marque JVC prsente une commutation A Code/B Code
Remote Control Switching (commutation de tlcommande code A/code B) (reportez-vous
au manuel dinstructions de votre magntoscope), lutilisation du Code A magntoscope
commutera le tlviseur lentre 1.
Si vous utilisez lentre 1 pour lentre vido de votre bote de cble, utilisez le Code B mag-
ntoscope pour slectionner lentre 2 vido TV.
Pour raccorder un amplificateur ou un rcepteur haute fidlit JVC en vue de lobtention dun
cinma domestique entirement automatis, reportez-vous aux consignes de raccordement
de lappareil haute fidlit pour plus de renseignements sur le raccordement.
AV COMPU LINK EX est compatible avec les rcepteurs suivants:RX-664V, RX-665V,
RX-668VBK, RX-774V, RX-778VBK, RX-884V, RX-888VBK, RX-1024V, RX-1028VBK et les
modles subsquents de rcepteur.
16
Changement des Piles
Appuyez sur le couvercle arrire de la tlcommande et faites-le glisser vers le bas pour le
retirer. Installez avec prcaution les deux piles AA fournies en reprant les marques +
et des piles et de la tlcommande. Pour viter un court-circuit, insrez le en pre-
mier.
Une fois les piles poses, enclenchez le couvercle en place.
Si la tlcommande se comporte de faon anormale, remplacez les piles. Les piles durent
de six mois un an. Nous vous recommandons dutiliser des piles alcalines qui durent plus
longtemps.
Lorsque vous remplacez les piles, tchez de le faire en moins de trois minutes. Si lopration
de changement des piles dure plus de trois minutes, vous devrez peut-tre rintroduire les
codes de la tlcommande pour votre magntoscope, lecteur de DVD et/ou votre bote de
cble (pages 18-20).
Tlcommande
Fonctiones de base de la tlcommande
Avant de pouvoir utiliser la tlcommande, vous devez dabord
poser les piles (fournies). Reportez-vous la section
Changement des piles au bas de cette page pour instruc-
tions. (Vous trouverez une illustration la page 8.)
Appuyez sur le bouton POWER pour mettre la tlvision en
marche ou larrt.
Assurez-vous que le commutateur TV/CATV se trouve sur la
position TV. Mettez le commutateur sur la position CATV
seulement si vous devez utiliser une bote de cble.
Faites glisser le slecteur VCR/DVD la position VCR pour
commander un magntoscope, faites glisser la position DVD
pour commander un lecteur de DVD. Veuillez vous reporter
aux pages 18 20 pour instructions sur la programmation de
votre tlcommande en vue de lutilisation dune bote de
cble, dun magntoscope ou dun lecteur de DVD.
Appuyez sur les boutons CH+ et CH pour balayer travers
les canaux. Tapez sur le bouton CH+ ou CH pour passer
travers les canaux un la fois.
Pour passer rapidement travers les canaux laide de la
fonction Hyperscan de JVC, enfoncez et tenez les boutons
CH+ ou CH. Les canaux dfileront au rythme de cinq par
seconde.
Appuyez sur VOL+ ou VOL pour augmenter ou baisser le vol-
ume. Une barre indicatrice apparatra lcran pour vous mon-
trer le niveau du volume de la tlvision.
Les boutons CH+/ et VOL +/ servent galement la naviga-
tion dans le systme JVC de menus lcran.
Vous pouvez accder directement des canaux particuliers
laide du pav 10 touches.
Pour plus de renseignements sur les fonctions des boutons de
la tlcommande, reportez-vous aux pages 40 45. Pour des
informations sur lutilisation des menus lcran, reportez-
vous la page 21.
Remarque : La tlcommande modle RM-C301G est illustre
gauche. Il se peut quune tlcommande de modle diffrent ait
t fournie avec votre tlviseur.
17
Programmation de la
Tlcommande
R g l a ge des Codes CAT V, M ag n t o s c o p e , et lecteur DV D
Vous pouvez programmer votre tlcommande de manire actionner votre bote de cbl e,
rcepteur satellite, magntoscope ou lecteur de DVD en vous reportant aux instructions et aux
codes apparaissant ci-aprs. Si lappareil ne rpond aucun des codes numrs ci-aprs ou
la fonction de recherche de codes, utilisez la tlcommande fo u rnie par le fa b ri c a n t .
Codes de Bote de Cble ou dAntenne Parabolique
La tlcommande est programme avec les codes CATV et/ou antenne parabolique pour la
mise en marche et larrt, le balayage de canaux vers le haut et vers le bas et le clavier 10
touches.
1) Reprez la marque CATV/antenne parabolique mme la liste des codes apparaissant ci-aprs.
2) Faites glissez linterrupteur/slecteur de mode deux voies la position CATV.
3) Appuyez sur le bouton DISPLAY et tenez-le enfonc.
4) Introduisez le premier numro de code indiqu au clavier 10 touches tout en continuant
appuyer sur le bouton DISPLAY.
5) Relchez le bouton DISPLAY.
6) Assurez-vous que la bote de cble/le rcepteur dantenne parabolique fonctionne.
Si votre bote CATV ou dantenne parabolique ne rpond pas au premier code, essayez les
autres codes apparaissant sur la liste. Si elle ne rpond aucun code, essayez la fonction
des codes de recherche dcrite la page 50.
18
Programmation de la
Tlcommande
Codes de Magntoscope
La tlcommande est programme avec les codes magntoscope pour la mise en marche et
larrt, la lecture, larrt, lavance rapide, le rembobinage et le balayage de canaux vers le haut
et vers le bas.
1) Reprez la marque magntoscope mme la liste des codes apparaissant ci-aprs.
2) Faites glissez le premier interrupteur/slecteur deux voies la position TV et lautre
interrupteur/ slecteur deux voies la position VCR .
6) Assurez-vous que le magntoscope fonctionne.
Si votre magntoscope ne rpond pas au premier code, essayez les autres codes apparais-
sant sur la liste. Si elle ne rpond aucun code, essayez la fonction des codes de
recherche dcrite la page 50.
Il se peut que les magntoscopes de certains fabricants ne rpondent pas au bouton
TV/VCRmme si dautres boutons fonctionnent correctement.
Pour enregistrer, tenez le bouton REC de la tlcommande enfonc et appuyez sur PLAY.
19
Programmation de la
Tlcommande
20
La tlcommande est programme avec les codes DVD pour la mise en marche et larrt, la
lecture, larrt, lavance rapide, le rembobinage, chapitre prcdent, chapitre suivant,
loverture/la fermeture du plateau, et limage fixe/la pause.
1) Reprez la marque de lecteur DVD mme la liste des codes apparaissant ci-aprs.
interrupteur/slecteur deux voies la position DVD .
6) Assurez-vous que le lecteur DVD fonctionne.
Si votre lecteur DVD ne rpond pas au premier code, essayez les autres codes apparaissant
sur la liste. Si elle ne rpond aucun code, essayez la fonction des codes de recherche
dcrite la page 50.
Aprs que vous ayez programm votre tlcommande, il se peut que certains boutons DVD
ne fonctionnent pas adquatement. Si certains boutons ne fonctionnent pas adquatement,
utilisez la tlcommande qui tait fournie avec votre lecteur DVD.
Codes de lecteur DVD
Les Menus lcran
21
Utilisation de ce Guide
Les Menus lcran :
Les flches montante et descendante signifient dappuyer sur les boutons Channel Up ou
Channel Down. Une pression des boutons de flche montante ou descendante vous permet
de :
Les flches montante et descendante signifient dappuyer sur les boutons Channel Up
ou Channel Down. Une pression des boutons de flche montante ou descendante vous
permet de :
vous dplacer verticalement dans lcran du menu principal
vous dplacer travers un sous-menu
passer la lettre ou au nombre suivant, ou autre choix dans un sous-menu
revenir en arrire afin de corriger une erreur
balayer les canaux de tlvision (lorsque vous ntes pas dans un menu)
Les flches gauche et droite signifient dappuyer sur le bouton Volume Left ou Volume
Right pour :
slectionner llment mis en relief dans un menu
slectionner les options dun sous-menu
slectionner les numros de certaines options de menu
monter ou baisser le volume (lorsque vous ntes pas dans un cran de menu)
Appuyez sur le bouton Appuyez signifie quil faut appuyer sur ce bouton de la tl-
commande.
La main daide est dirige vers llment en surbrillance ou slectionn dans un
menu.
Pour faire remonter le menu lcran , appuyez sur le bouton MENU de la tlcommande.
Llment qui apparat en jaune est llment slectionn. Si vous appuyez nouveau sur le
bouton MENU, laffichage lcran passera lcran de menu suivant. Le Plug In Menu
apparatra la premire fois que le tlviseur sera branch.
Remarque : Les menus apparaissant dans ce manuel sont des illustrations et non des repro-
ductions exactes des affichages lcran du tlviseur.
PLUG IN MENU
LANGUE ANG. FRAN. ESP.
RGLER AUTO TUNER
RGLERHORLOGE
TERMINER
CHOIX PAR
OPRE PAR
SORTIR
PAR
EX
IT
Plug In Menu
22
Introduction
Rgler Auto Tuner
Langue
Faites votre choix entre langlais, le franais ou lespagnol pour les crans des menus et des
affichages.
Appuyez sur le bouton MENU
Pour LANGUE
Pour choisir une langue
Au cours de la configuration automatique du slecteur, le tlviseur analyse automatiquement
tous les canaux disponibles, met en mmoire ceux qui sont actifs et saute les canaux vides ou
ceux dont le signal est faible. Ceci signifie que, lorsque vous balayez ( laide des boutons
CHANNEL +/), vous ne recevez que des canaux clairs et actifs.
Pour RGLER AUTO TUNER
Pour excuter
Pour choisir CBLEou ANT.
Pour passer la position COMMENCER
Pour commencer configuration automatique du slecteur
Bruit rduit est hors service au cours de la configuration automatique du slcteur.
Vous naurez pas besoin dappuyer sur le bouton Menu pour accder cet cran depuis le
Plug In Menu.
PROGRAMMATION
EN COURS
PROGRAMMATION TERMINE
48
La programmation durera 1 2 minutes.
Plug In Menu.
Le Plug In Menu remonte automatiquement lorsque vous mettez le tlviseur en marche la
premire fois aprs lavoir branch. Le Plug In Menu vous aide prparer votre tlviseur
lutilisation en vous permettant de fixer vos choix pour :
la langue dans laquelle vous voulez que les menus lcran apparaissent,
la configuration automatique du slecteur des canaux que vous dsirez recevoir,
le rglage de lhorloge TV la bonne heure de manire ce que vos fonctions de minuterie
fonctionnent adquatement.
Des descriptions de chacune des fonctions du Plug In Menu apparaissent sur cette page et sur
la page suivante. Nous vous recommandons de terminer la configuration du Plug In Menu en
premier de manire ce que votre tlviseur soit immdiatement configur de la manire dont
vous le dsirez.
Plug In Menu
23
Rgler Horloge Automatique
Vous devez dabord rgler lhorloge avant dutiliser lune quelconque des fonctions de minuterie
de votre tlviseur. Vous pouvez rgler votre horloge avec prcision laide du signal horaire
XDS diffus par la plupart des stations PBS. Pour rgler lhorloge laide du signal XDS :
Introduisez le numro de canal de votre station PBS locale
Appuyez sur MENU
Pour RGLERHORLOGE
Pour excuter
Pour AUTO.
Vers TIME ZONE
Pour slectionner votre fuseau horaire
Pour passer lheure avance (D.S.T.)
Pour activer ou inhiber lheure avance
Pour TERMINER
Pour quitter et mettre les rglages en mmoire
Si vous navez pas de poste PBS dans votre rgion, vous devrez rgler lhorloge manuelle-
ment.Reportez-vous Rgler Horloge Manuel en haut de la colonne suivante pour
instructions.
La fonction heure avance ajuste automatiquement lhorloge de votre tlviseur pour lheure
avance. Lhorloge avancera dune heure 2 heures du matin le premier dimanche davril.
Lhorloge reculera dune heure 2 heures du matin le dernier dimanche doctobre.
MODE AUTO. MANUEL
TIME ZONE PACIFIQUE
D.S.T. ON OFF
TERMINER
Plug In Menu.
Plug In Menu
24
Pour rgler votre horloge manuellement (sans utiliser le signal XDS), choisissez MANUEL
depuis le menu Rgler horloge et suivez les tapes ci-aprs.
Pour RGLERHORLOGE
Pour excuter
Pour MANUEL
Pour passer lheure
Pour rgler lheure
Pour passer aux minutes
Pour rgler les minutes
Pour PARTIR HORLOGE
Pour dmarrer lhorloge et quitter
MODE AUTO. MANUEL
HEURE --:-- --
PARTIRHORLOGE
MERCI !!
Rgler Horloge Manuel
REMARQUE :
Vous devrez remettre lhorloge lheure aprs une panne secteur. Vous devez rgler lhorloge
avant dutiliser lune quelconque des fonctions de minuterie.
Lorsque les lments du Plug In Menu sont rgls vos choix personnels, passez loption
Finish pour mettre vos rglages en mmoire.
Pour TERMINER
Pour mettre les rglages en mmoire et quitter
Vous pouvez modifier les choix que vous avez dfinis dans le Plug In Menu tout moment
laide du systme de menus lcran JVC.
Terminer
Plug In Menu.
Sommaire Canaux
Sommaire Canaux
Sommaire canaux vous permet de particulariser lventail de canaux reus par votre tlviseur.
Vous pouvez ajouter ou liminer des canaux de la liste de balayage ou les verrouiller afin dem-
pcher des spectateurs non autoriss de regarder un ou plusieurs parmi ces canaux (jusqu
181).
Pour SOMMAIRE CANAUX
Pour excuter
Lcran Sommaire canaux (au-dessus) affichera maintenant les canaux balayer marqus dun
. Vous pouvez supprimer des canaux du balayage en retirant le . Si des canaux ont
t manqus durant la configuration automatique du slecteur et que vous dsirez les ajouter,
vous pouvez le faire en plaant un ct du numro du canal.
Pour accder la colonne BALAYAGE
Pour inclure ou liminer de la liste de balayage
EXIT lorsque vous avez termin
Vous pouvez bloquer accs canal avec Channel Guard.
Pour SOMMAIRE CANAUX
Pour excuter
Pour accder la colonne de verrouillage
Appuyez sur le code daccs ZRO (0) pour verrouiller ou dverrouiller ce canal
Appuyez pour quitter une fois termin
Message dun canal rserv
Ce message apparat quand un spectateur tente de regarder un canal rserv :
Pour regarder un canal que vous avez verrouill,
entrez le code de verrouillage en utilisant le pav
numrique 10 touches.
Si un code erron est entr, le message suivant
apparat : CODEDACCS INVALIDE
Il est impossible daccder ce canal jusqu ce
que le code correct soit introduit.
Une fois un canal dverrouill, il demeurera dverrouill jusq ce que le tlviseur soit mis
larrt.
Reportez-vous Rgler Code Verrouiller , page 33.
C A N . BA L AYA . CAN. BA L AYA.
0 1 06
0 2 07
0 3 08
0 4 09
0 5 10
CE CANAL ESTVERROUILL
PARCODE
ENTRERCODEDECONTRLE
AU CLAVIERDE10 CHIFFRES
POURLELIBRER
NO - - - -
25
V-Chip
26
Votre tlviseur est pourvu de la technologie puce V, ce qui permet aux parents dimposer des
Directives parentales pour la tlvision (aux tats-Unis et au Canada) et les films (MPAA). La
technologie de la puce V vous permet de programmer votre tlviseur de manire recevoir, ou
ne pas recevoir, certains programmes sur la base de leur contenu conformment aux directives.
Les programmes qui dpassent les limites de cotes que vous imposez seront bloqus. Lorsquun
spectateur tente de voir un canal bloqu, le message suivant apparat :
Le canal demeurera bloqu jusqu lintroduction du code de verrouillage appropri (reportez-vous
la page 33 pour obtenir des informations sur le rglage de votre code de verrouillage).
Vous pouvez adapter les rglages de la puce V de votre tlviseur vos gots personnels. Le
menuV-Chip ci-aprs est le point de dpart de vos rglages de puce V.
Vous pouvez utiliser les rglages amricains de puce V (pour les programmes diffuss depuis les
tats-Unis), les rglages canadiens de puce V (pour les programmes diffuss depuis le Canada)
et les cotes de film. Vous pouvez utiliser lun quelconque des rglages ou tous les rglages (puce
V US, puce V Canada, cotes de film). Des descriptions pour le rglage de chacun des trois for-
mats de puce V apparaissent dans les sept pages qui suivent, accompagnes de descriptions des
catgories de cotes.
Pour accder aux catgories de cotes :
CEPROGRAMMEDPASSE VOS
LIMITESDECOTE.
ENTRERCODEBLOCAGE
PARLECLAVIER10 TOUCHES
POURDVERROUILLER
NO - - - -
V-CHIP ON OFF
FIXERCOTESTlVISEUR
FIXERCOTESFILM
SYST CLASSIFICAT CAN ANG
SYSTCLASSIFICATCANFRA
NONCOT VISUALISER BLOC
TERMINER
Remarque spciale au sujet des cotes
Certains programes ne possdent pas de signal de cote. Par consquent, mme si vous
configurez la puce V, ces programmes ne seront pas verrouills. Les parents sont aviss de
regarder pralablement le contenu de ces programmes ou de ces films.
Vers V-CHIP
Pour excuter (licne de verrouillage aparat)
Appuyez sur ZERO pour accder au menu Puce V
Pour activer (ON) ou inhiber (OFF) la puce V (la puce V doit tre active pour que
les rglages de cotes fonctionnent).
Pour passer FIXER COTES TLVISEUR, FIXER COTES FILM ou SYST CLASSIFI-
CATCAN (reportez-vous aux pages suivantes pour des descriptions de chaque option).
V-Chip
27
Fixer Cotes Tlviseur (Systmes Amricains)
SYSTMES AMRICAINS DE COTES PARENTALES
Les programmes possdant les cotes suivantes sont appropris pour les enfants.
TV Y est appropripour tous les enfants.
Les programmes sont raliss pour de trs jeunes spectateurs et ils devraient convenir
tous les ges, y compris les enfants gs de 2 6 ans.
TV Y7 est destinaux enfants plus ges.
La plupart des parents trouveraient ces programmes convenables pour les enfants gs de
7 ans et plus. On peut y trouver une certaine violence de comdie ou de fantaisie peu
svre. Les enfants devraient pouvoir distinguer la ralit de la fantaisie.
Les programmes possdant les cotes suivantes sont appropris pour lensemble des
spectateurs.
TV G signifie Audience Gnrale .
La plupart des parents trouveraient ces programmes convenables pour tous les groupes
dge. Ils contiennent peu de violence, voire mme aucune, aucun langage choquant, et
peu de dialogue ou de situations sexuels, voire mme aucun.
TV PG Direction parentale suggre .
Peut contenir un certain langage choquant, mais pas beaucoup, une violence limite, et un
certain dialogue ou certaines suggestions teneur sexuelle suggestive. Il est recommand
aux parents de regarder ces programmes en premier, ou de les regarder avec leurs enfants.
TV 14 Parents fortement mis en garde.
Les programmes contiennent un matriel qui peut ne pas convenir aux enfants de moins de
14 ans, notamment une possibilit de violence intense, de situations sexuelles, de langage
grossier et choquant, ou de dialogue fortement suggestif. Les parents sont mis en garde
contre lcoute sans surveillance par des enfants de moins de 14 ans.
TV MA Audiences adultes seulement.
Ces programmes sont destins spcifiquement aux adultes, et il se peut quils ne
conviennent pas une personne ge de moins de 17 ans. Les programmes TV MA
peuvent prsenter un important contenuV, S, L ou D.
Directives dcoute
Outre les catgories de cotes expliques ci-dessus, des informations sont galement
fournies avec la cote puce V sur des types prcis de contenu. Ces types de contenu
peuvent galement tre bloqus. Les types de contenu sont les suivants :
V/FV signifie VIOLENCE/VIOLENCE FANTAISIE
S signifie CONTENU SEXUEL
L signifie LANGAGE choquant
D signifie DIALOG suggestif
V-Chip
Alignez le curseur de la colonne (TV PG, TV G, etc.) sur la range contenu (V/FV, S, etc.) et
appuyez sur or pour dplacer le curseur lemplacement correct. Appuyez sur or
pour activer ou inhiber la fonction de verrouillage. Un lment est verrouill si apparat
licne plutt quun .
Exemple. Pour bloquer lcoute de tous les programmes TV 14, dplacez le curseur la
range suprieure de cette colonne et ajoutez une icne de verrouillage. Lorsque vous aurez
plac un verrou sur la range suprieure, tout ce qui se trouve dans cette colonne sera
verrouill automatiquement.
Vers la colonne TV 14
Pour activer le verrouillage
Pour TERMINER
Si vous dsirez modifier la configuration, dplacez le curseur la colonne suprieure et
modifiez licne de verrouillage . Vous pouvez alors slectionner des catgories
individuelles bloquer.
Vers V-CHIP
Pour excuter (licne de verrouillage aparat)
Appuyez sur ZERO pour accder au menu Puce V
Pour activer (ON) ou inhiber (OFF) la puce V
Pour passer FIXERCOTES TLVISEUR
Pour excuter
V-CHIP ON OFF
FIXERCOTESTlVISEUR
FIXERCOTESFILM
SYST CLASSIFICAT CAN ANG
SYSTCLASSIFICATCANFRA
TERMINER
Fixer Cotes Tlviseur
Pour configurer les cotes de Directives Parentales TV (EU) :
28
V-Chip
29
Fixer cotes avec le bouton V-Chip
Exemple 2 :
Si vous voulez configurer vos rglages de la puce V de manire bloquer toute la
programmation au-dessus dun rglage courant tel que TV PG-V (avec violence) :
Appuyez sur ZERO lors de laffichage de TV PG-V
Toute la programmation au-dessus de TV-PG-V avec violence sera bloque.
Pour accder aux informations de cote au sujet dun programme particulier, appuyez sur le
bouton de la puce V tout en regardant ce programme. Le message suivant apparat :
Si vous dcidez que vous voulez bloquer cette catgorie dcoute, appuyez sur 0 pendant
que lcran ci-dessus est visible, et tous les programmes de cette catgorie seront verrouills.
Exemple 1 :
Si vous voulez dfinir vos rglages V-Chip (puce V) de manire bloquer tous les programmes
au-dessus de TV PG.
Appuyez sur ZERO lors de laffichage de TV-PG
Toute la programmation au-dessus de TV-PG sera bloque.
En ce qui concerne lcoute des enfants, vous pouvez bloquer les programmes TV-Y et Y7
en appuyant sur 0 lorsque Y est affich durant un programme. Les programmes pour
publics autres que des enfants ne seront pas touchs.
LEPROGRAMME EST COT :
TV-PG - V
V-Chip
30
NR - Non cot.
Il sagit dun film non cot. Ces films sont souvent imports de pays qui nutilisent pas le
systme de cotes MPAA. Dautres films non cots peuvent tre loeuvre de ralisateurs
amateurs qui navaient pas lintention de diffuser leur film dans le grand public.
La programmation NR (non cot) peut contenir tous les types de programmation, y compris
des programmes pour enfants, des programmes trangers ou du matriel adulte.
G Audience Gnrale .
Selon le conseil dtude, ces films ne contiennent rien en fait de contenu sexuel, violence ou
langage qui ne conviendrait pas un public de quelque ge que ce soit.
PG Direction Parentale .
La Direction parentale signifie que le film peut prsenter un certain contenu tel que faible
violence, une brve scne de nudit et un langage fort. Le contenu nest pas rput
intense.
PG-13 Parents Fortement Aviss.
Les parents ayant des enfants de moins de 13 ans sont aviss que le contenu de films ainsi
cots peut comprendre un contenu sexuel et de langage plus explicite et plus de violence
que les films cots PG.
R - Restreint.
Ces films contiennent du matriel de nature explicite, et ils ne sont pas recommands pour
des enfants de moins de 17 ans sans supervision.
NC-17 - Personne de moins de 17 ans.
Ces films sont considrs comme tant ce que la plupart des parents jugeraient trop adulte
pour lcoute de leurs enfants, et ils peuvent contenir un langage choquant, des scnes de
nudit, de la violence et des sujets suggestifs et explicites.
X - Personne de moins 18 ans.
Fixer Cots Film
Vers V-CHIP
Pour excuter (licone de verrouillage apparat)
Appuyez sur ZERO pour accder aux options de configuration de la puce V
Pour passer FIXER COTESFILM
Pour accder au menu des cotes
Ainsi, pour interdire aux spectateurs les programmes X et NC-17 :
Vers la colonne X
Vers la colonne NC-17
Pour TERMINER
Pour enregistrer les rglages et quitter
Instructions pour bloquer lcoute de films :
V-Chip
31
E Exemptes.
Les programmes exempts comprennent : les informations, les missions sportives, les
documentaires et autres programmes dinformation, les dbats, les vidos de musique, et
les programmes de varites.
G Gnral.
Directives de violence :il ny aura aucune scne raliste de violence. Les descriptions de
comportements agressifs seront rares et limites des reprsentations de nature claire-
ment fictive, comique ou irraliste.
8ans+ Gnral-Dconseillaux jeunes enfants.
Directives de violence :toute description raliste de violence sera rare, discrte ou peu
intensive, et montrera les consquences des actes. Il ny aura ni langage choquant, ni
nudit, ni contenu sexuel.
13ans+ Cette mission peut ne pas convenir aux enfants de moins de 13 ans.
Programmes destins une audience gnrale, mais qui peuvent ne pas convenir de
jeunes enfants. Les parents peuvent juger que certain contenu ne convient pas des
enfants gs de 8 13 ans.
16ans+ Cette mission ne convient pas aux moins de 16 ans.
Les parents sont fortement aviss dexercer leur discrtion avant dautoriser lcoute par des
pr-adolescents et des jeunes adolescents. Les programmes peuvent contenir des thmes
mrs ainsi que des scnes de violence intense.
18ans+ Cette mission est rserve aux adultes.
Matriel destin uniquement un public adulte.
Cotes Canadiennes de puce V
Instructions pour configurer les cotes Canadiennes de puce V :
Vers V-CHIP
Pour passer SYST CLASSIFICAT CAN FRA (pour Franais)
Pour accder au menu des cotes
Ainsi, pour interdire aux spectateurs les programmes 16ans+ and 18ans+ :
Vers la colonne 18ans+
Vers la colonne 16ans+
Pour TERMINER
Pour obtenir des instructions sur SYST CLASSIFICAT CAN ANG (en anglais) , veuillez vous
reporter la page 31 du ct anglais du prsent manuel.
V-Chip
32
Programmes Non Cot
Remarques au sujet des progranmmes non cots:
La programmation non cote dsigne tout programme qui ne contient pas de signal de cote.
Les programmes des postes de tlvision qui ne transmettent pas de signaux de cote seront
dans la catgorie Programmation non cote .
Exemples de programmes non cots :
Bulletins durgence
Programmes dorigine locale
Informations
Programmes Politiques
Annonces de Sevices Publics
Programmes Religeux
Sports
Mto
Certaines rcames tlvises
Les films ou les programmes de tlvision qui nont pas de signal de cote seront bloqus si
la catgorie non cote est mise BLOC (Verrouillage).
Instructions pour bloquer les programmes non cots :
Vous pouvez bloquer des programmes qui ne sont pas cots.
Vers V-CHIP
Vers NONCOT
Pour VISUALISER ou BLOC
Appuyez sur EXIT une fois termin
V-Chip
33
Rgler Code Verrouiller
Les rglages de canal rserv et de puce V sont protgs par un code de verrouillage quatre
chiffres. Votre tlviseur est offert prrgl avec un code de verrouillage de 0000. Vous
pouvez changer le code tout numro quatre chiffres que vous dsirez. Pour changer le
code de verrouillage, suivez les tapes ci-aprs.
Pour RGLER CODE VERROUILLER
Pour excuter
Licne du candenas apparat
Appuyez sur zro pour accder au code de verrouillage
Le premier chiffre sera mis en relief
Pour choisir le nombre
Pour passer au chiffre suivant
Continuez suivre ces instructions pour entrer les quatre chiffres.
Pour TERMINER
Votre code de verrouillage est maintenant dfini.
CODE VERROUILLER 0 0 0 0
TERMINER
0
Aprs une panne secteur, vous devez introduire un nouveau code de verrouillage.
crivez votre numro de code de verrouillage et cachez-le.
Si vous oubliez le code de verrouillage, vous pouvez en entrer un de la mme manire.
REMARQUE :
Rgla ges de lIma ge
34
Teinte
Couleur
Image
Clart
Dtail
La teinte vous permet de rgler les niveaux de rouge et de vert dans limage de votre
tlviseur.
Pour TEINTE
Pour augmenter le vert
Pour augmenter le rouge
Pour passer loption suivante
La fonction Couleurs vous permet de rendre toutes les couleurs de limage du tlviseur plus
vives ou plus subtiles.
Pour COULEUR
Pour rendre les couleurs plus vives
Pour attneur les couleurs
Cette fonction vous permet dajuster les niveaux de noir et de blanc sur lcran du tlviseur,
afin dobtenir une image densemble plus sombre ou plus claire.
Pour IMAGE
Pour augmenter le contraste
Pour diminuer le contraste
Permet de rgler le niveau de luminosit.
Pour CLART
Pour clairer limage
Pour assombrir limage
Le dtail permet de rgler le niveau des dtails dans une image.
Pour DTAIL
Pour rendre limage plus nette (plus de dtails)
Pour rendre limage plus douce (moins de dtails)
Rgla ges de lIma ge
35
Bruit Rduit
Rgler Statut Vido
Cette fonction insre un cran bleu vide par-dessus les canaux qui ne transmettent pas ou qui
sont trop faibles pour tre reus clairement.
Pour BRUITRDUIT
Pour activer ou inhibiter le Bruit Rduit
Bruit Rduit ne fonctionnera pas durant la configuration automatique du selecteur ni lorsque
vous utiliserez le Sommaire Canaux.
Grce cette fonction, vous pouvez mettre en mmoire votre propre srie de rglages de qual-
it de limage en tant que Choix pour y avoir accs ultrieurement sur simple pression dun
bouton.
Pour RGLER STATUT VIDO
Pour excuter
Pour rgler les niveaux de TEINTE
Rptez les tapes ci-dessus pour rgler chaque option.
Pour SAUVER COMME CHOIX
Vous devez utiliser SAUVER COMME CHOIX pour sortir du menu Rgler statut vido, sinon
vos prfrences ne seront pas mises en mmoire.
Vous pouvez avoir accs vos rglages Choix nimporte quel moment en appuyant sur le
bouton VIDEO STATUS de la tlcommande.
TEINTE
COULEUR
IMAGE
CLART
DTAIL
SAUVER COMMECHOIX
Lcran de rglages disparatra si vous neffectuez aucun rglage ou si vous ne passez pas
loption suivante en environ trois secondes. Tout changement apport aux rglages de limage
jusqu ce point sera sauvegard. Pour quitter tout moment le menu des rglages de lim-
age, appuyez sur le bouton Exit de la tlcommande.
REMARQUE :
Rgla ges du Son
36
La fonction de rglage de niveau Basse vous permet de monter ou de rduire le niveau des
sons basse frquence du tlviseur.
Pour BASSE
Pour augmenter le niveau des graves
Pour diminuer le niveau des graves
La fonction de rglage de niveau Aigu vous permet de monter ou de rduire le niveau des sons
haute frquence du tlviseur.
Pour AIGU
Pour augmenter le niveau des aigus
Pour dimuner le niveau des aigus
La fonction de rglage de la balance vous permet de rgler le niveau sonore entre les deux
haut-parleurs du tlviseur.
Pour BALANCE
Pour dplacer la balance vers le haut-parleur droit
Pour dplacer la balance vers le haut-parleur gauche
La technologie MTS permet la diffusion simultane de plusieurs signaux audio, ce qui vous
donne le choix de ce que vous voulez entendre avec un programme de tlvision.Outre le son
monophonique ou strophonique, une diffusion MTS peut galement comprendre un deux-
ime programme audio (SAP).
Pour MTS
Slectionnez le mode
(La flche EN ONDE vous informe si le signal en cours de transmission contient
des informations STRO ou SAP.)
Gardez le tlviseur en mode STRO afin dobtenir la meilleure qualit sonore. Le son
sera diffus en mode STROPHONIQUE mme si une certaine diffusion est en son
MONOPHONIQUE seulement.
Choisissez le rglage MONO afin de rduire le bruit excessif dun canal ou dun programme.
SAP vous permet dcouter une autre piste sonore, si elle est disponible.
MTS (Son Multi Canaux)
Aigu
Balance
Basse
Pour quitter tout moment le menu des rglages du son, appuyez sur le bouton EXIT de la tlcom-
mande.
REMARQUE :
lments Gnraux
Faites savoir votre tlviseur quand il doit se mettre en marche ou sarrter. Utilisez cette
fonction en tant qualarme pour vous rveiller, pour vous rappeler lheure dun programme
important ou encore comme un agent de diversion quand vous tes en dehors de la maison.
Pour MINUTERIE ON/OFF
Pour excuter (commence par HEURE DBUT)
Pour rgler lheure (AM/PM) de mise en marche du tlviseur
Pour passer aux minutes
Pour rgler les minutes
Pour accepter HEUREDBUT et passer HEURE FIN (lheure laquelle le
tlviseur se mettra larrt). Rglez lHEURE FIN de la mme manire que
lHEURE DEBUT
Pour accepter HEURE FIN et passer CANAL
Pour choisir le canal
Pour passer MODE
Choisissez UNE FOIS ou PAR JOUR
Pour MINUTERIE ON/OFF
Choisissez OUI pour accepter le rglage de minuterie, choisissez NON si vous ne
voulez pas laccepter
Pour TERMINER
Pour enregistrer les rglages
Minuterie On/Off
On ne peut rgler la minuterie On/Off sur des canaux bloqus ou protgs.
La minuterie On/Off ne peut fonctionner si lhorloge nest pas rgle.
Les rglages de minuterie doivent tre refaits aprs une panne secteur.
REMARQUE :
Si le tlviseur est en marche lorsquun vnement programm est sur le point de commencer,
une fentre Prvisualisation de minuterie apparatra. La fentre Prvisualisation de minuterie
apparatra dans le coin infrieur droit de lcran sept secondes avant que la minuterie ne doive
commencer. Lorsque la minuterie sera actionne, limage Prvisualisation deviendra limage
principale.
Remarque sur la minuterie On/Off pour PIP (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 et
AV-27F802) seulement.
37
Purete
Ceci aide nettoyer limage pour y enlever la neige .
Pour PURETE
Pour introduisez
Pour rglage purete
N S
lments Gnraux
38
Si votre tlviseur est raccord une chane strophonique, vous pouvez mettre les haut-par-
leurs du tlviseur hors service et couter avec les haut-parleurs de votre chane.
Pour H. PARLEUR TV
Pour mettre en/hors service les haut-parleurs TV
Appuyez sur EX I T une fois termin
Avant de remettre en service les haut-parleurs du tlviseur, assurez-vous de diminuer le
volume du son ! En cas de volume lev, le son devient extrmement fort.
Aprs une panne secteur, le rglage haut-parleurs TV revient la position de marche
( ON ).
H. Parleur TV
Sans Audio
Haut-parleurs externe : Lorsque vous utilisez des amplificateurs ou haut-parleurs externes,
fermez les haut-parleurs TV (voir haut-parleurs TV ) ci-dessus.
REMARQUE :
H. PARLEUR TV ON OFF
Si votre tlviseur est raccord une source de haut-parleur externe, Sans Audio vous permet
de contrler le niveau sonore laide de la tlcommande de votre tlviseur.
A p p u yez sur le bouton ME N U
Pour SANS AUDIO
Pour VARI ou RGLER
Appuyez sur EX I T une fois termin
VARI : Vous permet de rgler le niveau sonore des haut-parleurs externes laide des
boutons VOLUME +/ de la tlcommande de votre tlviseur.
RGLER : Le niveau sonore des haut-parleurs externes se rgle laide de la tlcommande
de lappareil audio.
SANS AUDIO VARI RGLER
lments Gnraux
Utilisez cette fonction pour afficher le texte des Sous-titres (lorsquils sont compris dans un
programme).
Pour SOUS-TITRES
Pour excuter
Pour slectionner S-TITRE, TEXTE ou OFF (arrt)
Pour S-TITREou TEXTE
Pour slectionner un canal de Sous-Titres ou de Texte
Pour TERMINER
Pour conserver les rglages et sortie
MODE : S-TITRE
S-TITRE : CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4
TEXTE : T1 T2 T3 T4
TERMINER
Sous-Titres
Les sous-titres se trouvent habituellement sur le canal de sous-titres CC1. Certains pro-
grammes peuvent comprendre des informations de texte supplmentaires qui se trouvent
habituellement sur le canal de texte T1. Les autres canaux sont disponibles pour usage
futur.
Les sous-titres peuvent ne pas fonctionner adquatement si le signal reu est faible ou si
vous lisez une bande vido.
La plupart des programmes contenant des sous-titres afficheront un avis au dbut du
programme.
REMARQUE :
Entre de Composant
Obtenez la meilleure qualit visuelle de votre lecteur de DVD en utilisant ce rglage et les
entres DVD larrire du tlviseur. Mettez la position OUI pour entre de composant (pour
DVD) ou NON pour entre vido compose (pour un magntoscope rgulier).
Pour V4 COMPONENT-IN (ou V2 COMPONENT-IN pour AV-36F702, AV-32F702 et
AV-27F702)
Pour OUI ou NON
EXIT lorsque vous avez termin
Cette option doit tre utilise uniquement avec les lecteurs de DVD. Reportez-vous la
page 11 pour plus de renseignements sur le raccordement de magntoscopes. Reportez-
vous la page 14 pour plus de renseignements sur le raccordement dun lecteur de DVD.
Remarque : Les modles AV-36F702, AV-32F702 et AV-27F702 na pas dentre 4.
V4 COMPONENT-IN OUI NON
39
Fonctions des Boutons
Lcran Affichage indique ltat courant des minuteries et des entres.
Appuyez sur le bouton DISPLAY
Le canal ou lentre AV (Canal 07)
Lheure en cours (12:20 pm)
Ltat du Sleep Timer/minutes restantes (le Sleep Timer est inhib)
Ltat de la minuterie On/Off (tous les jours, marche 19 heures, arrt 22
heures)
Chaque appui sur le bouton DISPLAY change le mode daffichage :
Affichage Plein cran montr ci-dessus
Heure Montre lheure courante seulement
Canal Montre le canal courant
Off Met laffichage larrt
Vous pouvez galement inhiber laffichage nimporte quelle tape en appuyant sur EXIT.
07
MAINTENANT 12:20 PM
MINUT. SOMMEIL OFF
MINUT. ON/ OFF CHAQUEJ OUR
HEURE DBUT 7:00 PM
HEURE FIN 10:00 PM
Le bouton MENU vous permet daccder au systme de menus lcran JVC. Appuyez sur
MENU pour activer le systme de menus lcran.
Reportez-vous aux sections individuelles (telles que Rglages du son ) pour obtenir des
informations prcises sur lutilisation des menus.
Menu
Exit (Sortie) et PIP Off
Display (Affichage)
Veuillez noter que si lhorloge, la minuterie sommeil ou la minuterie On/Off ne sont pas rgls,
lcran daffichage montrera, respectivement, : HORLOGE NON RGLE , MINUT. SOM-
MEIL OFF et MINUT. ON/OFF OFF .
REMARQUE :
Appuyez sur le bouton EXIT pour quitter un cran de menu. Sur le RM-C301G, ce bouton est
galement marqu PIP OFF . Appuyez sur EXIT/PIP OFF pour inactiver la fonction Image-
sur-Image (veuillez vous reporter la page 44 pour plus de renseignements sur la fonction
PIP).
AV-27F802.
40
41
Video Status (Statut Vido)
Sleep Timer (Minuterie Sommeil)
Hyper Surround (Hyper Quadrosound)
Muting (Mise en sourdine du son)
Le bouton VIDEO STATUS vous permet de slectionner lun de trois rglages daffichage dimage,
y compris un affichage de vos propres prfrences.
Standard Rinitialise les rglages de limage aux niveaux standard usine.
Choix Correspond aux rglages que vous avez enregistrs dans le menu Rgler Statut
Vido en page 35.
Cinma Donne la vido un aspect riche, similaire au film.
Appuyez sur le bouton VIDEO STATUS
Cette minuterie met le tlviseur hors tension votre place en cas dassoupissement. Vous
pouvez programmer cette fonction avec des intervalles de 15 minutes 180 minutes.
Appuyez sur le bouton SLEEP TIMER
Message de la minuterie sommeil
20 secondes avant lextinction automatique, ce message apparat :
Vous avez alors 20 secondes pour appuyer sur le bouton SLEEP TIMER pour reculer la
mise hors tension dencore 15 minutes.
BONNENUIT !!
PRESSERLEBOUTONMINUT.
SOMMEIL POURPROLONGER
Cre un effet sonore tridimensionnel profond en utilisant uniquement les haut-parleurs du
tlviseur dirigs vers lavant. Appuyez sur le bouton Hyper Surround pour activer(ON) ou
inhiber (OFF) leffet.
Le bouton de mise en sourdine interrompt instantanment et totalement le volume quand vous
le pressez. Appuyez nouveau sur MUTING pour rtablir le volume au niveau prcdent.
HYPER QUADROSOUND ON OFF
42
Le bouton RETURN+ a deux fonctions :
Return Retour au canal regard immdiatement avant le canal maintenant lcran.
Return+ Vous permet de programmer un canal prcis auquel revenir aprs le balayage
travers les canaux.
RETURN+ et tenez pendant 3 secondes
Balayez laide des boutons CHANNEL+/.
RETURN+
Vous reviendrez au canal que vous avez programm.
Pour annuler votre canal Return+, enfoncez et tenez Return+ pendant trois secondes. Le
message RETOUR UN CANAL ANNULE apparatra.
Return+ semploie uniquement avec CHANNEL +/. La pression de toute autre touche
numrique annulera RETURN+.
Return+ naffecte pas le canal PIP (AV-36F802, AV-32F802 et AV-27F802 seulement).
Le bouton 100+ permet daccder directement aux canaux au-dessus de 99. Ainsi, pour
passer au canal 124 ;appuyez sur le 100+, 2 (deux), 4 (quatre).
RETOUR CANAL
PROGRAMM
Bouton 100+
Return+
Input
Slectionne la source dentre de signal pour la tlvision : TV (pour antenne ou cble), ou
Vido 1, 2, 3 ou 4 pour appareils vido tels que magntoscopes ou camscopes.
IN P U T
BBE
Laudio haute dfinition BBE ajoute un son naturel, clair et de trs haute qualit tout pro-
gramme. Activez ou inhibitez BBE laide du bouton BBE.
BBE ON OFF
REMARQUE :
Les modles AV-36F702, AV-32F702 et AV-27F702 na pas dentre Vido 4.
BBE est une marque dpose de BBE Sound, Inc. Pour les tats-Unis, sous licence de BBE
Sound, Inc., en vertu des brevets amricains 4638258, 4482866 et 5510572. Pour le Canada,
sous licence de BBESound, Inc BBE est une marque dpose de BBESound, Inc.
43
Boutons DVD
Boutons Magntoscope
Interrupteur TV/CATV
Interrupteur VCR/DVD
Vous pouvez galement utiliser cette tlcommande pour activer les fonctions de base de votre
lecteur DVD. Ces fonctions comprennent :lecture, rembobinage, avance rapide, arrt, image
fixe/pause, image prcdente/suivante, ouverture/fermeture du plateau, mise en marche et
mise larrt.
Mettez linterrupteur slecteur la position DVD pour activer.
La tlcommande est prrgle avec le code 000 pour commander les lecteurs DVD de mar-
que JVC. Pour un lecteur DVD de toute autre marque, reportez-vous la liste de codes et
aux instructions figurant la page 20.
Utilisez le syntonisateur du tlviseur ou une bote de cble pour slectionner les canaux.
Mettez cet interrupteur la position TV pour utiliser le syntonisateur incorpor au tlviseur.
Mettez linterrupteur la position CATV pour utiliser une bote de cble.
Reportez-vous la page 18 pour obtenir des informations sur la programmation de votre
tlcommande pour lutilisation de la bote de cble.
Vous pouvez commander un magntoscope ou un lecteur de DVD en utilisant les boutons
situs sur la partie infrieure de la tlcommande. Utilisez linterrupteur slecteur VCR/DVD
pour choisir lutilisation du magntoscope ou du DVD.
Reportez-vous aux pages 19 et 20 pour plus de renseignements sur la programmation de
votre tlcommanmde laide des codes dutilisation magntoscope et DVD.
Light (Eclairage)
Votre tlcommande comporte des boutons clairs pour les fonctions principales telles que
CHANNEL +/ et VOLUME +/. Appuyez sur le bouton LIGHT pour illuminer les boutons.
Vous pouvez utiliser cette tlcommande pour activer les fonctions de base de votre magnto-
scope. Ces fonctions comprennent :lecture, enregistrement, rembobinage, avance rapide,
arrt, pause, balayage des canaux, TV/magntoscope, mise en marche et larrt.
Mettez linterrupteur slecteur la position VCR pour activer.
La tlcommande est prrgle avec le code 000 pour commander les magntoscopes de
marque JVC. Pour un magntoscope de toute autre marque, reportez-vous la liste de
codes et aux instructions figurant la page 19.
Fonctions des Boutons - PIP
44
PIP affiche deux images distinctes lcran. Votre tlviseur possde la PIP deux syntonisa-
teurs, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez voir, simultanment, les images provenant de deux
canaux distincts. Une srie spciale de boutons de commande PIP est situe sur la partie
suprieure de la tlcommande. Des descriptions de chaque bouton sont donnes sur cette
page.
AV-27F802.
On/Move
Activez PIP en appuyant sur le bouton ON/MOVE.
(PIP) ON/MOVE
PIP OFF pour mettre PIP larrt
Une fois la fonction PIP active, vous pouvez dplacer la fentre PIP nimporte lequel des
quatre coins de limage principale du tlviseur laide du bouton ON/MOVE.
ON/MOVE
Chaque pression du bouton ON/MOVE dplacera la fentre PIP un coin diffrent.
02
07
Remarque du Bote de Cble
Il se peut que la fonction PIP deux syntonisateurs ne fonctionne pas lorsquelle est utilise
avec certaines botes de cble. La raison en est que, bien que certains modles de bote de
cble puissent recevoir jusqu 181 canaux, ils peuvent uniquement transmettre le signal dun
canal votre tlviseur (veuillez galement vous reporter au schma de la page 11). Le syn-
tonisateur PIP ne peut fonctionner correctement sans accs lensemble des canaux
disponibles. tant donn que le tlviseur reoit le signal dun seul canal depuis la bote de
cble, le PIP deux syntonisateurs ne peut afficher un second canal diffrent.
tant donn quil y a de nombreux modles diffrents de botes de cble en usage aujourdhui,
si vous prouvez de la difficult utiliser votre fonction PIP avec votre bote de cble, nous
vous recommandons de contacter votre compagnie locale de cblovision pour obtenir des con-
seils sur le raccordement.
Fonctions des Boutons - PIP
Freeze
Swap
Channel +/for PIP
Source
Utilisez le bouton Freeze pour bloquer une seule image fixe sur la fentre PIP.
Si la fonction PIP est inhibe lorsquon appuie sur Freeze, un instantan de lcran principal
est pris et plac dans la fentre PIP.
Si la fonction PIP est active lorsquon appuie sur Freeze, limage qui tait dans la fentre
lorsque le bouton a t enfonc est maintenue.
Vous pouvez changer le canal affich lcran principal contre celui apparaissant dans la
fentre PIP en appuyant sur SWAP.
Tout comme les boutons CHANNEL +/ principaux, CHANNEL +/ pour PIP vous permet de balay-
er les canaux dans la fentre PIP.
La slection directe des canaux laide du pav numrique 10 touches pour la PIP nest
pas possible.
Vous pouvez slectionner la source de signal pour limage de la fentre PIP.
Si la PIP na pas de signal, la fentre sera bleue.
Si vous raccordez un DVD Vido-2 ou Vido-4, la fentre PIP sera bleue.
La fentre PIP est le neuvime de la dimension de lcran complet.
La fonction PIP naffichera pas les programmes ou les canaux bloqus. Un cran bleu appa-
ratra en remplacement.
REMARQUE :
45
Guide de Dpanna ge
46
Garantie
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA garantit ce produit et toutes ses pices, sauf comme indiqu ci-
aprs, L'ACHETEUR D DTAIL INITIAL comme tant EXEMPTS DE VICES DE
MATRIAUX ET D'EXCUTION depuis la date de l'achat initial
pendant la priode indique ci-aprs (la priode de garantie ). L'cran est couvert pendant
deux ans.
Cette garantie limite n'est valable que dans les cinquante (50) tats des tats-Unis, le District
de Columbia et le Commonwealth de Porto Rico.
ENGAGEMENT DE JVC :
Si ce produit est jug dfectueux, JVC rparera ou remplacera les pices dfectueuses sans
qu'il n'en cote rien l'acheteur initial.Ces rparations seront effectues durant les heures
d'affaires rgulires seulement aux centres de service agrs JVC. Toutes les pices rpares
ou remplaces sont garanties uniquement pendant le temps courir de cette priode de
garantie. L'ensemble du produit et des pices doivent tre livrs un centre de service agr,
sauf les modles dont l'cran dpasse 25 pouces, lesquels sont couverts avec service domi -
cile.
VOUS DEVEZ :
rapporter vos produits un centre de service agr JVC, accompagns d'une copie de votre
facture. Pour connatre le centre de service JVC agr le plus proche de vous, appelez au
numro sans frais (800) 252-5722 (.U. SEULEMENT).
S'il n'existe aucun centre de service disponible localement, emballez le produit soigneuse-
ment, de prfrence dans sa bote d'origine, et expdiez-le, assur, au centre de service agr
le plus proche, accompagn d'une copie de la facture et d'une lettre d'explication concernant le
problme. Appelez le numro sans frais indiqu ci-dessus pour connatre l'adresse.
CE QUI N'EST PAS COUVERT :
1) Les produits qui ont fait l'objet d'usage abusif, accident, altration, modification, manipulation,
ngligence, utilisation errone, installation errone, absence de soins raisonnables, ou si le
produit a t rpar ou entretenu par une personne autre qu'un centre de service agr par
JVC pour effectuer ce service, ou si le produit est raccord un accessoire quelconque non
fourni avec les produits, ou si le modle ou le numro de srie a t altr, manipul ou
enlev.
2) L'installation initiale, l'enlvement pour rparation et la rinstallation aprs la rparation ne
sont pas couverts.
3) Les rglages oprationnels couverts dans le manuel, l'entretien normal, le nettoyage de la
tte vido et audio.
4) Les dommages qui surviennent en cours d'expdition ou qui sont attribuables un cas fortu-
it ou rsultent de changements cosmtiques.
5) Les problmes de rception de signal et les dfaillances attri bu a bles des surt e n s i o n s.
No. de modle No. de srie Pices Main-d'oeuvre
Pour les tlvisions de modles canadiens, veuillez vous reporter aux feuilles distinctes con-
cernant la garantie pour JVC au Canada
47
Garantie
48
6) Les tubes de prise de vue/le capteur d'images CCD, la cartouche et l'aiguille sont couverts
pendant une priode de 90 jours depuis la date d'achat.
7) Les accessoires, et
8) Les piles ( l'exception des piles rechargeables qui sont couvertes pendant 90 jours depuis
la date d'achat).
Il n'existe aucune garantie explicite, sauf celles mentionnes ci-dessus.
LA DURE DE TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS LA GARANTIE IMPLICITE DE
COMMERCIALISATION, EST LIMITE LA DURE DE LA GARANTIE EXPLICITE DONNE
AUX PRSENTES.
JVC NE SERA PAS RESPONSABLE DE LA PERTE D'UTILISATION DE CE PRODUIT, DES
ENNUIS, DE LA PERTE OU DE TOUS AUTRES DOMMAGES, QU'ILS SOIENT DIRECTS,
INDIRECTS OU ACCESSOIRES (Y COMPRIS, DE MANIRE NON LIMITATIVE, LES DOM-
MAGES AUX BANDES, ENREGISTREMENTS OU DISQUES) RSULTANT DE L'UTILISA-
TION DE CE PRODUIT, OU DCOULANT DE TOUTE RUPTURE DE CETTE GARANTIE.
TOUTES LES GARANTIES EXPLICITES ET IMPLICITES, Y COMPRIS LA GARANTIE DE
COMMERCIALISATION ET D'APTITUDE UN USAGE PARTICULIER, SONT LIMITES LA
PRIODE DE GARANTIE INDIQUE CI-DESSUS.
Certains tats n'autorisent pas l'exclusion des dommages indirects ou accessoires ni les limita-
tions la dure de la garantie ;il se peut donc qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas vous. Cette
garantie vous donne des droits prcis et vous pouvez galement avoir d'autres droits qui var i-
ent d'un tat l'autre.
Si vous avez des questions concernant votre produit JVC, veuillez vous mettre en contact avec
notre Service clientle :
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA 1700 Valley Road
DIVISION DE JVC AMERICAS CORP. Wayne, New Jersey, 07470
Les produits remis neuf ont une garantie distincte. Cette garantie ne s'applique pas aux
dtails de la garantie du produit remis neuf. Veuillez vous reporter aux informations sur la
garantie du produit remis neuf contenues dans l'emballage de chaque produit remis neuf.
Centres de Rparations Agrs
49
SERVICE DE QUALIT SERVICEDE QUALIT
NUMRO SANS FRAIS : 1 (800) 537-5722
http://www.jvc.com
COMMENT REPRER VOTRE CENTRE DE SERVICE JVC
Cher client,
Afin de recevoir des prestations optimales de lappareil que vous avez achet, veuillez lire
le manuel dinstructions avant de mettre lappareil en marche. Si des rparations savrent
ncessaires ou pour connatre ladresse du centre de service le plus proche de vous sur le
territoire continental des tats-Unis, veuillez composer le 1 (800) 537-5722 pour votre cen-
tre de service agr le plus proche ou visitez notre site Web www.JVC.com
Noubliez pas de conserver votre facture pour vous prvaloir du service sous couvert de
garantie.
Mise en garde
Pour prvenir les secousses lectriques, nouvrez pas le botier. Il nexiste, lintrieur, aucune
pice susceptible dtre entretenue par lutilisateur. Veuillez confier les rparations des techni-
ciens de service comptents.
Accessoires
Pour acheter des accessoires pour votre produit JVC, vous pouvez contacter votre revendeur
JVC local.Dans les 48 tats du territoire continental des tats-Unis, appelez gratuitement au 1
(800) 882-2345 ou sur le Web www.JVC.com.
Ne rparez pas le tlviseur vous-mme
Service au Canada
Pour reprer votre vendeur ou centre de service JVC local au Canada, veuillez composer
l e:
Ou visitez notre site Web www.JVC.ca
Dans lest du Canada:
1 (416) 293-1311
Dans louest du Canada:
1 (604) 270-1311
1 (514) 871-1311
50
Codes de Recherche
Fonction des Codes de Recherche de Bote de Cble ou
dAntenne Parabolique :
1) Faites glisser linterrupteur slecteur de mode deux voies la position CATV.
2) Appuyez sur les boutons TV POWER et RETURN+ pendant au moins trois secondes, puis
relchez.
3) Appuyez sur TV POWER et vrifiez si la bote de cble ou la bote dantenne parabolique
rpond.
4) Sil y a eu une rponse, appuyez sur RETURN+. Les codes de commande sont maintenant
dfinis. En labsence de rponse, rptez ltape 3. Si vous rptez ltape 3 52 fois sans
rponse, utilisez la tlcommande fournie avec lappareil.
5) Appuyez sur RETURN+ pour quitter cette fonction.
Fonction des Codes de Recherche de Magntoscope :
interrupteur/slecteur deux voies la position VCR .
2) A p p u yez sur les boutons VCR POW E R et RE T U R N+ pendant au moins trois secondes, puis
r e l c h e z .
3) Appuyez sur VCR POWER et vrifiez si le magntoscope rpond.
Fonction des Codes de Recherche de Lecteur DVD :
interrupteur/slecteur deux voies la position DVD .
2) A p p u yez sur les boutons DVD POW E R et RE T U R N+pendant au moins trois secondes, puis
r e l c h e z .
3) Appuyez sur DVD POWER et vrifiez si le lecteur DVD rpond.
Spcifications
Spcifications soumises modification sans prvais.
51
1700 Valley Road
JVC CANADA, INC.
21 Finchdene Square
Canada, M1X 1A7
SERVICE MANUAL
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
AV-36F702 /Y
AV-36F802 /Y
COLOR TELEVISION
BASIC CHASSIS
AC
No. 51907B
Dec. 2001
TV TV
RM-C303G
[AV-36F702]
RM-C301G
[AV-36F802]
CONTENTS
a SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................................................2
a SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................................................................3
a FEATURES ..............................................................................................................................................4
a MAIN DIFFERENCE LIST........................................................................................................................5
a FUNCTIONS.............................................................................................................................................6
a SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS ....................................................................................................7
a SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS ....................................................................................................................13
STANDARD CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (APPENDIX) .................................................................................. 2-1
a PARTS LIST ...........................................................................................................................................37
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
2 No. 51907B
SPECIFICATIONS
Items Contents
Dimensions (W H D)
Mass
TV RF System
Color Sound System
TV Receiving Channels and Frequency
VL Band
VH Band
UHF Band
CATV Receiving Channels and Frequency
Low Band
High Band
Mid Band
Super Band
Hyper Band
Ultra Band
Sub Mid Band
TV/CATV Total Channel
Intermediate Frequency
Video IF Carrier
Sound IF Carrier
Color Sub Carrier
Power Input
Power Consumption
Picture Tube
High Voltage
Speaker
Audio Power Output
Video / Audio Input (1 / 2 / 3 / 4)
Audio Output
(Variable / Fix : Selectable)
AV Compu link EX Input
Antenna terminal
Remote Control Unit
37-7/8 30-1/2 24-1/2 / 96.2cm 77.3cm 62.1cm
149.6 lbs / 68.0 kg
CCIR(M)
NTSC, BTSC System (Multi Channel Sound)
(02~06) 54MHz~88MHz
(07~13) 174MHz~216MHz
(14~69) 470MHz~806MHz
(02~06, A-8) by (02~06&01)

(07~13) by (07~13)
(A~1) by (14~22)
(J~W) by (23~36) (54MHz~804MHz)
(W+1~W+28) by (37~64)
(W+29~W+84) by (65~125)
(A8, A4~A1) by (01, 96~99)
180 Channels
45.75MHz
41.25MHz (4.5MHz)
3.58MHz
120V AC, 60Hz
160W
36 (90cm) Measured Diagonally
31.2kV1.3kV (at cut-off in service mode)
2 4-3/4 / 5 12cm Oval type 2
5W 2
Video(1,2,3) : 1Vp-p, 75 (RCA pin jack) [AV-36F702]
(1,3,4) : 1Vp-p, 75 (RCA pin jack) [AV-36F802]
Audio(1,2,3) : 500mVrms ( -4dBs ), High Impedance (RCA pin jack) [AV-36F702]
(1,2,3,4) : 500mVrms ( -4dBs ), High Impedance (RCA pin jack) [AV-36F802]
S-Video ( Input 1 / 3 Over )
Y : 1Vp-p Positive (negative sync provided, when terminated with 75)
C : 0.286Vp-p (burst signal, when terminated with 75)
Component Input ( Input 2 ) [AV-36F702]
( Input 2 / 4 ) [AV-36F802]
Y : 1Vp-p positive (negative sync provided, when terminated with 75)
PB/PR : 0.7Vp-p 75
Variable : More then 0~1550mVrms (+6dBs)
Low impedance (400Hz when modulated 100%) (RCA pin jack)
Fix : 500mVrms(-4dBs)
Low impedance (400Hz when modulated 100%) (RCA pin jack)
3.5mm mini jack
75(VHF/UHF) Terminal, F-Type Connector
RM-C303G-1A [AV-36F702], RM-C301G-2A [AV-36F802]
(AA/R6/UM-3 battery 2)
Design & specifications are subject to change without notice.
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1. The design of this product contains special hardware, many circuits
and components specially for safety purposes. For continued pro-
tection, no changes should be made to the original design unless
authorized in writing by the manufacturer. Replacement parts must
be identical to those used in the original circuits. Service should be
performed by qualified personnel only.
2. Alterations of the design or circuitry of the products should not be
made. Any design alterations or additions will void the manufactur-
er's warranty and will further relieve the manufacturer of responsi-
bility for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom.
3. Many electrical and mechanical parts in the products have special
safety-related characteristics. These characteristics are often not
evident from visual inspection nor can the protection afforded by
them necessarily be obtained by using replacement components
rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have
these special safety characteristics are identified in the parts list of
Service manual. Electrical components having such features are
identified by shading on the schematics and by ( ) on the
parts list in Service manual. The use of a substitute replacement
which does not have the same safety characteristics as the recom-
mended replacement part shown in the parts list of Service manual
may cause shock, fire, or other hazards.
4. Use isolation transformer when hot chassis.
The chassis and any sub-chassis contained in some products are
connected to one side of the AC power line. An isolation transformer
of adequate capacity should be inserted between the product and
the AC power supply point while performing any service on some
products when the HOT chassis is exposed.
5. Don't short between the LIVE side ground and ISOLATED (NEU-
TRAL) side ground or EARTH side ground when repairing.
Some model's power circuit is partly different in the GND. The dif-
ference of the GND is shown by the LIVE : ( ) side GND, the
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) : ( ) side GND and EARTH : ( ) side
GND. Don' t short between the LIVE si de GND and
ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND or EARTH side GND and never
measure the LIVE side GND and ISOLATED(NEUTRAL) side GND
or EARTH side GND at the same time with a measuring apparatus
(oscilloscope etc.).
If above note will not be kept, a fuse or any parts will be broken.
6. If any repair has been made to the chassis, it is recommended that
the B1 setting should be checked or adjusted (See ADJUSTMENT
OF B1 POWER SUPPLY).
7. The high voltage applied to the picture tube must conform with that
specified in Service manual. Excessive high voltage can cause an
increase in X-Ray emission, arcing and possible component dam-
age, therefore operation under excessive high voltage conditions
should be kept to a minimum, or should be prevented. If severe
arcing occurs, remove the AC power immediately and determine
the cause by visual inspection (incorrect installation, cracked or
melted high voltage harness, poor soldering, etc.). To maintain the
proper minimum level of soft X-Ray emission, components in the
high voltage circuitry including the picture tube must be the exact
replacements or alternatives approved by the manufacturer of the
complete product.
8. Do not check high voltage by drawing an arc. Use a high voltage
meter or a high voltage probe with a VTVM. Discharge the picture
tube before attempting meter connection, by connecting a clip lead
to the ground frame and connecting the other end of the lead through
a 10k 2W resistor to the anode button.
9. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra
precaution should be given to assure correct lead dress in the high
voltage circuit area. Where a short circuit has occurred, those com-
ponents that indicate evidence of overheating should be replaced.
Always use the manufacturer's replacement components.
10. Isolation Check
(Safety for Electrical Shock Hazard)
After re-assembling the product, always perform an isolation check
on the exposed metal parts of the cabinet (antenna terminals, video/
audio input and output terminals, Control knobs, metal cabinet,
screwheads, earphone jack, control shafts, etc.) to be sure the prod-
uct is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock.
(1) Dielectric Strength Test
The isolation between the AC primary circuit and all metal parts
exposed to the user, particularly any exposed metal part having a
return path to the chassis should withstand a voltage of 1100V AC
(r.m.s.) for a period of one second.
(. . . . Withstand a voltage of 1100V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated
up to 120V, and 3000V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated 200V or
more, for a period of one second.)
This method of test requires a test equipment not generally found in
the service trade.
(2) Leakage Current Check
isolation transformer during this check.). Using a Leakage Current
Tester, measure the leakage current from each exposed metal part
of the cabinet, particularly any exposed metal part having a return
path to the chassis, to a known good earth ground (water pipe, etc.).
Any leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).
However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
Alternate Check Method

isolation transformer during this check.). Use an AC voltmeter hav-
ing 1000 ohms per volt or more sensitivity in the following manner.
Connect a 1500 10W resistor paralleled by a 0.15F AC-type ca-
pacitor between an exposed metal part and a known good earth
ground (water pipe, etc.). Measure the AC voltage across the resis-
tor with the AC voltmeter. Move the resistor connection to each ex-
posed metal part, particularly any exposed metal part having a re-
turn path to the chassis, and measure the AC voltage across the
resistor. Now, reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
measurement. Any voltage measured must not exceed 0.75V AC
(r.m.s.). This corresponds to 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).
However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.3V AC (r.m.s.).
This corresponds to 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
11. High voltage hold down circuit check.
After repair of the high voltage hold down circuit, this circuit shall be
checked to operate correctly.
See item How to check the high voltage hold down circuit.
GOOD
EARTH
GROUND
0.15 F AC-TYPE
AC VOLTMETER
(HAVING 1000/V,
OR MORE SENSITIVITY)
PLACE THIS PROBE
ON EACH EXPOSED
METAL PART
1500 10W
A V
This mark shows a fast POWER CORD
REPLACEMENT WARNING
Connecting the white line side of
power cord to WHT character side.
operating fuse, the
letters indicated below
show the rating.
PWB
WHT
PW
White line side
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
4 No. 51907B
FEATURES
Full-flat CRT (cathode ray tube) reproduces fine textured picture in

every detail.
I
2
C bus control utilizes single chip ICs.
Built in Twin Tuner system. [Only for AV-36F802]
Built-in V-CHIP system.
Built-in HYPER-SURROUND system.
Built-in BBE.
Adoption of the Picture-In-Picture (PIP) function. [Only for AV-36F802]
3 LINE DIGITAL COMB FILTER circuit improved picture quality.

[AV-36F702]
IC702
E2PROM 4k bit
IC701
MAIN MICON
IF2
SCL 1 SDA 1
SCL 0 SDA 0
AFC 2
AFC 1
Remote
control
unit
IC301
PIP
CONTROL
IC001
MTS, TONE
SURROUND CONTROL
3-D Y/C
TU001
TUNER 1
TU001
TUNER 2
IC101
1 CHIP
CONTROL
IC501
AVSW
CONTROL
3 LINE Digital Y/C Separation circuit improved picture quality.

[AV-36F802]
Component input terminal for taking best advantage of Component

Video Signal.
Audio Video input terminal. (S-input 2, V-input 3)
Variable/Fix audio output terminal.
Closed-caption broadcasts can be viewed.
With AV COMPU LINK EX terminal.

a SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 5
MAIN DIFFERENCE LIST
Model
Part name
AV-36F702 AV-36F802
MAIN PWB SAC-1542A-M2 SAC-1547A-M2
PIP PWB SAC0P501A-M2
AV SELECTOR PWB SAC0S511A-M2 SAC0S505A-M2
3D Y/C MODULE PWB SAC-0Y501A
!
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
6 No. 51907B
FUNCTIONS
a FRONT PANEL
a FRONT PANEL DOOR OPENED
a REAR PANEL
[AV-36F702]
a REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
(RM-C303G-1A)
[AV-36F702]
POWER
DISPLAY
SLEEP TIMER
LIGHT
BBE
VIDEO STATUS
INPUT
1
7
4
100+
3
9
6
RETURN+
MUTING
MENU
V CHIP
PIP OFF
EXIT
2
8
0
5
+
CH
VOL VOL
+
CH
REC STOP PAUSE
PLAY FF REW
TV CATV DVD VCR
VCR CHANNEL
TV/VCR
VCR/DVD
POWER PREV NEXT
OPEN/CLOSE STILL/PAUSE
RM-C301G
HYPER SURROUND
TV
POWER
DISPLAY
SLEEP TIMER
LIGHT
BBE
CHANNEL
VIDEO STATUS
SOURCE FREEZE
PIP
SWAP
ON/MOVE
INPUT
1
7
4
100+
3
9
6
RETURN+
MUTING
MENU
V CHIP
PIP OFF
EXIT
2
8
0
5
+
CH
VOL VOL
+
CH
REC STOP PAUSE
PLAY FF REW
TV CATV DVD VCR
VCR CHANNEL
TV/VCR
VCR/DVD
POWER PREV NEXT
OPEN/CLOSE STILL/PAUSE
RM-C301G
HYPER SURROUND
TV
(RM-C301G-2A)
[AV-36F802]
[AV-36F802]
ON TIMER
POWER
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 7
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
REMOVING THE REAR COVER
1. Unplug the power supply cord.
2. Remove the 12 screws marked A as shown in Fig.1.
3. Withdraw the REAR COVER toward you.
[CAUTION]
When reinstalling the rear cover, carefully push it inward after in-
serting the MAIN PWB into the rear cover groove.
REMOVING THE CHASSIS
After removing the rear cover.

1. Slightly raise the both sides of the chassis by hand and remove the
3 claws marked B under the chassis from the front cabinet as
shown in Fig.1.
2. Withdraw the chassis backward along the rail in the arrow direction
marked C as shown in Fig.1.
(If necessary, take off the wire clamp, connectors etc.)
*
When conducting a check with power supplied, be sure to confirm
that the CRT earth wire is connected to the CRT SOCKET PWB
and the MAIN PWB.
REMOVING THE TERMINAL BOARD

1. [AV-36F702]
Remove the 4 screws marked D as shown in Fig.1.
[AV-36F802]
Remove the 6 screws marked D as shown in Fig.1.
2. When you pull out the TERMINAL BOARD in the direction of arrow
marked E as shown in Fig.1, it can be removed.
REMOVING THE FRONT CONTROL AND POWER SW
PW BOARDS
After removing the rear cover and chassis.

1. Remove the 4 screws marked F as shown in Fig.1.
2. Then remove the FRONT CONTROL PWB and POWER SW PWB.
(If necessary, take off the wire, connectors etc.)
REMOVING THE LF PW BOARD

1. Lift the left side of the LF PWB while pressing the 2 PWB stoppers
marked G in the arrow direction marked H as shown in Fig.1.
2. Then remove the LF PWB.
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
REMOVING THE DAF PW BOARD

1. Lift the right side of the DAF PWB while pressing the PWB stopper
marked J and claw marked K in the arrow direction marked L as
shown in Fig.1.
2. Then remove the DAF PWB.
REMOVING THE SPEAKER

1. Remove the 2 screws marked M as shown in Fig.1.
2. Withdraw the speaker backward.
3. Follow the same steps when removing the other hand speaker.
CHECKING THE MAIN PW BOARD
1. To check the back side of the MAIN PW Board.
1) Pull out the chassis. (Refer to REMOVING THE CHASSIS).
2) Erect the chassis vertically so that you can easily check the back
side of the MAIN PW Board.
[CAUTION]
When erecting the chassis, be careful so that there will be no con-

tacting with other PW Board.
Before turning on power, make sure that the CRT earth wire and
other connectors are properly connected.
WIRE CLAMPING AND CABLE TYING
1. Be sure clamp the wire.
2. Never remove the cable tie used for tying the wires together.
Should it be inadvertently removed, be sure to tie the wires with a
new cable tie.
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
8 No. 51907B
Fig.1
F
M
A
A
DAF PWB
PWB STOPPER
PWB
STOPPER
PWB
STOPPER
CLAW
SPEAKER
CHASSIS BASE
MAIN PWB
LF PWB
POWER SW PWB
REAR COVER
FRONT CONTROL PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
FRONT CABINET
(x3)
(x9)
D
(x4) [AV-36F702]
(x6) [AV-36F802]
(x4)
E
L
H
C
K
CLAW
CLAW
B
B
G
G
J
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 9
REMOVING THE CRT
* Replacement of the CRT should be performed by 2 or more persons.
After removing the rear cover, chassis etc.,

1. Putting the CRT change table on soft cloth, the CRT change table
should also be covered with such soft cloth (shown in Fig. 2).
2. While keeping the surface of CRT down, mount the TV set on the
CRT change table balanced will as shown in Fig. 3.
3. Remove 4 screws marked by arrows with a box type screwdriver as
shown in Fig. 3.
Since the cabinet will drop when screws have been removed, be
sure to support the cabinet with hands.
4. After 4 screws have been removed, put the cabinet slowly on cloth
(At this time, be carefully so as not to damage the front surface of the
cabinet) shown in Fig. 4.
The CRT should be assembled according to the opposite sequence

of its dismounting steps.
* The CRT change table should preferably be smaller that the CRT sur-
face, and its height be about 35cm.
COATING OF SILICON GREASE FOR ELECTRICAL IN-
SULATION ON THE CRT ANODE CAP SECTION
Subsequent to replacement of the CRT and HV transformer or repair

of the anode cap, etc. by dismounting them, be sure to coat silicon
grease for electrical insulation as shown in Fig. 5.
Wipe around the anode button with clean and dry cloth. (Fig. 5)
Coat silicon grease on the section around the anode button. At this
time, take care so that any silicon greases does not sticks to the
anode button. (Fig. 6)
Silicon grease product No. KS - 650N
Fig. 2
CRT CHANGE TABLE
APPROX.
35cm
CLOTH
Fig. 3
CRT

BOX
TYPE
SCREW
DRIVER
CRT
CHANGE
TABLE
Fig. 4
CRT
CHANGE TABLE
CRT
CABINET
Fig. 5
Anode button
CRT
Silicon grease
coating
Fig. 6
Silicon grease
should be coated
by 5mm or more
from the outside
diameter of anode
cap.
Approx.
20mm (Do not
coat grease on
this section
Anode button
(No sticking of
silicon grease)
Anode cap
Coating position
of silicon grease
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
10 No. 51907B
MEMORY IC REPLACEMENT
1. Memory IC
This model use a memory IC.
This memory IC stores data for proper operation of the video and deflection circuits.
When replacing, be sure to use an IC containing this (initial value) data.
2. Memory IC replacement procedure
Procedure Screen display
(1) Power off
Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord from the outlet.
(2) Replace the memory IC
Initial value must be entered into the new IC.
(3) Power on
Connect the power cord to the outlet and switch on the power.
(4) System constant check and setting
1) Press SLEEP TIMER key and, while the indication of SLEEP TIMER
0 MIN. is being displayed, press DISPLAY key and VIDEO STATUS
key on the remote control unit simultaneously.
2) The SERVICE MENU screen of Fig.1 is displayed.
3) While the SERVICE MENU is displayed, again simultaneously press
the DISPLAY and VIDEO STATUS keys to display the Fig.2 SYSTEM
CONSTANT screen.
4) Refer to the SYSTEM CONSTANT table and check the setting items.
Where these differ, select the setting item with the MENU UP/DOWN
key and adjust the setting with the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys. (The
letters of the selected item are displayed in yellow.)
5) After adjusting, release the MENU LEFT/RIGHT key to store the
setting value.
6) Press the EXIT key twice to return the normal screen.
(5) Receive channel setting
Refer to the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS(USER'S GUIDE) and set the
receive channels (Channels Preset) as described.
(6) User settings
Check the user setting items according to Table 2.
Where these do not agree, refer to the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (US-
ER'S GUIDE) and set the items as described.
(7) SERVICE MENU setting
Verify what to set in the SERVICE MENU, and set whatever is
necessary.(Fig.1) Refer to the SERVICE ADJUSTMENT for setting.
Fig.1
Fig.2
SYSTEM CONSTANT
MODEL : 9999999
PURITY : YES
CCD : YES
V-CHIP : YES
CAN V-CHIP : YES
999999999 999
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
PIP 3-D Y/C
RF AFC1 RF AFC2
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
RF AFC1 RF AFC2
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
[AV-36F702]
[AV-36F802]
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 11
1. Use remote controller keys
POWER OFF
CHANNEL CH-02
VOLUME 5
INPUT TV
HYPER SURROUND OFF
BBE ON
DISPLAY OFF
SLEEP TIMER 0
VIDEO STATUS CHOICE
PIP SOURCE CH-04

PIP ON (PIP POSITION) LEFT LOWER SIDE
Only for AV-36F802

2. Setting of MENU
PICTURE ADJUST
TINT CENTER
COLOR CENTER
PICTURE CENTER
BRIGHT CENTER
DETAIL CENTER
NOISE MUTING ON
SET VIDEO STATUS ALL CENTER
SOUND ADJUST
BASS CENTER
TREBLE CENTER
BALANCE CENTER
MTS STEREO
CLOCK/TIMERS
SET CLOCK Unnecessary to set
ON/OFF TIMER NO
INITIAL SETUP
TV SPEAKER ON
AUDIO OUT FIX
COMPONENT-IN NO
LANGUAGE ENG
CLOSED CAPTION OFF
AUTO TUNER SETUP TUNER MODE: AIR
CHANNEL SUMMARY Unnecessary to set
V-CHIP OFF
SET LOCK CODE Unnecessary to set
PURITY CENTER
TABLE 1 (System Constant setting)
TABLE 2 (User setting value)
Setting item Setting value
YES NO
YES NO
MODEL
AV-27F802 AV-32F802 AV-36F802 AV-27F702 AV-32F702
AV-36D502 AV-32D502 AV-27D502 AV-36F702
AV-32D302 AV-36D302 AV-32D202 AV-36D202
AV-36230 AV-32230 AV-36260 AV-32260 AV-27260
CAN V-CHIP
V-CHIP
PURITY
CCD
YES NO
YES NO
Setting item Setting content
AV-36F702 AV-36F802
YES
YES
YES
YES
AV-36F702 AV-36F802
Setting value
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
12 No. 51907B
a
CAUTIONS
1. Avoid heating for more than 3 seconds.
2. Do not rub the electrodes and the resist parts of the pattern.
3. When removing a chip part, melt the solder adequately.
4. Do not reuse a chip part after removing it.
a
SOLDERING IRON
1. Use a high insulation soldering iron with a thin pointed end of it.
2. A 30w soldering iron is recommended for easily removing parts.
a
REPLACEMENT STEPS
1. How to remove Chip parts
Resistors, capacitors, etc.
(1) As shown in the figure, push the part with tweezers and alter-
nately melt the solder at each end.
(2) Shift with tweezers and remove the chip part.
Transistors, diodes, variable resistors, etc.
(1) Apply extra solder to each lead.
(2) As shown in the figure, push the part with tweezers and alter-
nately melt the solder at each lead. Shift and remove the chip
part.
Note : After removing the part, remove remaining solder from the
pattern.
REPLACEMENT OF CHIP COMPONENT
2. How to install Chip parts
Resistors, capacitors, etc.
(1) Apply solder to the pattern as indicated in the figure.
(2) Grasp the chip part with tweezers and place it on the solder.
Then heat and melt the solder at both ends of the chip part.
Transistors, diodes, variable resistors, etc.
(1) Apply solder to the pattern as indicated in the figure.
(2) Grasp the chip part with tweezers and place it on the solder.
(3) First solder lead A as indicated in the figure.
(4) Then solder leads B and C.
SOLDER SOLDER
A
B
C
A
B
C
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 13
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION
1. You can make the necessary adjustments for this unit with either the remote control unit or with the adjustment equipment and parts
as given below.
2. Adjustment with the remote control unit is made on the basis of the initial setting values, however, the new setting values which set the
screen to its optimum condition may differ from the initial settings.
3. Make sure that AC power is turned on correctly.
4. Turn on the power for the set and test equipment before use, and start the adjustment procedures after waiting at least 30 minutes.
5. Unless otherwise specified, prepare the most suitable reception or input signal for adjustment.
6. Never touch any adjustment parts, which are not specified in the list for this adjustment-variable resistors, transformers, capacitors, etc.
7. Presetting before adjustment.
Unless otherwise specified in the adjustment instructions, preset the following functions with the remote control unit.
VIDEO STATUS STANDARD
HYPER SURROUND OFF
BASS, TREBLE, BALANCE CENTER
TINT, COLOR, PICTURE,
CENTER
BRIGHT, DETAIL
MEASURING INSTRUMENT
1. DC voltmeter(or digital voltmeter)
2. Oscilloscope
3. Signal generator ( Pattern generator ) [NTSC]
4. Remote control unit
5. TV audio multiplex signal generator
6. Frequency counter
7. Resistor (1M)
ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
Check of B1 POWER SUPPLY
RF AGC adjustment
FOCUS adjustment
WHITE BALANCE adjustment

WHITE BALANCE (Low Light) adjustment
WHITE BALANCE (High Light) adjustment
PIP HIGH LIGHT WHITE BALANCE adjustment [Only for AV-
36F802]
BRIGHT adjustment
SUB BRIGHT adjustment
CONTRAST adjustment
SUB CONTRAST adjustment
DEFLECTION adjustment
V CENTER and TRAPEZIUM adjustment
V-SIZE and V-LINEARITY adjustment
H SIZE and H POSITION adjustment
SIDE PIN and CORNER PIN adjustment
PIP DISPLAY POSITION adjustment [Only for AV-36F802]
User mode setting position
CHROMA adjustment
SUB COLOR adjustment
SUB TINT adjustment
MTS circuit adjustment

INPUT LEVEL check
STEREO VCO adjustment
SAP VCO adjustment
FILTER check
SEPARATION adjustment
PURITY and CONVERGENCE adjustments

PURITY adjustment
STATIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
DYNAIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
14 No. 51907B
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
FRONT
S702 : MENU
S703 : CHANNEL
S704 : CHANNEL+
S705 : VOLUME
S706 : VOLUME+
LINE FILTER
PWB
FRONT
3D Y/C MODULE PWB
FRONT
FRONT
TOP
FRONT
TOP
TOP
DAF PWB
CRT SOCKET PWB
(SOLDER SIDE)
PIP PWB
AV SELECTOR PWB
MAIN PWB
POWER SW PWB FRONT CONTROL PWB
CN006 B
P
B CN007
DAF CP
TP-E1
TP-G
S702 S704
S705 S703
S706
IC101
D101
S701
E3
F901
125V 5A
CN005
CN002
CN001
PW
CN005 CN004
CN004
S1 DAF
UPPER : H
MIDDLE : FOCUS
LOWER : SCREEN
S1
C
Q
E1
HV
CP
E2
E1
K
P
C
N
0
0
3
C
N
0
0
2
C
N
0
0
1
J501
SS
CN006
CN007
IC702
IC701 CPU
DEG
TU001
TU001
J601
R027
J602
K
Q
R507
Q511
Heatsink
J502
J504 J503
CN003
TU001
FRONT
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 15
BASIC OPERATION OF SERVICE MENU
1. TOOL OF SERVICE MENU OPERATION
Operate the SERVICE MENU with the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT.
2. SERVICE MENU ITEMS
In general, basic setting (adjustments) items or verifications are performed in the SERVICE MENU.
PICTURE ............................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the VIDEO/CHROMA and DEFLECTION circuits.
SOUND.................................. This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the AUDIO circuit.
THEATER .............................. This is used when the THEATER MODE is adjusted.
OTHERS ................................ This is used when the OTHERS MODE is adjusted.
PIP ......................................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the PIP circuit. [Only for AV-36F802]
LOW LIGHT ........................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the WHITE BALANCE circuit.
HIGH LIGHT .......................... This sets the setting values (adjustment values) of the WHITE BALANCE circuit.
RF AFC1 ................................ This is used when the RF AFC1 MODE is verified. [Do not adjust]
RF AFC2 ................................ This is used when the RF AFC2 MODE is verified. [Do not adjust]
VCO (CW) .............................. This is not used for service.
I2C BUS CTRL ...................... This is used when ON/OFF of the I2C BUS CTRL is set. [Fixed ON]
3. Basic Operations of the SERVICE MENU
(1) How to enter the SERVICE MENU.
Press SLEEP TIMER key and, while the indication of SLEEP TIMER 0 MIN. is being displayed, press DISPLAY key and VIDEO STATUS
key on the remote control unit simultaneously to enter the SERVICE MENU screen 1 shown in the next figure page.
(2) SERVICE MENU screen selection
Press the UP / DOWN key of the MENU to select any of the following items.
(The letters of the selected items are displayed in yellow.)
[AV-36F702]
PICTURE
SOUND
THEATER
OTHERS
LOW LIGHT
HIGH LIGHT
RF AFC1
RF AFC2
VCO(CW)
I2C BUS CTRL

(3) Enter the any setting ( adjustment ) mode
[AV-36F702]
PICTURE, SOUND and OTHERS mode

1) If select any of PICTURE, SOUND or OTHERS items, and the LEFT / RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN MENU ), the
screen 2 will be displayed as shown in figure page later.
2) Then the UP / DOWN key is pressed, the PICTURE mode screen 3 or the SOUND mode screen 4 or the OTHER mode screen 5 is
displayed, and the PICTURE, SOUND or OTHERS setting can be performed.
[AV-36F802]
PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS and 3-D Y/C mode

1) If select any of PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS or 3-D Y/C items, and the LEFT / RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN
MENU ), the screen 2 will be displayed as shown in figure page later.
2) Then the UP / DOWN key is pressed, the PICTURE mode screen 3 or the SOUND mode screen 4 or the OTHER mode screen 5 or
the 3-D Y/C mode screen 6 is displayed, and the PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS or 3-D Y/C setting can be performed.
PIP mode [Only for AV-36F802]

1) If select the PIP item, and the LEFT/RIGHT key is pressed from SERVICE MENU (MAIN MENU), the screen 7 will be displayed as shown
in figure page later.
2) Then the UP/DOWN key is pressed, the PIP mode screen 8 is displayed, and the PIP setting can be performed.
[AV-36F702, AV-36F802]
THEATER, LOW LIGHT, HIGH LIGHT, RF AFC1, RF AFC2, VCO(CW) and I2C BUS CTRL mode
1) If select any of THEATER / LOW LIGHT / HIGH LIGHT / RF AFC1 / RF AFC2 / VCO (CW) / I2C BUS CTRL items, and the LEFT / RIGHT
key is pressed from SERVICE MENU ( MAIN MENU ), the screens 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 will be displayed as shown in figure page
later.
[AV-36F802]
PICTURE
SOUND
THEATER
OTHERS
PIP
3-D Y/C
LOW LIGHT
HIGH LIGHT
RF AFC1
RF AFC2
VCO(CW)
I2C BUS CTRL

AV-36F702
AV-36F802
16 No. 51907B
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
PIP 3D Y/C
RF AFC1 RF AFC2
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT
SERVICE MENU (MAIN MENU)
SCREEN PICTURE MODE
EXIT BY
SELECT BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
1. BRIGHT
STATUS
999
99999999
1. NOISE DET.
STATUS
999
99999999
1. OSD POS. 999
SOUND MODE OTHERS MODE
1. PIP BR
STATUS
999
99999999
HIGH LIGHT MODE
SCREEN PIP MODE (Only for AV-36F802)
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
RF AFC1 ON
FINE 999
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT
RF AFC1 MODE
[DO NOT ADJUST]
RF AFC2 MODE
[DO NOT ADJUST]
I2C BUS CTRL MODE
[FIXED ON]
EXIT BY
RF AFC2 ON
FINE 999
HIGH LEVEL
REFERENCE LEVEL
LOW LEVEL
SYNC : YES
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
I2C BUS ON
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
THEATER MODE (1/2) THEATER MODE (2/2)
TINT 999 B CUT. 999
COLOR 999 R DRIVE 999
PICTURE 999 B DRIVE 999
BRIGHT 999 DC REST. 999
DETAIL 999 BLK ST. 999
R CUT. 999 GMM PNT 999
G CUT. 999
PAGE 1/2
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
CD MAT. 99 CMP CD M 99
RY GAIN 99 CMP RY G 99
GY PHASE 99 CMP GY P 99
CORING 99 CMP COR 99
PAGE 2/2
EX
IT EXIT BY
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
BRIGHT
LOW LIGHT MODE
999 999
999
999
HIGH LIGHT
999 999
2 3
1
11
12
4 5
7 8
9
13
VCO (CW) MODE
[DO NOT USE]
14
15
10
SERVICE MENU
PICTURE SOUND
THEATER OTHERS
RF AFC1 RF AFC2
SELECT BY
OPERATE BY
EX
IT EXIT BY
[AV-36F702]
[AV-36F802]
1. YC 001
STATUS
999
99999999
3-D Y/C MODE
6
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 17
(4) Setting method
1) UP / DOWN key of the MENU
Select the SETTING ITEM.
2) LEFT / RIGHT key of the MENU
Setting (adjust) the SETTING VALUE of the SETTING ITEM.
When the key is released the SETTING VALUE will be stored (memorized).
3) EXIT key
Returns to the previous screen.
(5) Releasing SERVICE MENU
1) After returning to the SERVICE MENU upon completion of the setting (ad-
justment) work, press the EXIT key again.
The settings for LOW LIGHT and HIGH LIGHT are described in the WHITE BAL-
ANCE page of ADJUSTMENT.
1. BRIGHT
STATUS
999
99999999
SETTING ITEM
INITIAL
SETTING VALUE
(Adjust)
SETTING VALUE
PICTURE MODE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
18 No. 51907B
INITIAL SETTING VALUE OF SERVICE MENU
1. Adjustment of the SERVICE MENU is made on the basis of the initial setting values; however, the new setting values which set the
screen in its optimum condition may differ from the initial setting.
2. Do not change the initial setting values of the setting (Adjustment) items not listed in ADJUSTMENT.
PICTURE MODE
The four setting items in the video mode No.6 EXT BRI., No.7 EXT PIC., No.8 EXT COL. and No.9 EXT TINT are linked to the items in the TV
MODE No.1 BRIGHT, No.2 PICTURE, No.3 COLOR and No.4 TINT, respectively. When the setting items in the TV mode are adjusted, the
values in the setting items in the video mode are revised automatically to the same values in the TV mode.(The initial setting values given in ( )
are off-set values.)
When the four items (No.6, 7, 8 and 9) are adjusted in the video mode, the setting values in each item are revised independently.
1 BRIGHT 000 127 063
2 PICTURE 000 127 070
3 COLOR 000 127 072
4 TINT 000 127 063
5 TV DETAIL 000 063 050 AV-36F702
TV DETAIL 000 063 045 AV-36F802
6 EXT BRIGHT 025 000
7 EXT PICT. 025 +002
8 EXT COLOR 025 000
9 EXT TINT 025 000
10 EXT DETAIL 000 063 050 AV-36F702
EXT DETAIL 000 063 045 AV-36F802
11 CMP BRIGHT 025 000
12 CMP PICT. 025 000
13 CMP COLOR 000 127 068
14 CMP TINT 000 127 068
15 CMP DETAIL 000 063 050
16 CMP R CUT 025 011
17 CMP G CUT 025 000
18 CMP B CUT 025 001
19 CMP R DRV 025 000
20 CMP B DRV 025 000
21 WPL 000 / 001 001
22 B. B. SW 000 / 001 000
23 C TRAP 000 / 001 000
24 CORING 000 / 001 000 AV-36F702
CORING 000 / 001 001 AV-36F802
25 CMP CORING 000 / 001 001
26 TV SHARPF 000 / 001 001
27 EXT SHARPF 000 / 001 001
28 CMP SHARPF 000 / 001 001
29 RGB CONT 000 063 031
30 TV ID SENS 000 / 001 000
31 EXT ID SEN 000 / 001 001
32 F ID 000 / 001 000
33 Y MUTE 000 / 001 000
34 AUDIO ATT 000 127 127
35 SUB CONT 000 015 008
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 19
36 R Y GAIN 000 / 001 001
37 CMP R Y GA 000 / 001 001
38 G Y PHASE 000 / 001 000
39 CMP G Y PH 000 / 001 000
40 CD MATRIX 000 003 003
41 CMP CD MAT 000 003 002
42 BLACK ST 000 003 001
43 DC REST 000 003 001
44 COLOR GMM 000 / 001 000
45 UV/CBCR 000 / 001 001
46 AT FLESH 000 / 001 000
47 ABL GAIN 000 003 000
48 ABL ST PNT 000 003 003
49 RGB ABCL 000 / 001 001
50 TV BPF TOF 000 / 001 000
51 EXT BPF TOF 000 / 001 000
52 GMM PNT 000 003 003
53 SVM GAIN 000 003 002
54 CMP SVM GA 000 003 002
55 SVM PHASE 000 / 001 000
56 AUDIO SW 000 / 001 000
57 BUZZ 000 / 001 000
58 IF FREQ 000 / 001 000
59 RF AGC 000 063 045
60 AFT MUTE 000 / 001 000
61 AFT SENS 000 / 001 001
62 R/G DRV SW 000 / 001 001
63 BLK SW 000 / 001 000
64 V S COR 000 015 010
65 V LIN 000 015 007
66 V SIZE 000 127 063
67 V AGC 000 / 001 000
68 V CENTER 000 063 052
69 TV AFC 000 003 000
70 EXT AFC 000 003 002
71 V POSI 000 007 000
72 H POSI 000 031 020
73 H SIZE 000 063 028
74 TV V FREQ 000 003 000
75 EXT V FREQ 000 003 003
76 SIDE PIN 000 063 025
77 STAND BY 000 / 001 000
78 TRAPEZ 000 063 035
79 V RAMP REF 000 / 001 001
80 V 48HZ 000 / 001 000
81 V EHT 000 007 000
82 TOP PIN 000 031 012
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
20 No. 51907B
83 H EHT 000 007 000
84 BTM PIN 000 031 011
85 V BLK LOW 000 003 000
86 V BLK UP 000 003 000
87 CAPTION IN 000 / 001 000
88 H BLK 000 / 001 000
89 SCREEN 000 / 001 000
90 ACB SW 000 / 001 000
91 ACB PULSE 000 015 007
92 OVER MODU 000 / 001 001
93 APACON LIM 000 / 001 001
94 TEST 000 255 128
95 RF S/N TY 000 002 002 AV-36F702
RF S/N TY 000 002 001 AV-36F802
96 EXT S/N TY 000 002 002 AV-36F702
EXT S/N TY 000 002 001 AV-36F802
97 RF SN YC E 000 255 005
98 RF SN YC F 000 255 016
99 RF SN YC G 000 063 032
100 RF SN YC H 000 255 025
101 EX SN YC E 000 255 005
102 EX SN YC F 000 255 016
103 EX SN YC G 000 063 032
104 EX SN YC H 000 255 025
105 RF SN VC 1 000 063 000
106 RF SN VC 2 000 063 007
107 RF SN VC 3 000 063 014
108 RF SN VC 4 000 063 021
109 EX SN VC 1 000 063 000
110 EX SN VC 2 000 063 007
111 EX SN VC 3 000 063 014
112 EX SN VC 4 000 063 021
113 COR LEVEL 000 003 003
114 VNR CHK 000 255 003
115 YC SN TIME 000 255 005
116 VC SN TIME 000 255 005
117 VM DATA A 127 +008
118 VM DATA B 127 004
119 VM DATA C 127 016
120 VM DATA D 000 / 001 001
121 VC SN STOP 000 255 010
122 CH MUTE 000/001 000
123 VM OFF TY 000/001 000
124 VC VM OFF 000/001 001
125 YC VM OFF 000 255 255
126 F LOCK 000 002 002
127 VF LOCK EX 000/001 000
128 PURI RGB 000 063 031
129 PURI BCK 000/001 000
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 21
1 NOISE DET. 000 / 001 001
2 IN LEVEL 000 063 025
3 FH MONITOR 000 / 001 000
4 STEREO VCO 000 063 030
5 PILOT CAN. 000 / 001 000
6 FILTER 000 063 030
7 LOW SEP. 000 063 028
8 HI SEP. 000 063 025
9 5FH MON. 000 / 001 000
10 SAP VCO 000 063 003
11 IN GAIN 000 / 001 000
12 FIL. OFFSET 010 000
13 BBE BASS 010 +001
14 BBE TRE 010 001
SOUND MODE
TINT 20 06
COLOR 20 03
PICTURE 50 15
BRIGHT 20 00
DETAIL 20 +03
R CUT. 20 00
G CUT. 20 00
B CUT. 20 00
R DRIVE 99 +07
B DRIVE 99 25
DC REST. 00 03 01
BLK ST. 00 03 00
GMM PNT 00 03 01
CD MATRIX 00 03 01
RY GAIN 00 / 01 01
GY PHASE 00 / 01 00
CORING 00 / 01 01
CMP CD M 00 03 01
CMP RY G 00 / 01 01
CMP GY P 00 / 01 00
CMP COR 00 / 01 01
THEATER MODE
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
22 No. 51907B
1 OSD POS. 000 007 002
2 CCD POS. 000 015 003
3 EOSEL 000 / 001 000
4 MENU COLOR 000 030 010
5 MENU PICT. 000 030 010
6 MENU BRI. 000 030 010
OTHERS MODE
1 PIP BR 000 015 005
2 PIP PICT 030 045 045
3 PIP TINT 000 063 036
4 PIP COL 000 015 010
5 P R CUT 000 015 003
6 P G CUT 000 015 000
7 P B CUT 000 015 002
8 P R DR 000 255 052
9 P G DR 000 255 055
10 P B DR 000 255 060
11 LEFT POS. 000 255 012
12 RIGHT POS. 000 255 026
13 UPPER POS. 000 127 012
14 LOWER POS. 000 127 011
15 PICT LOCK 000 / 001 001
16 SELDEL 000 015 000
17 AGCFIX 000 / 001 001
18 AGCADST 000 / 001 000
19 AGC 000 015 007
20 VSPDEL 000 031 000
21 VSPISQ 000 / 001 001
22 YCOR 000 / 001 001
23 XFREQF 000 / 001 001
24 WTCHDG 000 / 001 001
25 COLON 000 / 001 000
26 ACQNEW 000 / 001 000
27 DSTDET 000 / 001 001
28 CRIBEOK 000 / 001 000
29 FCBEOK 000 / 001 000
30 NOCRID 000 / 001 000
31 NONSED 000 / 001 000
PIP MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 23
1 YC 001 000 ~ 003 001
2 YC 002 000 ~ 003 001
3 YC 003 000 ~ 003 001
4 YC 004 000 ~ 003 000
5 YC 005 000 ~ 003 000
6 YC 006 000 ~ 003 000
7 YC 007 000 ~ 003 003
8 YC 008 000 ~ 003 000
9 YC 009 000 ~ 003 001
10 YC 010 000 ~ 003 000
11 YC 011 000 ~ 007 004
12 YC 012 000 ~ 007 002
13 YC 013 000 ~ 015 002
14 YC 014 000 ~ 015 010
15 YC 015 000 ~ 015 002
16 YC 016 000 ~ 015 004
17 YC 017 000 / 001 000
18 YC 018 000 / 001 000
19 YC 019 000 ~ 003 002
20 YC 020 000 / 001 000
21 YC 021 000 / 001 000
22 YC 022 000 ~ 003 002
23 YC 023 000 / 001 000
24 YC 024 000 / 001 000
25 YC 025 000 / 001 000
26 YC 026 000 ~ 003 000
27 YC 027 000 ~ 003 001
28 YC 028 000 ~ 003 001
29 YC 029 000 ~ 003 001
30 YC 030 000 ~ 003 001
31 YC 031 000 ~ 003 002
32 YC 032 000 / 001 000
33 YC 033 000 ~ 007 000
34 YC 034 000 ~ 015 000
35 YC 035 000 ~ 007 002
36 YC 036 000 ~ 031 015
37 YC 037 000 ~ 003 000
38 YC 038 000 ~ 015 009
39 YC 039 000 ~ 003 001
40 YC 040 000 ~ 003 001
41 YC 041 000 / 001 000
42 YC 042 000 / 001 000
43 YC 043 000 / 001 000
44 YC 044 000 / 001 001
45 YC 045 000 ~ 015 003
46 YC 046 000 ~ 015 012
47 YC 047 000 ~ 015 008
3-D Y/C MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

AV-36F702
AV-36F802
24 No. 51907B
48 YC 048 000 ~ 015 004
49 YC 049 000 ~ 015 010
50 YC 050 000 / 001 001
51 YC 051 000 / 001 001
52 YC 052 000 ~ 003 000
53 YC 053 000 / 001 000
54 YC 054 000 / 001 001
55 YC 055 000 / 001 001
56 YC 056 000 / 001 001
57 YC 057 000 ~ 015 000
58 YC 058 000 / 001 000
59 YC 059 000 / 001 001
60 YC 060 000 ~ 003 000
61 YC 061 000 ~ 015 000
62 YC 062 DBL 000 ~ 007 002
63 YC 063 N/A 000 ~ 015 002
64 YC 064 N/A 000 ~ 015 004
65 YC 065 N/A 000 ~ 015 002
66 YC 066 N/A 000 ~ 015 004
67 YC 067 000 / 001 000
68 YC 068 000 / 001 000
69 YC 069 000 / 001 000
70 YC 070 FIX 000 ~ 003 000
71 YC 071 000 / 001 000
72 YC 072 000 / 001 000
73 YC 073 000 / 001 001
74 YC 074 FIX 000 / 001 000
75 YC 075 FIX 000 / 001 000
76 YC 076 000 / 001 001
77 YC 077 FIX 000 / 001 000
78 YC 078 FIX 000 / 001 000
79 YC 079 FIX 000 ~ 007 005
80 YC 080 FIX 000 ~ 015 000
81 YC 081 FIX 000 ~ 015 008
82 YC 082 FIX 000 ~ 015 004
83 YC 083 FIX 000 ~ 015 004
84 YC 084 DBL 000 ~ 255 112
85 YC 085 DBL 000 ~ 255 008
86 YC 086 000 / 001 001
87 YC 087 000 ~ 003 003
88 YC 088 000 / 001 001
89 YC 089 000 / 001 000
90 YC 090 000 / 001 000
91 YC 091 000 / 001 000
92 YC 092 N/A 000 / 001 000
93 YC 093 N/A 000 / 001 000
94 YC 094 DBL 000 ~ 003 001
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 25
95 YC 095 DBL 000 / 001 001
96 YC 096 DBL 000 / 001 001
97 YC 097 DBL 000 / 001 000
98 YC 098 DBL 000 / 001 000
99 YC 099 DBL 000 ~ 003 000
100 YC 100 DBL 000 ~ 003 000
101 YC 101 DBL 000 / 001 000
102 YC 102 DBL 000 / 001 000
103 YC 103 DBL 000 / 001 001
104 YC 104 DBL 000 / 001 000
105 YC 105 DBL 000 / 001 000
106 YC 106 DBL 000 / 001 000
107 YC 107 DBL 000 ~ 007 002
108 3-D Y/C 000 / 001 001
R CUTOFF 0 255 085
G CUTOFF 0 255 085
B CUTOFF 0 255 085
LOW LIGHT MODE

R DRIVE 0 127 060
B DRIVE 0 127 060
HIGH LIGHT MODE

RF AFC1 ON / OFF ON
FINE -77 +77
RF AFC1 MODE
DO NOT
ADJUST
RF AFC2 ON / OFF ON
FINE -77 +77
RF AFC2 MODE
DO NOT
ADJUST
I2C BUS ON/OFF [FIXED ON]
I2C BUS CTRL MODE

DO NOT
ADJUST
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
26 No. 51907B
ADJUSTMENTS
Item
Measuring
instrument
Check of
B1 POWER
SUPPLY
DC Voltmeter R507 C504
side (B1)
Q511
heatsink ( )
[Main PWB]
1. Receive a black-and-white signal.
2. Connect the DC Voltmeter to R507 C504 side (B1) and Q511 heatsink
( ).
3. Confirm that the voltage is DC134V .
+2V
-2V
RF AGC
adjustment
2. Select the No.59 RF AGC of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Press the MUTING key of the remote control unit to turn off color.
4. With the LEFT key of the remote control unit, get noise in the screen
picture. (0 side of setting value)
5. Press the RIGHT key of the remote control unit and stop when noise
disappears from the screen.
6. Change to other channels and make sure that there Is no irregular-
ity.
7. Press the MUTING key and get color out.
No.59 RF AGC
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF RF AGC
FOCUS
adjustment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
Notes:
adjustments of B1 POWER SUPPLY, SUB BRIGHT and PICTURE.
The final adjustment of CONVERGENCE must be done after the
FOCUS adjustment. (CONVERGENCE is changed by FOCUS ad-
justment.)
When makes difference by FOCUS adjustment, should be reconfirming
PURITY adjustment.
2. While looking at the screen center, adjust the FOCUS VR so that
the horizontal lines will be clear and in fine detail.
3. Adjust the H VR so that the vertical lines will be clear and in fine
detail.
4. Make sure that the picture is in focus even when the screen gets
darkened.
FOCUS VR
[In HVT]
H VR
[In HVT]
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF FOCUS
B1 POWER SUPPLY
Remote
control unit
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 27
Description
Note :
1. Receive a black-and-white signal.(Color off)
2. Select the [LOW LIGHT] MODE from the SERVICE MENU.
3. Set the initial setting value of BRIGHT is 063 with the LEFT / RIGHT
4. Set the initial setting value of R CUTOFF, G CUTOFF and B CUT-
OFF is 085 with the 4 to 9 key of the remote control unit.
5. Display a single horizontal line by pressing the 1 key of the remote
control unit.
6. Turn the screen VR all the way to the left.
7. Turn the screen VR gradually to the right from the left until either
one of the red, blue or green colors appears faintly.
8. Adjust the two colors which did not appear until the single horizontal
line that is displayed becomes white using the 4 to 9 keys of the
remote control unit.
9. Turn the screen VR to where the single horizontal line glows faintly.
10. Press the 2 key to return to the regular screen.
9 The 3 EXIT key is the cancel key for the WHITE BALANCE.
Notes:
adjustment of LOW LIGHT WHITE BALANCE.
2. Select the [HIGH LIGHT] MODE from the SERVICE MENU.
3. Set the initial setting value of R DRIVE and B DRIVE is 060 with the
4 , 6 , 7 and 9 keys of the remote control unit.
4. Adjust the screen until it becomes white using the 4 , 6 , 7 and 9
keys of the remote control unit.
9 The 3 (EXIT) key is the cancel key for the WHITE BALANCE.
Item
Measuring
instrument
Test point Adjustment part
WHITE
BALANCE
(Low Light)
adjustment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
No.1 BRIGHT
R CUTOFF
G CUTOFF
B CUTOFF
SCREEN VR
[In HVT]
WHITE
BALANCE
(High Light)
adjustment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
R DRIVE
B DRIVE
ADJUSTMENT OF WHITE BALANCE
BRIGHT
999
999
999 999
R CUTOFF
B CUTOFF
BRIGHT
G CUTOFF
H.LINE ON
[LOW LIGHT] MODE
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
H.LINE OFF EXIT
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
999 999
R DRIVE
B DRIVE
H.LINE ON
[HIGH LIGHT] MODE
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
H.LINE OFF EXIT
R DRIVE B DRIVE
R DRIVE B DRIVE
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
HIGHT LIGHT
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
28 No. 51907B
Item
Measuring
instrument
PIP
HIGH LIGHT
WHITE
BALANCE
adjustment
[AV-36F802]
Notes:
adjustments of LOW LIGHT WHITE BALANCE and HIGH LIGHT
WHITE BALANCE for the main picture.
3. Then adjust the white color of the PIP screen using the No. 8 P R
DR and the No. 10 P B DR of the PIP MODE so that it is the same
brightness as the main screen.
No.8 P R DR
No.10 P B DR
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
PIP screen
Main screen
SUB BRIGHT
adjustment
No.1 BRIGHT Notes:
adjustments of LOW LIGHT WHITE BALANCE and HIGH LIGHT
WHITE BALANCE.
2. Select the No.1 BRIGHT of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.1 BRIGHT with the LEFT /
4. If the brightness is not best with the initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.1 BRIGHT until you get the optimum bright-
ness.
SUB
CONTRAST
adjustment
Notes:
adjustment of SUB BRIGHT.
2. Select the No.2 PICTURE of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.2 PICTURE with the LEFT /
4. If the contrast is not best with the initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.2 PICTURE until you get the optimum con-
trast.
No.2 PICTURE
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRAST
Item
Measuring
instrument
ADJUSTMENT OF BRIGHT
Remote
control unit
Remote
control unit
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 29
Item
Measuring
instrument
V CENTER and
TRAPEZIUM
adjustment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
No.68 V CENTER
No.78 TRAPEZ
Note:
adjustments of SUB BRIGHT and SUB CONTRAST.
2. Adjust the No.68 V CENTER of the PICTURE MODE to be the same
between the CRT vertical center and crosshatch vertical center.
3. Adjust the No.78 TRAPEZ of the PICTUER MODE to be the vertical
lines straight.
4. Confirm the vertical lines to be straight. If it is not straight, adjust to
be straight at the No.78 TRAPEZ.
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
Note:
adjustments of FOCUS, SUB BRIGHT, SUB CONTRAST, V CENTER,
TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE and V-LINEARITY.
2. Select the No.73 H SIZE of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.73 H SIZE with the LEFT /
4. Adjust the No.73 H SIZE until the horizontal screen size is 90%.
5. Adjust the No.72 H POSI until the screen will be horizontally centered.
No.73 H SIZE
No.72 H POSI
V-SIZE and
V-LINEARITY
adjustment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
Note:
adjustments of SUB BRIGHT and SUB CONTRAST.
2. Select the No.66 V SIZE of the PICTURE MODE to squeeze the
laster.
3. Adjust the No.65 V LIN of the PICTURE MODE to be symmetrical.
4. Adjust the No.66 V SIZE until the vertical screen size is 92%.
No.66 V SIZE
No.65 V LIN
Screen size
Picture size 100%
Screen
size 92%
Picture
size 100%
H SIZE and
H POSITION
adjustment
Screen size 90%
Picture size 100%
Screen
size
Picture
size 100%
ADJUSTMENT OF DEFLECTION
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
30 No. 51907B
Item
Measuring
instrument
SIDE PIN and
CORNER PIN
adjsutment
Signal
generator
Remote
control unit
No.76 SIDE PIN
No.82 TOP PIN
No.84 BTM PIN
Note:
adjustments of FOCUS, SUB BRIGHT, SUB CONTRAST, V CENTER,
TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE and V-LINEARITY.
2. Adjust such that vertical 2nd lines from left and right to be straight at
the No.76 SIDE PIN of the PICTURE MODE.
3. Adjust the end of vertical 2nd lines from left and right to be straight
at the No.82 TOP PIN and the No.84 BTM PIN of the PICTURE
MODE.
PIP DISPLAY
POSITION
adjustment
[AV-36F802]
Notes:
adjustments of V CENTER, TRAPEZIUM, V-SIZE, V-LINEARITY, H
SIZE, H POSITION, SIDE PIN and CORNER PIN for the main pic-
ture.
3. Then adjust the PIP screen size so that it occupies 80% 2% of the
main screen area.
No.11 LEFT POS.
No.12 RIGHT POS.
No.13 UPPER POS.
No.14 LOWER POS.
LEFT POS. RIGHT POS.
UPPER POS.
LOWER POS.
Main
screen
size
Main screen size
80%
2%
80% 2%
Straight Straight
Remote
control unit
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 31
Item
Measuring
instrument
SUB COLOR
adjustment
Notes:
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.3 COLOR with the LEFT/RIGHT
4. If the color is not the best with the Initial setting value, make fine
adjustment of the No.3 COLOR until you get the optimum color.
No.3 COLOR Signal
generator
Oscilloscope
Remote
control unit
TP-B
TP-E1 ( )
[CRT SOCKET
PWB]
Y
G
R
W
Cy
()
0V
(+)
Mg
B
(A)
Notes:
3. Set the initial setting value of the No.3. COLOR with the LEFT/RIGHT
5. Adjust COLOR and bring the value of (A) in the illustration to the
voltage +26V (VWB).
SUB TINT
adjustment
Notes:
4. If the tint is not the best with the initial setting value, make fine ad-
justment of the No.4 TINT until you get the optimum tint.
No.4 TINT Signal
generator
Oscilloscope
Remote
control unit
TP-B
TP-E1 ( )
[CRT SOCKET
PWB]
Y
G
R
W
Cy
()
0V
(+)
Mg B
(B)
Notes:
key to the remote control unit.
5. Adjust TINT and bring the value of (B) in the illustration to the
voltvoltage +14V (VWMg).
ADJUSTMENT OF CHROMA
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
32 No. 51907B
Item
Measuring
instrument
MTS SAP
VCO
adjustment
Signal
generator
Frequency
counter
Remote
control unit
Resister
[1M]
No.9 5FH MON.
No.10 SAP VCO
1. Receive a RF signal (non modulated sound signal) from the an-
tenna terminal.
2. Connect between pin 4 of [MPX] connector and GND (Pin 3 of [MPX]
connector) through 1M Resistor.
GND (Pin 3 of [MPX] connector) .
5. Select the No.10 SAP VCO.
6. Set the initial setting value of the No.10 SAP VCO with the LEFT/
7. Adjust the No.10 SAP VCO so that the frequency counter will dis-
play 78.67kHz0.5kHz.
MTS FILTER
check
1. Select the No.6 FILTER of the SOUND MODE.
2. Verify that the No.6 FILTER is set at its initial setting value.
No.6 FILTER
4 pin TP_952.5
3 pin GND
2 pin AUDIO_R
[MPX Connector
in MAIN PWB]
MTS
SEPARATION
adjustment
1. Input a stereo L signal (300Hz) from the TV audio multiplex signal
generator to the antenna terminal.
2. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 1 of [MPX] connector, and display
one cycle portion of the 300Hz signal.
3. Change the connection of the oscilloscope to pin 2 of [MPX] con-
nector, and enlarge the voltage axis.
4. Select the No.7 LOW SEP. of the SOUND MODE.
5. Set the initial setting value of the No.7 LOW SEP. with the LEFT/
6. Adjust the No.7 LOW SEP. so that the 300Hz signal level will be-
come minimum.
7. Change the signal to 3kHz, and connect an oscilloscope to pin 1 of
[MPX] connector.
8. Adjust the No.8 HI SEP. so that the 3kHz signal level will become
minimum.
No.7 LOW SEP.
No.8 HI SEP.
TV audio
multiplex
signal
generator
Oscilloscope
Remote
control unit
1 pin AUDIO_L
2 pin AUDIO_R
3 pin GND
[MPX Connector
in MAIN PWB]
L-Channel
signal waveform
R-Channel
crosstalk portion
Minimum
1 cycle
MTS INPUT
LEVEL
check
1. Select the No.2 IN LEVEL of the SOUND MODE.
2. Verify that the No.2 IN LEVEL is set at its initial setting value.
No.2 IN LEVEL
MTS STEREO
VCO
adjustment
Signal
generator
Frequency
counter
Remote
control unit
1. Receive a RF signal (nonmodulated sound signal) from the antenna
terminal.
2. Select the No.3 FH MONITOR of SOUND MODE, and change the
GND (Pin 3 of [MPX] connector).
4. Select the No.4 STEREO VCO.
5. Set the initial setting value of the No.4 STEREO VCO with the LEFT/
6. Adjust the No.4 STEREO VCO so that the frequency counter will
display 15.73kHz0.1kHz.
7. Select the No.3 FH MONITOR of the SOUND MODE, and reset the
No.3 FH MONITOR
No.4 STEREO VCO
2 pin AUDIO R
3 pin GND
[MPX Connector
in MAIN PWB]
ADJUSTMENT OF MTS CIRCUIT
Remote
control unit
Remote
control unit
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 33
ADJUSTMENTS OF PURITY AND CONVERGENCE
Note: The final adjustment of CONVERGENCE must be done after the
FOCUS adjustment. (CONVERGENCE is changed by FOCUS
adjustment.)
When makes difference by FOCUS adjustment, should be
reconfirming PURITY adjustment.
PURITY ADJUSTMENT
1. Demagnetize CRT with the demagnetizer.
2. Loosen the retainer screw of the deflection yoke.
3. Remove the wedges.
4. Input a green raster signal from the signal generator, and turn the
screen to green raster.
5. Move the deflection yoke backward.
6. Bring the long lug of the purity magnets on the short lug and position
them horizontally. (Fig.2)
7. Adjust the gap between two lugs so that the GREEN RASTER will
come into the center of the screen. (Fig.3)
8. Move the deflection yoke forward, and fix the position of the deflec-
tion yoke so that the whole screen will become green.
9. Insert the wedge to the top side of the deflection yoke so that it will
not move.
11. Verify that the screen is horizontal.
12. Input red and blue raster signals, and make sure that purity is prop-
erly adjusted.
Fig. 1
P/C MAGNETS
P : PURITY MAGNET
CRT
WEDGE
P
P / C
MAGNETS
4 6
DEFLECTION
YOKE
Fig. 2
Long lug
Short lug
PURITY MAGNETS
Bring the long lug over the short lug
and position them horizontally.
Fig. 3
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN RASTER
CENTER
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
34 No. 51907B
STATIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
2. Using 4-pole convergence magnets, overlap the red and blue lines
in the center of the screen (Fig. 4) and turn them to magenta (red/
blue).
3. Using 6-pole convergence magnets, overlap the magenta(red/blue)
and green lines in the center of the screen and turn them to white.
DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
1. Move the deflection yoke up and down and overlap the lines in the
periphery. (Fig. 5)
2. Move the deflection yoke left to right and overlap the lines in the
periphery. (Fig. 6)
After adjustment, fix the wedge at the original position.

Fasten the retainer screw of the deflection yoke.
Fix the P/C magnets with glue.
(FRONT VIEW)
RED
RED RED
RED
BLUE
(FRONT VIEW)
BLUE BLUE
BLUE GREEN
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
RED
RED
RED
RED
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
No. 51907B 35
HOW TO CHECK THE HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
1. HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
After repairing the high voltage hold down circuit shown in Fig. 1.
This circuit shall be checked to operate correctly.
2. CHECKING OF THE HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT
(1) Turn the POWER SW ON.
(2) As shown in Fig. 1, set the resistor (between S1 connector 2 & 3 ).
(3) Make sure that the screen picture disappears.
(4) Temporarily unplug the power cord.
(5) Remove the resistor (between S1 connector 2 & 3 ).
(6) Again plug the power cord, make sure that the normal picture is displayed on the screen.
Fig. 1
2 3 S1 CONNECTOR
HEATER
RESISTOR
23.0 k 115 1/4 W
+
+
POWER
ON OFF
RY951
R952
D535
R532
R951
Q951
Q532
Q531
R533
R534
R535 R538
C533
D534
D531
D532
BW
C525
R537 FR525
D525
T502
4
AV-36F702
AV-36F802
36 No. 51907B
SELF CHECK FUNCTIONS
1. Outline
This model has self check functions given below. When a malfunction has been detected, the POWER is turned off and the LED flashes to inform
of the failure . The malfunction is detected by the signal input state of the control line connected to the microcomputer.
2. Self check items
Check item Details of detection Method of detection State of malfunction
3. Self check indicating function
The self-check function begins detection about 5 seconds after power
is supplied.
In the event a malfunction is detected, the power is cut off immedi-
ately.
At this time, the ON-TIMER LED flashes to inform of the malfunc-
tion.
[ON-TIMER LED indication]
The ON-TIMER LED flashes at 0.5 seconds intervals.
POWER
Supplied
After about
5 seconds
Start of
detection
Malfunction
is detected
POWER OFF
Flashing
ON-TIMER LED
Over-current protector Operation of B1 protector circuit. The microcomputer detects at 1
second intervals.
If NG is detected for more than
200 ms, a malfunction is inter-
preted.
When a malfunction has been
detected, the POWER is turned
off. While the POWER is being
turned off , the power key of the
remote controller is not opera-
tional until the power code is
taken out and put in again.
Printed in Japan
VP0112
SW
36F702Y-UCM #4
36F802Y-UCM #4
Southwest : 10700 Hammerly, Suite 105, Houston, Texas 77043 (713)935-9331
JVC CANADA INC.

Service Manual: AV-36F802 AV-36F702

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: AV-36F802 AV-36F702

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

No.

Alternate Check Method

Check of B1 POWER SUPPLY

WHITE BALANCE adjustment

User mode setting position

MTS circuit adjustment

PURITY and CONVERGENCE adjustments

THEATER .............................. This is used when the THEATER MODE is adjusted.

OTHERS ................................ This is used when the OTHERS MODE is adjustment.

VCO (CW) .............................. This is not used for service.

I2C BUS CTRL

PICTURE, SOUND and OTHERS mode

PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS and 3-D Y/C mode

I2C BUS CTRL

3-D Y/C MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

LOW LIGHT MODE

HIGH LIGHT MODE

RF AFC1 MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

RF AFC2 MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

I2C BUS CTRL MODE

RF AFC MODE [Only for AV-36F702]

After adjustment, fix the wedge at the original position.

Alternate Check Method

Full-flat CRT (cathode ray tube) reproduces fine textured picture in

Built in Twin Tuner system. [Only for AV-36F802]

Built-in V-CHIP system.

Built-in HYPER-SURROUND system.

Adoption of the Picture-In-Picture (PIP) function. [Only for AV-36F802]

3 LINE DIGITAL COMB FILTER circuit improved picture quality.

3 LINE Digital Y/C Separation circuit improved picture quality.

Component input terminal for taking best advantage of Component

Audio Video input terminal. (S-input 2, V-input 3)

Variable/Fix audio output terminal.

Closed-caption broadcasts can be viewed.

With AV COMPU LINK EX terminal.

After removing the rear cover.

After removing the rear cover.

After removing the rear cover and chassis.

After removing the rear cover and chassis.

After removing the rear cover and chassis.

After removing the rear cover.

When erecting the chassis, be careful so that there will be no con-

After removing the rear cover, chassis etc.,

The CRT should be assembled according to the opposite sequence

Subsequent to replacement of the CRT and HV transformer or repair

Only for AV-36F802

Check of B1 POWER SUPPLY

WHITE BALANCE adjustment

User mode setting position

MTS circuit adjustment

PURITY and CONVERGENCE adjustments

THEATER .............................. This is used when the THEATER MODE is adjusted.

OTHERS ................................ This is used when the OTHERS MODE is adjusted.

VCO (CW) .............................. This is not used for service.

I2C BUS CTRL

PICTURE, SOUND and OTHERS mode

PICTURE, SOUND, OTHERS and 3-D Y/C mode

PIP mode [Only for AV-36F802]

I2C BUS CTRL

PIP MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

3-D Y/C MODE [Only for AV-36F802]

LOW LIGHT MODE

HIGH LIGHT MODE